Tap any paragraph to write a margin note. Your notes collect in the Desk below the text and file under cases with @. The side-by-side margin rail opens on a larger screen.

§
Marginalia
Code · STATUTES-AT-LARGE · Vol. 28 STAT. · March 2, 1895 · Chapter 237

Chapter 237. For the relief of James Curran

96,016 words·~436 min read·/statutes-at-large/vol-28/chapter-237-4314856·

A research copy — for the controlling text, always check the official state or federal source. Not legal advice.

CHAP. 237.— An Act For the relief of James Curran.March 2, 1895. *Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled*,James Curran.Credit in postal accounts. That the Postmaster-General be, and is hereby, authorized and directed to give credit to James Curran, postmaster at Hoboken, New Jersey, in the sum of six thousand five hundred and sixty-six dollars for postage stamps stolen from said office on the third day of December, eighteen hundred and ninety-four, through no fault of the said James Curran.
Approved, March 2, 1895. RESOLUTIONS. No. 4: Authorizing Rear-Admiral S. B. Luce, United States Navy, to accept a decoration from the King of Spain. Private Resolution 4 28 Stat. 1048 1895-01-16 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2026-02-15 53 3 private [No. 4.] Joint Resolution Authorizing Rear-Admiral S.
B. Luce, United States Navy, to accept a decoration from the King of Spain.January 16, 1895. *Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled*,S. B. Luce, U. S. N.May accept decoration from King of Spain. That Rear-Admiral S. B. Luce, of the United States Navy, be, and is hereby, authorized to accept the grand cross of naval merit with the white distinction mark, conferred upon him by the King of Spain in recognition of the services rendered by that officer as a delegate of his Government in the commemoration of the fourth century of the discovery of America, and his active cooperation toward the brilliancy of the acts with which the event has been celebrated.
Approved, January 16, 1895. No. 6: Authorizing Commander Dennis W. Mullan, United States Navy, to accept a medal presented to him by the Chilean Government. Private Resolution 6 28 Stat. 1048 1895-01-21 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2026-02-15 53 3 private [No. 6.] Joint Resolution Authorizing Commander Dennis W.
Mullan, United States Navy, to accept a medal presented to him by the Chilean Government.January 21, 1895. *Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled*,Dennis W. Mullan, U. S. N.May accept medal from Chile. That Commander Dennis W. Mullan, United States Navy, be, and he is hereby, authorized to accept a medal presented to him by the Government of Chile, through the State Department of the United States, as a memento of his presence with the headquarters of the Chilean army at the battles of Chorillos and Maraflores in Peru, by virtue of an official order issued November twentieth, eighteen hundred and eighty, by Captain J.
A. Howell, United States Navy, then commanding the United States warship Adams, off Callao, Peru, to Commander Dennis W. Mullan to accompany General Baquedano, chief of the Chilean military forces, for the purpose of observing, as a representative of the American Navy, the military and naval operations then going on between the Governments of Chile and Peru and making a report thereon to the proper authorities of the Government of the United States. Approved, January 21, 1895.
No. 7: For the relief of Peter Hagan. Private Resolution 7 28 Stat. 1048 1895-01-26 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2026-02-15 53 3 private [No. 7.] Joint Resolution For the relief of Peter Hagan.January 26, 1895. *Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled*,Peter Hagan.Claim for loss of canal barge referred to Court of Claims.
That the claim of Peter Hagan, owner of the canal barge Mary Hagan, of Philadelphia, for damages sustained for the total loss of the said canal barge in consequence of injuries received while being discharged of a cargo of stone, by the military authorities of the United States, at Fort Monroe, September twenty-third, eighteen hundred and ninety-one, and all papers relating thereto
(1048)FIFTY-THIRD CONGRESS, Sess. III. Res. 7, 32, 33. 1895.1049 now on file in the office of the Third Auditor of the Treasury be referred to the Court of Claims with the right of appeal to either party to the Supreme Court for examination and the allowance of the amount of damages actually sustained by said claimant by reason of said loss, the judgment rendered by said court to be paid out of the appropriations duly made to pay judgments rendered by said court: *Provided*, That*Provisos*.Amount. the said damages shall only include the actual value of said canal barge at the time she sustained the injuries aforesaid: *And provided further*, That said Court shall find whether or not said injuries to saidLiability. barge resulted from any fault or negligence of the owner of said barge or of his employees, and that said Court, before determining the question of damages, shall determine the question of liability of the Government. Received by the President, January 15, 1895. [Note by the Department of State.—The foregoing act having been presented to the President of the United States for his approval, and not having been returned by him to the house of Congress in which it originated within the time prescribed by the Constitution of the United States, has become a law without his approval.] No. 32: Authorizing Second Lieutenant F. D. Rockenbach, of the Tenth Cavalry, United States Army, to accept the position of commandant of cadets at the Virginia Military Academy, Lexington, Virginia. Private Resolution 32 28 Stat. 1049 1895-03-02 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2026-02-15 53 3 private [No. 32.] Joint Resolution Authorizing Second Lieutenant F. D. Rockenbach, of the Tenth Cavalry, United States Army, to accept the position of commandant of cadets at the Virginia Military Academy, Lexington, Virginia.March 2, 1895. *Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled*,F. D. Rockenbach, U. S. A.May accept position Virginia Military Academy. That Second Lieutenant F. D. Rockenbach, of the Tenth Cavalry, United States Army, be, and he is hereby, permitted to accept the position of commandant of cadets at the Virginia Military Academy tit Lexington, Virginia, and the emolument pertaining thereto: *Provided*, That the Secretary of War may, in his*Proviso*.Return to duty. discretion, at any time when in his opinion the interests of the service require it, order him upon duty. Approved, March 2, 1895. No. 33: Authorizing the Secretary of War to correct the military record of Captain Edward Wheeler, Fifty-sixth New York Volunteers. Private Resolution 33 28 Stat. 1049 1895-03-02 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2026-02-15 53 3 private [No. 33.] Joint Resolution Authorizing the Secretary of War to correct the military record of Captain Edward Wheeler, Fifty-sixth New York Volunteers.March 2, 1895. Whereas Captain Edward Wheeler, Fifty-sixth New York Volunteers,Preamble. was dismissed from the military service of the United States by an erroneous order dated September fourth, eighteen hundred find sixty-two, while absent from his command sick, and reinstated December twenty-fourth, eighteen hundred and sixty-two, upon the discovery that an error had been committed: Therefore, *Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled*,Edward Wheeler.Military record corrected. That the Secretary of War be, and be is hereby, authorized and directed to revoke said order dismissing said officer and to correct his military record to show a continuous service covering said period. Approved, March 2, 1895. TREATIES AND CONVENTIONSconcluded by theUNITED STATES OF AMERICAwithFOREIGN NATIONS.
(1051)CONVENTIONS. December 5, 1895 Convention 28 Stat. 1053 CONVENTION—VENEZUELA. December 5, 1895 Contention between the United StatesDecember 5, 1895 of America and the United States of Venezuela for a, re opening of the claims of citizens of the United States against Venezuela under the treaty of April 25, 1866. Concluded, at Washington, December 5, 1895; ratification, with amendments, advised by the Senate, April 15, 1886; ratified by the President of the United- States of America, August 7, 1888; ratified by the President of the United States of Venezuela, August 2, 1888; ratifications exchanged at Washington, June 3, 1895. Proclaimed June 4, 1889. By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas a Convention between the United States of America andPreamble. the United States of Venezuela for a re-opening of the claims of citizens of the United States of America against the Government of Venezuela under the Treaty of April 25, 1866, was concluded andVol, 16, p. 713. signed by the respective Plenipotentiaries of the aforesaid High Contracting Parties at the City of Washington, on the fifth day of December, one thousand, eight hundred and eighty-five, the original of winch Convention, as amended by the Senate of the United States of America and being in the English and Spanish languages, is word for word as follows: Convention for a re-opening of the claims of citizens of the United States against Venezuela under the treaty of April 25, 1863. The President of the United States of America having on the 3d. day of March 1883, approved the following Joint Resolution of Congress: (Public Resolution—No 26.) " “Joint Resolution providing for a new Mixed Commission in accordance with the treaty of April twenty-fifth, eighteen hundred and sixty-six, with the United States of Venezuela. “Whereas since the dissolution of the mixed Commission appointed under the treaty of April twenty fifth, eighteen hundred and sixty-six, with the United States of Venezuela, serious charges, impeaching the validity and integrity of its proceedings, have been made by the Government of the United States of Venezuela, and also charges of a like, character by divers citizens of the United States of America, who presented claims for adjudication before that tribunal; and
(1053)1054 “Whereas, the evidence to he found in the record of the proceedings of said commission, and in the testimony taken before committees of the House of Representatives in the matter, tends to show that such charges are not without foundation: and “Whereas it is desirable that the matter be finally disposed of in a manner that shall satisfy any just complaints against the validity and integrity of the first Commission, and provide a tribunal under said treaty constructed and conducted so as not to give cause for just suspicion; and “Whereas, all evidence before said late Commission was presented in writing and is now in the archives of the State Department; and “Whereas the President of the United States has, in a recent communication to Congress, solicited its advisory action in this matter: “Therefore *“Resolved, by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled*, That the President be. and he hereby is, requested to open diplomatic correspondence with the Government of the United States of Venezuela, with a view to the revival of the general stipulations of the treaty of April 25th 1866, with said government, and the appointment thereunder of a new Commission, to sit in the city of Washington, which Commission shall be authorized to consider all the evidence presented before the former Commission in respect to claims brought before it, together with such other and further evidence as the claimants, may oiler; and from the awards that may be made to claimants, any moneys heretofore paid by the Department of State, upon certificates issued to them, respectively, upon awards made by the former Com-mission. shall be deducted, and such certificates deemed cancelled; and the moneys now in the Department of State received from the Government of Venezuela on account of said awards, and all moneys that may hereafter be paid under said treaty, shall be distributed pro rata in payment of such a wards as may be made by the Commission to be appointed in accordance with this resolution.” " And the proposal contemplated and authorized by the foregoing joint resolution of Congress having been made by the Government of the United States of America to the Government of the United States of Venezuela, and accepted by the latter through its diplomatic representative in Contracting parties.Washington; The Government of the United States of America and the Government of the United States of Venezuela, to the end of effecting by means of a Con-1055 vention arrangements for the execution of the accord thus reached between the two Governments, have named their Plenipotentiaries to colder and agree there-upon, as follows: The President of the United States of America, Thomas F. Bayard, Secretary of State of the ’United States of America; and The President of the United States of Venezuela, Antonio M. Sotehlo, Chargé d’Affaires of Venezuela at Washington; Who after having communicated to each other their respective full powers found in good and due form, having agreed upon the following articles; Article I. The general stipulations of the Convention of April 25th. 1866, between the contracting parties are hereby revived with such alterations as are required in conformity with the aforesaid joint resolution of the Congress of the United States, and with such further modifications as are deemed necessary for the certain and speedy accomplishment of the ends in view, and for the reciprocal protection of the interests of the high contracting parties as hereinafter provided. Article II. All claims on the part of corporations, companies, or individuals, Citizens of the United States, upon the Government of Venezuela, which may have been presented to their Government or to its legation at Caracas, before the first day of August, 1868, and which by the terms of the aforesaid Convention of April 25th 1866, were proper to be presented to the Mixed Commission organized under said convention shall be submitted to a new Commission, consisting of three Commissioners one of whom shall be appointed by the President of the United States of America,one by the Government of the United States of Venezuela and the third shall be chosen by these two Com-missioners; if they cannot agree within ten days from the time of 1056 their first meeting as hereinafter provided, then the diplomatic representative of either Russia or Switzerland at this capital shall be requested by the Secretary of State and the Venezuelan Minister at Washington to name the third Commissioner. Filling vacancies.In case of the death, resignation or incapacity of any of the Com-missioners, or in the event of any of them omitting or ceasing to act, the vacancy shall be filled within three months by naming another Commissioner in like manner as herein provided for the original appointment. Article III. Meeting.The Commissioners so appointed shall meet in the city of Washington at the earliest convenient time within three months from the ex-change of the ratifications of this Convention, and shall, as their first act in so meeting, make and sub-scribe a solemn declaration that they will carefully examine and Oath.impartially decide, according to justice and in compliance with the provisions of this Convention, all claims submitted to them in conformity herewith, and such declaration shall be entered on the record of their proceedings. Article IV. Concurrence of two Commissioners sufficient.The concurring judgment of any two Commissioners shall be adequate for every intermediate decision arising in the execution of their duty, and for every final decision or award. Article V. Notice of organization.So soon as the Commission shall have organized, notice shall be given to the respective Government of the date of organization and of readiness to proceed to the transaction of the business of the Commission. Examination of claims.The Commissioners shall thereupon proceed without delay to hear and examine all the claims which by the terms of the aforesaid Convention of April 25, 1866, were proper to be pre- 1057 seated to the Mixed Commission organized tinder the Convention of April 25, 1866; and they shall to that end consider all the evidence admissible under the aforesaid Convention of April 25, 1866, in respect to claims adjudicable thereunder, together with such other and further evidence as the claimants may offer through their respective Governments, and such further evidence as may be offered to rebut any such new evidence offered on the part of the claimants, and they shall, if required, hear one person on behalf of each Government on every separate claim. All the papers and evidence before the said former Commission, now on file in the archives of the Department of State at Washing-ton, shall be laid before the Com-mission; and each Government shall furnish, at the request of the Commissioners, or of any two of them, all such papers and documents in its possession as may be deemed important to the just determination of any claim. Article VI. The Commissioners shall make such decision as they shall deem, in reference to such claims, conformable to justice. The concurring decisions of the three Commissioners, or of any two of them, shall be conclusive and final. Said decisions shall in every case be given upon each individual claim, in writing, stating in the event of a pecuniary reward being made, the amount or equivalent value of the same, expressed in gold coin of the United States of America; and in the event of interest being allowed for any cause and embraced in such award, the rate thereof and the period for which it is to be computed shall be fixed, which period shall not extend beyond the close of the Commission; and said decision shall be signed by the Commissioners concurring therein. In all cases where the Commissioners award an indemnity as aforesaid, they shall issue one certificate of the sum to be paid to 1058 each claimant, respectively, by virtue of their decisions, inclusive of interest when allowed, and after having deducted from the sum so found due to any claimant or claimants any moneys hereto-fore paid by the Department of State at Washington upon certificates issued to such claimants, respectively, upon awards made by the former Mixed Commission under the Convention of April 25th 1866. And all certificates of awards issued by the said former Mixed Commission shall be deemed Former certificates canceled.canceled from the date of the decision of the present Commission in the case in which they were issued payment of awards.The aggregate amount of all sums awarded by the present Commission, and of all sums accruing therefrom, shall be paid to the United States. Payment of said aggregate amount shall be made in equal annual payments to be completed within ten years from the date of the termination of the labors of the present Interest.Commission. Semi-annual interest shall be paid on the aggregate amount awarded, at the rate of five per cent per annum from the date of the termination of the labors of the Commission. Article VII. Disposition of money held by United States on former awards.The moneys now in the Department of State actually received from the Government of Venezuela on account of the awards of the said former Mixed Commission under the convention of April 25, 1866, and all moneys that may hereafter be paid on said former account by the Government of Venezuela to the Government of the United States, shall be credited to the Government of Venezuela incomputing the aggregate total which may be found due to the Government of the United States under the stipulations of the preceding article, and the balance only shall be considered as due and payable with interest in ten annual payments as aforesaid. Repayment of excess.*Provided however,* that in the event of the aggregate amount which the 1059 present Commission may find due to the Government of the United States being less than the aggregate of the sums actually received from the Government of Venezuela, and remaining undistributed in the Department of State, at Washington, the Government of the United States will refund such excess to the Government of Venezuela within six months from the conclusion of the labors of the Commission. The payment of moneys due from the Government of Venezuela to the Government of the United States under the former Convention of April, 25, J866, shall be deemed to have ceased from the first day of April 1883, to be resumed should occasion arise as hereinbefore provided. Article VIII. In the event of the annulment of any awards made by the former Mixed Commission under the Convention of April 25, 1866, the Government of the United States is not to be regarded as responsible to that of Venezuela for any sums which may have been paid by the latter Government on account of said awards, so far as said sums may have been distributed. In like manner, if the awards made by the present Commission and the certificates issued by it shall in any cases be found less than the amount heretofore paid to the claimants from the moneys received from Venezuela, the Government of the United States shall not be regarded as responsible by reason thereof to the Government of Venezuela. The rehearing provided in the present convention affects, as against the Government of the United States, only the installments of moneys paid to and now held by the United States, and those hereafter to be paid ; and the effect of such annulment or reduction in any case shall be to dis-charge the Government of Venezuela, wholly and forever, from any obligation to pay further installments in such case, except as provided in the present convention. 1060 Article IX. Rights of innocent third parties.*Post*, p. 1064.It is further agreed that if the commission, hereunder organized shall in whole or part annul any money awards made in any cases by the former Mixed Commission under the Convention of April 25, 1866, it shall be the duty of the Commission to examine and decide whether, under all the circumstances, and with due regard to principles of justice and equity there are any third parties who have, with the observance of due care and diligence, become possessed, prior to the date of the exchange of ratifications hereof, tor a just and valuable consideration, of any portion of the certificates of award heretofore issued in said claims, and whether, under the constitution or laws of either of the contracting parties, said third parties have acquired vested rights, by virtue of the awards of the former Commission under the Convention of 1866. imposing the duty on the Government of the United States to collect from Venezuela the amount or pro-portion of said certificates of awards which may be held and owned by third parties. Awards to preserve vented rights of third parties.If the present Commission shall decide that there are third parties who are possessed of vested rights, then it shall examine and ascertain the sum paid by each and all of said third parties tor their respective interests or shares in said awards, and shall fix the amount of their said interest in said certificates of award or each of them, and shall issue new certificates of award for the sums so adjudged due, which shall be paid by Venezuela to the United States in the manner hereinbefore stipulated, the same as all other certificates issued by the present Commission. Article X. Distribution of moneys on band.Upon the conclusion of the labors of the Commission organized in virtue of this present Convention, the Department of State of the United States of America shall distribute pro rata among the hold- 1061 ers of the certificates which may be issued under the present convention, the moneys in the Department of State actually received from the Government of Venezuela on account of the awards of the former Mixed Commission under the Convention of April 25, 1866; and all moneys that may hereafter be paid to the United States under this present convention shall be in like manner distributed pro rata in payment of such awards as may be made under this present convention. Article XI. The decisions of the Commission organized under this present convention shall be final and conclusive as to all claims presented or proper to lie presented to the former Mixed Commission. Article XII. The Commission appointed under this present convention shall terminate its labora within twelve months from the date of its organization. A record of the proceed-ings of the Commission shall be kept, and the Commissioners may appoint a Seeretary. Article XIII. Notwithstanding that the pres-ent Commission is organized in consequence of representations made by the Government of Venezuela and that it deals solely with the claims of citizens of the United States, (for which reasons the United States might properly claim that all the expenses hereunder should be borne by Venezuela alone) it is agreed that, in continuation of the arrangement made in the former convention of 1866, the expenses shall be shared as follows: Each Government shall pay its own Commissioner and shall pay one-half of what may be due to the third Commissioner and the Secretary, and one-half of the incidental expenses of the Commission. 1062 Article XIV. Former treaty abrogated.Except so far as revived, continued, modified and replaced by the terms and effects of this present convention, the effects of the former convention of April 25, 1866, shall absolutely cease and determine from and after the date of the exchange of ratifications of this present convention, and the high contracting parties hereby agree that the responsibilities and obligations arising under said former Convention shall be deemed wholly discharged and annulled by the substitution therefor of the responsibilities contracted and obligations created under this present convention, to which the high contracting parties mutually bind themselves to give full, perfect and final effect, without any evasion, reservation or delay whatever. Article XV. Ratification.The present convention shall be ratified by the President of the United States by and with the advice and consent of the Senate of the United States of America; and by the President of the United States of Venezuela by and with the advice and consent of the Senate of the United States of Venezuela, and the ratification shall be exchanged at Washington within twelve months from the *Post*, pp. 1064, 1067.date of this present convention, and the publication of the ex-change of ratifications shall be notice to all persons interested. Signatures.In testimony whereof the respective plenipotentiaries have hereunto affixed their signatures and seals. Done in duplicate, in the English and Spanish languages, at the city of Washington, this 5th day of December 1885. Tratado para la révision de las reclamaciones de ciudadanos de los Estados Unidos contra Venezuela por el tratado de Abril 25 de 1863. Habiendo aprobado el PresidenteJoint Resolution authorizing reopening claims.Vol. 23, p. 643. de los Estados Unidos de América el dia 3 de Marzo de 1883 la siguiente resolución del Congreso, (Resolución Pública—No 26.”) " “Resolución conjunta, proveyendo una comisión mixta, de acuerdo con el tratado de veinte y cinco du Abril de mil ochocientos sesenta y seis con los Estados Unidos de Venezuela. “Por cnanto desde la disolución de la comisión mixta nombrada según el tratado de 25 de Abril de 1866, con los Estados Unidos de Venezuela, se han hecho serios cargos, recusándose la validez 6 integridad du sus procedimientos por el Gobierno de Venezuela, y también cargos de semejante carácter por diversos ciudadanos de los Estados Unidos de América, que presentaron reclamaciones para ser juzgadas ante aquel tribunal y
(1053)1054 “Por cuanto las pruebas, que se errcuentean en loa registros de los procedimientos do dicha Comisión y en el testimonio evacuado ante las Comisiones do la Cámara de Representantes sobre la materia, tienden á mostrar que tales cargos no son infundados, y “Por cuanto es de desearse que se disponga finalmente de la materia de manera que se satisfagan cualesquiera, justas quejas contra la validez 5 integridad do la primera comisión, y se provea de up tribunal, según dicho tratado, construido y conducido de manera que no dé motivos de justas sospechas; y “Por cnanto toda la prueba ante la dicha Comisión anterior se presentó por escrito y se encuentra hoy en los archivos del Departamento de Estado; y “Por cuanto el Presidente de los Estados Unidos, en comunicación reciente al Congreso, ha solicitado su consejo sobreestá materia: por tanto, *“Resuelven el Senado y la Cámara de Representantes de los Estados Unidos de América reunidos en Conyveso*, Que el Presidente sea requerido, como por la presente se le requiere, á que abra correspondencia diplomática con el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de Venezuela, con el fin de que se revivan las estipulaciones generales del tratado de 25 de Abril de 1866 con dicho Gobierno, y para el nombramiento, bajo sus términos, de tina nueva comisión en consecuencia, que se reuna en la ciudad de Washington, con la facultad do considerar todas las pruebas presentadas ante la Comisión anterior, con respecto á las reclamaciones intentadas ante ella, juntamente con todas las otras pruebas posteriores, que los reclamantes puedan ofrecer; y de los fallos que se dén á favor de los reciamentes deberán deducirse las sumas de dinero que basta aquí hayan sido pagadas por el Departamento do Estallo en virtud lie loa certificados que so les han expedido, respectivamente, sobre los fallos do la anterior Comisión, y tales certificados se estimarán cancelados, y las sumas de dinerorecibidas del Gobierno de Venezuela y actualmente en el Departamento do Estado, á cuenta de dichos fallos, y las demas sumas de dinero que en lo adelante se paguen, según dicho tratado, serán distribuidas pro rata, en pago de los fallos que puedan ser dados por la comisión, que se nombre de conformidad con esta resolución.” " Y la proposición proyectada y autorizada por la anterior resolución del Congreso habiendo sido hecha por el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América al Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de Venezuela, y aceptada por éste, por medio de su representante diplomático en Washington; El Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América, y el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de Venezuela, con el fin de efectuar, por medio de una convención, los-1055 arreglos para la ejecución del acuerdo así obtenido entre los dos Gobiernos, han nombrado como sus Plenipotenciarios, para conferenciar y convenir desde luego, del modo siguiente: El Presidente de los Estados Unidos dePlenipotentiaries. América á Thomas F. Bayard, Secretario de Estado de los Estados Unidos de América ; y El Presidente de los Estados Unidos de Venezuela á Antonio M. Soteldo, Encargado de Negocióse:) Washington; Quienes, después de haberse comunicado sus respectivos plenos poderes y halládolos en debida forma, han convenido en los artículos siguientes: Artículo I. Las estipulaciones generales delFormer treaty revived. convenio de 25 de Abril de 1866, entre las partes contratantes, quedan revividas por la presente, con tales alteraciones cuales se requieren de conformidad con la susodicha resolución del Congreso de los Estados Unidos, y con las demas modificaciones que se creen necesarias para el exacto y pronto cumplimiento de los fines propuestos, y para la reciproca protección de los intereses de las altas partes contratantes, según lo proveído después en la presente. Artículo II. Todas las reclamaciones, porClaims to be presented to a new Commission. parte de corporaciones, compa-ñías ó individuos, ciudadanos de los Estados Unidos, contra el Gobierno de Venezuela, que hayan sido presentadas á su Gobierno, ó A la legación de éste en Gariteas, antes del dia 1 de Agosto de 1868, y tpie por los términos de dicho Convenio de Abril 25 de 1866 eran propios para ser presentados á la Comisión mixta organizada según dicho convenio, se someterán A una nueva Comisión, compuesta de tres Comisionados, uno de los cualesComposition. será nombrado por el Presidente de los Estados Unidos de América, otro por el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de Venezuela, y el tercero por los otros dos Comisionados. Si no sepudieren avenir dentro de diez días conta- 1056 dos desde su primera reunion, según se proveerá después, entónees el representante diplomático, ya sea de Rusia, ya de Suiza en esta capital, será requerido por el Secretiuio de Estado y el Ministro de Venezuela en Washington á nombrar un tercer Comisionado. En caso de muerte, renuncia ó incapacidad de cualquiera de los Comisionados, ó en el evento de que cualquiera de ellos omita ó deje de funcionar, se llenará la vacante dentro de tres meses, nombrándose otro Comisionado de la misma manera proveída hasta aquí para el nombramiento original. Artículo III. Los Comisionados así nombrados se reunirán en la ciudad de Washington en el mas breve término conveniente dentro de tres meses del cange de las ratificaciones de este Convenio, y el primer acto, después de reunirse, será el de suscribir la declaración solemne de que examinarán cuidadosamente y decidirán con imparcialidad, como sea de justicia, y en cumplimiento délas provisiones de este convenio, todas las reclamaciones que les fueren sometidas de conformidad con esta convención, y tal declaración se agregará al registro de sus procedimientos. Artículo IV. El juicio conforme de dos Comisionados se considerará suficiente para cualquiera decision inter-media que proceda del cumplimiento de su deber y para todo fallo ó decision final. Artículo V. Tan luego como se haya organizado la comisión, se dará aviso á los respectivos Gobiernos de la fecha de la organización, y de estar pronta á proceder al desempeño de los negocios de la Comisión. Los Comisionados procederán desde luego, sin dilación, á oir y examinar todas las reclamaciones que, según los términos de la susodicha convención de Abril 25 de 18(56, fueron propios para ser pre- 1057 sentados á la Comisión Mixta organizada por la Convención de Abril 25 de 1866, y con tal fin considerarán toda prueba admisible según la Convención de Abril 25Evidence admisible. de 1866, con respecto á las reclamaciones admisibles en su virtud, junto con cualquiera otra prueba posterior que los reclamantes presenten por medio de sus Gobiernos respectivos, y cualquiera otra prueba posterior que se produzca para rebatir la nueva prueba que se ofrezca por parte del reclamante: y oirán, si se requiere, una persona por parte de cada Gobierno, sobre cada reclamación separada. Todos los papeles y pruebas anteDocuments in archives of both Governments to be furished. la dicha comisión mixta anterior, que ahora se conservan en los archivos del Departamento de Estado en Washington, serán presentados á la comisión, y cada Gobierno facilitará, al requerirlo los comisionados, ó dos de ellos, los papeles y documentos que posean y se crean importantes para la justa determinación de cualquiera reclamación. Artículo VI. Los Comisionados decidirán talesDecisions. reclamaciones como crean ser de justicia. Las decisiones conformes de losConcurrence of two commissioners final. tres árbitros, ó de dos de ellos, serán concluyentes y finales. Dichas decisiones serán dadas, en cada caso, sobre cada reclamaciónTo be In writing. individual, por escrito, fijando, en el evento de dar un fallo pecuniario, el valor montante ó equivalente, y expresándolo en monedas de oro corriente de los Estados Unidos de América, y en elInterest. evento de conceder intereses sobre tales fallos, el tanto por ciento de los mismos, y el período por el cual se hayan de computar, deberán fijarse, cuyo período no se extenderá, más allá del dia de cerrarse la Comisión, y dichas decisiones serán firmadas por Jos Comisionados que convengan en ellas. En todos los casos en que losCertificates of award. comisionados acuerden indemnizaciones como se ha dicho, expedirán un certificado de la suma que 1058 haya de pagarse á cada reclamante respectivamente, en virtud de sus decisiones, incluyendo los intereses que se concedan, y después de haber deducido de la suma hallada á deberse á cualquier reclamante ó reclamantes, la suma de dinero que hasta entonces haya pagado el Departamento de Estado en Washington sobre los certificados expedidos ti tales reclamantes, respeetivamante, según los fallos dados por la interior Comisión mixta, de acuerdo con la convención de25 de Abril de 1866. Y todos los certificados librados por los fallos de la dicha Comisión mixta anterior se juzgarán cancelados, desde la fecha, de la decisión de la presente Comisión, en el caso en que hayan sido expedidos. El montante total de todas las sumas acordadas por los fallos de la presente comisión y de todas las sumas que se las agreguen, deberá. pagarse al Gobierno de los Estados Uu idos. El pago de dicho monto total se hará en pagos anuales iguales, que habrán de completarse dentro de diez años de la fecha de la terminación de los trabajos de la presente comisión. Se pagará el interés semianual sobre la suma total acordada, á razón de cinco por ciento al año, desde la fecha de la terminación de los trabajos de la Comisión. Artículo VII. El dinero existente en el Departamento de Estado actualmente, recibido del Gobierno de Venezuela, por cuenta de los fallos de dicha Comisión mixta anterior, bajo la convención de 25 de Abril de 1866, y el demas dinero que se pague en lo adelante, por dicha cuenta anterior, por el Gobierno de Venezuela al Gobierno de los Estados Unidos, se acreditará al Gobierno de Venezuela en el cómputo del monto total que se halle á deberse al Gobierno de los Estados Unidos por las estipulaciones del precedente artículo, y el balance únicamente se considerará como lo debido y pagadero con interés en los pagos anuales sobredichos. Con tal sin embargo; Que en el evento de que el monto total que la pre- 1059 sente Comisión halle deberse al Gobierno de los Estados Unidos fuere ménos que el montante de las sumas realmente recibidas del Gobierno de Venezuela, y que permanezca sin distribuirse en el Departamento de Estado en Washing-ton, el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos restituirá tal exceso al Gobierno de Venezuela dentro de seis meses de la conclusion de los trabajos de la comisión. El pago del dinero debido por el Gobierno de Venezuela al Gobierno de los Estados Unidos bajo la anteriorFormer payments deemed to have ceased April 1, 1883. convention de Abril 25 de 1866, se considerará haber cesado desde el primero de Abril de 1883, para reasumirse, si llegare el caso, según lo proveído hasta aquí. Artículo VIII. En el evento de laAwards annulled or reduced. anulación de cualesquiera fallos de la anterior comisión mixta, bajo la convención de Abril 25 de 1866, el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos no se mirará como responsable al de Venezuela por las sumas que los Estados Unidos de América hayan pagado por cuenta de dichas adjudicaciones, en tanto que dichas sumas hayan sido distribuidas. De la misma manera, si los fallos dados por la presente Comisión, y los certificados emitidos por ella, se hallaren ser ménos que el montante pagado hasta ah ora á los reclamantes, del dinero recibido de Venezuela, no se mirará al Gobierno délos Estados Unidos como responsable, portal razón, al Gobierno de Venezuela. La revisión próvida en la presenteRehearings to affect only future installments. convención afecta al Gobierno de los Estados Unidos, tan solo en las porciones de dinero pagadas que éstos tengan ahora en su poder y en las que en lo adelante se pagaren; y el efecto de tal anulamiento ó reducción, en cualquier caso, será el de descargar al Gobierno de Venezuela, en todo y para siempre, de cualquiera obligación de pagar mas porciones en tal caso, salvo lo proveído en la presente convención. 1060 Artículo IX. Se conviene ademas en que, si la Comisión organizada por la presente anulare, en todo ó en parte, cualesquiera adjudicaciones de dinero, hechas en cualesquiera casos por la anterior Comisión mixta, bajo la convención de Abril 25 de 1866, será deber de la Comisión examinar y decidir si, bajo todas las circunstancias, y atendiendo debidamenteá los principios de justicia y equidad, hay terceros que, con la observanciade la diligencia y del cuidado debido, hayan entrado en posesión, antes de la fecha del cange de las ratificaciones de la presente, por justa y valiosa consideración, de cualquiera porción de los certificados de adjudicación hasta ahora emitidos sobre dichas reclamaciones, y si, bajo la constitución y leyes de una ú otra de las partes contratan tes, dichos terceros han adquirido derechos fijos por virtud de las adjudicaciones de la anterior comisión, bajo la convención de 1866, imponiendo el deber al Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de cobrar de Venezuela el montante ó proporción de dichos certificados de adjudicaciones que se encuentren en posesión y propiedad de terceros. Si la presente Comisión decidiere que hay terceros, que posean derechos fijos, entonces examinará y fijará la suma pagada por todos y cada uno de dichos terceros por sus respectivos intereses ó partes en tales adjudicaciones, y fijará el montante de su dicho interes en dichos certificados de adjudicación, ó en cada uno de ellos, y emitirá nuevos certificados deadjudacioues por las sumas que se fallen como debidas, y que Venezuela pagará á los Estados Unidos del modo estipulado por la presente, lo mismo que cualesquiera otros certificados emitidos por la presente Comisión. Artículo X. Concluidos los trabajos de la, Comisión organizada en virtud de este Convenio, el Departamento de Estado de los Estados Unidos de América distribuirá pro rata entre los tenedores de los certifi- 1061 cados que se expidieren en virtud del presente convenio, las sumas de dinero existentes en el Departamento de Estado, recibidas del Gobierno de Venezuela por cuenta de los fallos de la anterior Comisión Mixta bajo la convención de Abril 25 de 1866;Distribution of installments. y todas las sumas de dinero que en lo adelante se llagaren á los Estados Unidos según este convenio se distribuirán pro rata, de la misma manera, en pago de los fallos que se den bajo la presente convención. Artículo XI. Las decisiones de la comisiónDecisions to be final, organizado bajo la presente convención se tendrán por finales y concluyentes, en cuanto á todas las reclamaciones presentadas ó propias para ser presentadas ante la anterior Comisión Mixta. Artículo XII. La Comisión nombrada por laDuration of Commission. presente convención terminará sus trabajos dentro de doce meses de la fecha de su organización. Se llevará un registro ríeRecord. los procedimientos de la comisión, y los Comisionados podrán nombrar un Secretario. Artículo XIII. Sin embargo de que la presenteEach Government to bear one-half the expenses. comisión se organiza á consecuencia de las representaciones hechas por el Gobierno de Venezuela, y de que trata solamente de reclamaciones de ciudadanos de los Estados Unidos, (por cuyas razones los Estados Unidos podrían con razón reclamar que to-dos los gastos de la presente fuesen hechos por Venezuela solamente,) se conviene en que, en continuación del arreglo hecho en la convención anterior de 1866, los gastos se hagan como sigue: cada Gobierno pagará su Comisionado y ademas la mitad de lo que se deba pagar al tercer Comisionado y al Secretario, y ademas la mitad de los gastos incidentes de la comisión. 1062 Artículo XIV. Excepto en lo revivido, continuado, modificado ó repuesto por los términos de la presente convención, los efectos de la anterior de Abril 25 de 1866 cesarán absolutamente desde la fecha del cange de las ratificaciones de la presente convención, y las altas partes contratantes convienen en que las responsabilidades y obligaciones provenientes de dicha convención anterior se tengan por descargadas del todo y por anuladas con la sustitución en su lugar de las responsabilidades contraidas, y las obligaciones creadas por esta convención presente, á la cual las altas partes contratantes se obligan recíprocamente á dar cabal, perfecto y final efecto, sin ninguna evasion, reserva ni dilación de uingua género. Artículo XV. La presente convención será ratificada por el Presidente de los Estados Unidos con el acuerdo y consentimiento del Senado de los Estados Unidos de América y por el Presidente de los Estados Unidos de Venezuela, con el consejo y consentimiento del Congreso Nacional, y las ratificaciones serán cangeadas en Washington, dentro de doce meses de la fecha de la presente convención, y la publicación del cange de las ratificaciones servirá de notificación á todas las personas interesadas. En testimonio de lo cual los respectivos plenipotenciarios hemos puesto nuestras firmas y estampado nuestros sellos. Hecha en duplicado en las lenguas inglesa y castellana en la ciudad de Washington el dia 5 de Diciembre de 1885. T. F. Bayard [seal.] A. M. Soteldo. [seal.] And whereas the said Convention has been duly ratified on bothExchange of ratifications. parts, and the respective ratifications of the same were exchanged at the City of Washington, on the third day of June, one thousand, eight hundred and eighty-nine; Now, therefore, be it known that I, Benjamin Harrison, President ofProclamation. the United States of America, have caused the said Convention to be 1063made public, as amen (led, to the end that the same, and any article and clause thereof, may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 4th day of June in the year of our Lord one thousand, eight hundred and eighty-nine, and of the Independence of the United States of America, the one hundred [seal.] and thirteenth. Benj Harrison. By the President: James G. Blaine *Secretary of State*. March 15, 1888 Convention 28 Stat. 1064 1064 CONVENTION—VENEZUELA. March 15, 1888 March 15, 1888Convention to remove doubts as to the meaning of Article IX of the preceding convention and extending the time for the exchange of the ratifications thereof. Concluded at Washington March 15, 1888; ratification advised by the Senate June 18, 1888; ratified by the President of the United States of America August 7, 1888; ratified by the President of the United States of Venezuela August 2, 1888; ratifications exchanged at Washington June 3, 1889; proclaimed June 4, 1889. By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas a Convention between the United States of America and the United States of Venezuela, to remove doubts as to the meaning of the Convention between the same High Contracting Parties, signed the fifth day of December, one thousand, eight hundred and eighty-five, and to extend the time for the exchange of the ratifications thereof, was concluded and signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries, at the City of Washington, on the fifteenth day of March, one thousand, eight hunched and eighty-eight, the original of which Convention, being in the English and Spanish languages, is word for word as follows: Convention between the United States and Venezuela to remove DOUBTS AS TO THE MEANING OF THE Convention signed December 5, 1895. Whereas doubts have arisen in respect of the true intent and meaning of Article IX of the treaty between the United States of America and the United States of Venezuela signed at Washing-ton on the fifth day of December 1885, and,in consequence of such ambiguities, the exchange of ratifications of said treaty has not taken place within the period therein prescribed for such ex-change; And, whereas, the High Contracting Parties are desirous of removing all doubts in respect of the meaning and intent of said Article, and of extending the time for the exchange of ratifications of said treaty, to the end of reaching an amicable and honorable solution of the difficulties that now impair their good relations; 1065 The Government of the United States of America and the Government of the United States of Venezuela, have named as their Plenipotentiaries to conclude a Convention for that purpose, the President of the United States of America, Thomas F. Bayard, Secretary of State of the United States of America; and the President of the United States of Venezuela, José Antonio Olavarria, Chargé d’Affairesof Venezuela at Washington ; who, after reciprocal communication of their full powers, found in due and good form, have agreed upon the following Articles: Article I. It is understood and agreed that in the event of any of the awards oí the Mixed Commission under the Convention of April 25, 1866, being annulled in whole or in part by the Commission authorized and created by Article II of the treaty of December 5, 1895, no new award shall in any case be made by said Commission, to the holders of certificates of any award or awards annulled as aforesaid, in excess of the sum which may be found to be justly due to the original claimant. Article II. The time fixed for the exchange of the ratiíieations of the aforesaid treaty between the United States and Venezuela signed at Washington on the fifth day of December, A. D. one thousand eight hundred and eighty-five, is hereby extended to a period not exceeding five months from the date of this Convention or sooner if possible. Article III. The present Convention shall be ratified by the President of the United States of America by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof, and by the President of the United States of Venezuela by and with the advice and consent of the Congress thereof, 1066 and the ratifications shall be exchanged at Washington as soon as possible within the time specified in Article II hereof as the *Ante*, p. 1065.period of extension of the time for the exchange of ratifications of the treaty signed at Washington on the fifth day of December, 1895. In witness whereof the respective plenipotentiaries have signed and sealed the present Convention in duplicate. Done at Washington this 15th day of March, A. D., 1888. Convención entre los Estados Unidos y Venezuela para remover dudas sobre el sentido de la convenciÓn firmada el 5 de Diciembre de 1885. Visto: que se han presentado dudas en cuanto al verdadero sentido é intención del Artículo IX del tratado entre los Estados Uni-dos de América y los Estados Uni-dos de Venezuela, firmado en Washington, el 5 de Diciembre de 1885, y que á causa de tales ambigüedades el cambio de ratificaciones de dicho tratado no ha tenido lugar dentro del término en él fijado: Visto: que las Altas Partes Contratantes desean remover toda duda en cuanto al sentido é intención de dicho Artículo y prorogar el plazo para el cambio de ratificaciones del citado tratado, con el fin de llegar á una honrosa y amigable solución de las dificultades que actualmente alteran sus buenas relaciones; 1065 El Gobierno de los Estados UnidosPlenipotentiaries. de América y el Gobierno de Fs Estados Unidos de Venezuela, han nombrado Plenipotenciarios para concluir una Convención con tal objeto: el Presidente de los Estados Unidos de América, al Señor Thomas F, Bayard, Secretario de Estado de los Estados Unidos de América; y el Presidente de los Estados Unidos de Venezuela,al Señor José Antonio Olavarría, Encargado de Negocios de Venezuela en Washington; quienes después de recíproca comunicación de sus plenos poderes, estimados en debida y buena forma, han convenido en lo siguiente: Artículo 1°. Queda entendido y aceptado, que en el caso de queNo new award to holders of certificates in excess of amount due original claimnant. alguno ó algunos délos fallos de la Comisión Mixta, que actuó en virtud de la Convención de 25 de Abril de 1866 fueren anulados en todo ó en parte por la nueva Comisión autorizada y creada por el Art” 2° del tratado de 5 de Diciembre de 1885, ninguna otra concesión se hará en caso alguno por dicha Comisión á los tenedores de certificados provenientes de dicho fallo ó fallos anulados que venga á exceder la suma que haya resultado justa adjudicar al reclamante primitivo. Artículo 2°. El tiempo fijado para el cambioTime extended for exchange of ratifications. de ratificaciones del antedicho Tratado entre los Estados Unidos y Venezuela, firmado en Washington*Post,* p. 1087. el 5 de Diciembre de 1885, queda prorogado por la presente á un periodo que no excederá de cinco meses, contados desde la fecha de esta Convención, ó menos si posible. Artículo 3°. La presente Convenciàn seraRatification. ratificada por el Presidente de los Estados Unidos de América, previa consulta y aceptaciàn del Senado, y por el Presidente de los Estados Unidos de Venezuela, previa consulta y aceptación del Congreso, y las ratifica- 1066 cienes se cambiarán en Washington tan pronto como posible dentro del término expresado en el Artículo II como próroga del plazo para el cambio de ratificaeiónes del tratado firmado en Washington el 5 de Diciembre de 1885. En fé de lo cual los respectivos Plenipotenciarios firman y sellan la presente Convención por duplicado. En Washington el dia 15 de Marzo del Ano de 1888. T. F. Signatures.Bayard [seal.] J A Olavarria [seal.] And whereas the said Convention has been duly ratified on bothExchange of ratificationss. parts, and the respective ratifications of the same were exchanged at the City of Washington, on the third day of June, one thousand, eight hundred and eighty-nine; Now, therefore, be it known that I, Benjamin Harrison, PresidentProclamation. of the United States of America, have caused the said Convention to be made public, to the end that the same, and every article and clause thereof, may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In witness whereof. I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 4th day of June in the year of our Lord one thousand, eight hundred and eighty-nine, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America, the one hundred and thirteenth. Benj Harrison. By the President: James G. Blaine *Secretary of State*. October 5, 1888 Convention 28 Stat. 1067 1067 CONVENTION—VENEZUELA. October 5, 1895 Supplementary convention further extending the period fixed for the,October 5, 1888. exchange of ratifications of the convention of December 5, 1895; and extending that fixed for the explanatory convention of March 15, 1888; concluded at Washington, October 5, 1888; ratification advised by the Senate, December 5, 1888; ratified by the President of the fruited States of America, January 30, 1889; ratified by the President of the United States of Venezuela, May 11, 1889; ratifications exchanged at Washington, June 3, 1889; proclaimed June 4, 1889. By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas a Supplementary Convention between the United StatesPreamble. of America and the United States of Venezuela, to further extend the period fixed for the exchange of ratifications of the Convention of*Ante,* pp. 1053, 1064. Decembers, 1895, and to extend the period for the exchange of the ratifications of the Convention of March 15, 1888, between the same High Contracting Parties, was concluded and signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at the City of Washington on the fifth day of October, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-eight, the original of which Supplementary Convention, being in the English and Spanish languages, is word for word as follows: Supplementary Convention between the United States of America and Venezuela, to further extend the period fixed for the exchange of ratifications of the Convention of December 5, 1895, and to extend the period for the exchange of the ratifications of the convention of March 15, 1888. Whereas, by Articles I and II of Convention, signed and concluded by the respective Plenipotentiaries of the United States and Venezuela, in the city of Washington, on the 15th day of March, 1888, it was provided that the time fixed by the Convention between the said parties, signed and concluded December 5, 1895, for the exchange at Washington of the ratifications thereof, should be extended to a period not exceeding five months from the date of said Convention, to wit, from the 15th day of March, 1888, or sooner if possible, and that the ratifications of said Convention of March 15, 1888, should in like manner be exchanged at Washington within the same period; 1068 And whereas the period, as aforesaid prescribed, elapsed on the 15th day of August, 1888, without such exchange having been effected ; And whereas it appears that the Congress and Government of Venezuela did, according to the Constitutional forms of that Republic, ratify and continue the said Conventions at Caracas on the 27th day of July, 1888, and that the President of the Republic of Venezuela did on the 2nd day of August, 1888, fully empower the representative of that Republic in the United States to exchange ratifications thereof with whoever should be duly authorized on be-half of the United States; And whereas the said Conventions having been theretofore duly ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof, the Secretary of State of the United States, duly empowered by the President of the United States, was ready on and before the said 15th day of August, 1888, to effect the exchange of ratifications of the said Conventions as stipulated; And whereas, by reason of unavoidable delay, the copy of the said Convention ratified by the. Government of Venezuela as aforesaid and the necessary powers to enable the Representative of that Government in the United States to make exchange of ratifications could not be produced in the city of Washington, D. C., until after the expiration of the period so as aforesaid stipulated for the exchange of ratifications; Contracting parties.Now, therefore, the Governments of the United States and Venezuela, being desirous of completing and putting in force the two Conventions aforesaid at the earliest day possible, have respectively named as their Plenipotentiaries to conclude a Convention for that purpose, The President of the United States of America, Thomas F. bayard, Secretary of State of the United States of America, Plenipotentiaries.And the President of the United States of Venezuela, Francisco 1069 Antonio de Silva, Charge d’Affaires of the United States of Venezuela at Washington; Who, after reciprocally satisfying each other in good and due form of their competency to negotiate to such end, have agreed upon the following Articles: Article I. The time fixed, by Articles I and II of the Convention between the Contracting Parties, signed at Washington, the 15th day of March, 1888, within which to affect the exchange of the ratifications of the Convention between said parties signed at Washington, on the 5th day of December, 1895, and also of the said Convention of the 15th day of March, 1888, is hereby extended to a period not exceeding ten months from the 15th day of August, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-eight, or sooner if possible. Article II. The present Convention shall be ratified by the President of the United States of America, by and with the advise and consent of the Senate thereof; and by the President of the United States of Venezuela, by and with the advice and consent of the Congress thereof; and the ratifications shall be exchanged at Washington, as soon as possible within the time specified in Article I hereof as the period of extension of the time for the exchange of ratifications of the Convention signed at Washington, on the 5th day of December, 1895, and of the Convention signed at Washington on the 15th day of March, 1888. In witness whereof, the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed and sealed the present Convention in duplicate, in the English and Spanish languages. Done at Washington, this fifth 1070 day of October, in the year of our Lord, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-eight. Convenio adicional entre los Estados Unidos de América y Venezuela, para pkorogali el tÉrmino fijado para el canje de las ratificaciones del convenio de 5 de diciembre de 1885, y asimismo para puorogar el tÉrmino para el canje de las ratificaciones del convenio de 15 de marzo de 1888. Por cnanto, por los artículos I y II del Convenio firmado y concluido por los respectivos Plenipotenciarios de los Estados Uni-dos y de Venezuela, en la ciudad de Washington el 15 de Marzo 1888, se estipuló que. el tiempo fijado por el Convenio entre ambas partes contratantes, firmado y concluido en 5 de diciembre de 1885, para el cambio en Washing-ton de las ratificaciones consiguientes no excediera de 5 meses contados desde la fecha de dicho Convenio, es decir, del 15 de marzo de 1888, ó antes si fuera posible, y que las ratificaciones del mencionado Convenio de 15 de marzo de 1888, fueran de la misma manera cambiadas en Washington dentro del mismo término; 1068 Y por cuanto en el término prescrito, á que se ha hecho referencia, expiró el 15 de agosto de 1888, sin haber tenido efecto el cange expresado; Y por cuanto aparece que el Congreso y Gobierno de Venezuela, ajustándose á las fórmulas constitucionales de dicha República, ratificaron y confirmaron dichos Convenios en Caracas á 27 de Julio de 1888; y que el Presidente de la República de Venezuela, en dos de agosto de 1888, autorizó, tanto como se requiere, al representante de la misma Re-pública en los Estados Unidos para cambiar las precitadas ratificaciones con cualquiera persona debidamente autorizada por el Presidente de los Estados Unidos; Y por cuanto, ratificadas dichas Convenciones por el Presidente de los Estados Unidos, con el consejo y consentimiento del Senado de los mismos Estados, el Secretario de Estado de los Estados Unidos, autorizado por el Presidente de los Estados Unidos, estaba dispuesto, antes del 15 de agosto de 1888, á efectuar el cambio de las ratificaciones, como se había estipulado, de las ya referidas Convenciones; Y por cuanto, por causas de inevitable dilación, la copia del apuntado Convenio, ratificado por el Gobierno de Venezuela, como se ha dicho, con los poderes necesarios del Representante de aquel Gobierno en los Estados Unidos para hacer el cambio de las ratificaciones, no pudieron presentarse en la ciudad do Washington, D. O., hasta la terminación del término estipulado para el canje de las ratificaciones; Por tanto, los Gobiernos de los Estados Unidos y de Venezuela, deseosos de completar y poner en ejecución, en el tiempo más breve posible, los dos Convenios expresados, han nombrado respectivamente como sus Plenipotenciarios para celebrar un Convenio con tal objeto, El Presidente de los Estados Unidos de América, á Tomás F. Bayard, Secretario de Estado de los Estados Unidos de América, Y el Presidente de los Estados Unidos de Venezuela, á Francisco 1069 Antonio do Silva, Encargado de Negocios de los Estados Unidos de Venezuela en Washington; Quienes, después de haber recíprocamente examinado y hallado en buena y debida forma sú competencia para negociar con el fin indicado, han convenido en los artículos siguientes: Artículo I. Se proroga por un término qneTime extended fnr exchange of ratifications. no exceda de diez meses*Ante*, pp. 1062, 1066. contados desde el 15 de agosto de mil ochocientos ochenta y ocho, ó para antes, si fuere posible, el tiempo fijado por los artículos primero y segundo del convenio entre ambas paites contratantes, firmado en Washington el 15 de marzo de 1888, para efectuar el cambio de las ratificaciones del Convenio entre las dichas partes contratantes, firmado en Washington el 5 de diciembre de 1885, y también el término fijado para el cambio de las ratificaciones del Convenio de 15 de marzo de 1888. Artículo II. El presente Convenio sera ratificadoRatification. por el Presidente de los Estados Unidos de América, con el consejo y consentimiento del Senado de dichos Estados; y por el Presidente délos Estados Unidos de Venezuela con el consejo y consentimiento del Congreso de dicha República; y las ratificaciones serán canjeadas en Washington tan pronto como sea posible dentro del término especificado en el artículo I como próroga del tiempo estipulado para el cambio de las ratificaciones del Convenio firmado en Washington en 5 de diciembre de 1885, y del tiempo estipulado para el cambio de las ratificaciones del Convenio firmado en Washington el 15 de marzo de. 1888. En prueba y fé de lo cual, los respectivos Plenipotenciarios han firmado y sellado el presente Convenio, por duplicado, en los idiomas inglés y español. Hecha en la ciudad de Wash- 1070 ington, à cinco de Octubre de mil ochocientos ochenta y ocho. T. F. Signatures.Bayard [seal.] Fco. Anto. Silva [seal.] And whereas the said Supplementary Convention has been dulyExchange of ratification . ratified on both parts, and the ratifications of the same were exchanged at the City of Washington, on the third day of June, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-nine: Now, therefore, be it known that I, Benjamin Harrison, PresidentProclamation. of the United States of America, have caused the said Supplementary Convention to be made public, to the end that the same, and every article and clause thereof, may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 4th day of June in the year of our Lord one thousand, eight hundred and eighty-nine, and of the i Independence of the United States of America, the one [seal] hundred and thirteenth. Benj Harrison. By the President: James G. Blaine *Secretary of State*. October 16, 1888 October 28, 1888 Convention 28 Stat. 1071 1071 CONVENTION—RUSSIA. March 1628, 1887. Convention between the United States of America and the EmpireMarch 16, 28, 1887. of Russia for the extradition of criminals. Signed at Washington March 1628, 1887; ratification, with amendments, advised by the Senate February 6, 1893; ratified by the President February 11, 1893; ratified by the Emperor April 416, 1893; ratifications exchanged at St. Petersburg April 921, 1893; proclaimed June 5, 1893. By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas a Convention between the United States of America andPreamble. His Majesty the Emperor of all the Russias, for the extradition of criminals, was concluded and signed by their respective plenipotentiaries at the City of Washington, on the twenty-eighth day of March, in the year one thousand eight hundred and eighty seven, which Convention, being in the English and French languages, and as amended by the Senate of the United States, is word for word as follows:— The United States of America and His Majesty the Emperor of all the Russias having thought proper, with a view to the better administration of justice, and for the prevention of crime in their respective territories and jurisdictions, that persons convicted of, or charged with, any of the crimes hereinafter enumerated, and having escaped from justice, should, in certain eases, be reciprocally delivered tip, have resolved to conclude a Convention to this end, and have named as their Plenipotentiaries, to wit: The President of the United States of America, Thomas F. Bayard,Secretary of State of the United States; and His Majesty the Emperor of all the Russias, Charles Struve, His blaster of the Court, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary near the Government of the United States of America, and Baron Romain Rosen, His Gentleman in Waiting, Councillor of State, and Consul-General at New York; who, having communicated to each other their full 1072 powers found to be in good and due form, have agreed upon the following articles: Article I. Reciprocal delivery of persons charged with crime.The High Contracting Parties reciprocally agree to surrender to each other, upon mutual requisitions and according to then respective regulations and procedure, persons who. being charged with, or convicted of, the commission, in the territory of one of the constructing parties, of airy of the crimes and offenses specified in the following article, shall seek an asylum or be found within the *Proviso.*Evidence required.territory of the other: *Provided*, That this shall only be done upon such evidence of criminality as, according to the laws of the place where the fugitive or person so charged shall be found, would justify his or her apprehension and commitment for trial if the crime or offense had been there committed. Article II. Extraditable crimes.Persons convicted of, or charged with, any of the following crimes, as well as attempts to commit, or participation in, the same, as an accessory before the fact, provided such attempt or participation is punishable by the laws of both countries, shall be delivered up in virtue of the provisions of this Convention: 1. Murder, etc Murder and manslaughter, when voluntary. 2. Rape, etc. Rape, abortion. 3. Arson. Arson. 4. Burglary, etc. Burglary, defined to be the act of breaking, and entering by night, into the dwelling-house of another, with intent to commit felony; robbery, defined to be the act of feloniously and forcibly taking from the person of another money or goods, by violence or putting him in fear; larceny, when the value of the property stolen shall exceed two hundred dollars, or three hundred roubles. 5. Forgery. Forgery; and the utterance of forged papers, including public, sovereign, or governmental acts. 1073 6. The fabrication or circulation of counterfeit money, either coin or paper, or of counterfeit public bonds, coupons of the public debt, bank notes, obligations, or, in general, of any counterfeit title or instrument of credit; the counterfeiting of seals and dies, impressions, stamps, and marks of state and public administrations, and the utterance thereof. 7. The embezzlement of public moneys by public officers or depositaries. 8. Embezzlement by any person or persons, hired or salaried, to the detriinent of their employers, when the value of the property so taken shall exceed two hundred dollars, or three hundred roubles. 9. Piracy, or mutiny on ship-board. whenever the crew, or part thereof, shall have taken possession of the vessel by fraud or by violense against the commander. 10. Wilful or unlawful destruction or obstruction of railroads which endangers human life. Article III. If it be made to appear that extradition is sought with a view to try or punish the. person demandad for an offense of a political character, surrender shall not take place; nor shall any person surrendered be tried or punished for any political offense committed previously to his extradition, nor for any offense other than that for which the extradition was granted; nor shall the surrender of any person be demanded for an offense committed prior to the date at which this Convention shall take effect. An attempt against the life of the head of either Government, or against that of any member of his family, when such attempt comprises the act either of murder or assassination or of poisoning, or of accessoriship thereto, shall not be considered a political offense or an act connected with such an offense. 1074 Article IV. Neither country bound to deliver its own citizens.The contracting parties shall not be required to deliver up their own citizens or subjects, in virtue of the stipulations of the present Convention. Article V. Persons under prosecution in country where found.If the person demanded be held for trial in the country on which the demand is made, it shall be optional with the latter to grant extradition, or to proceed with the trial: *Provided,* that, unless the trial shall be for the crime for which the fugitive is claimed, the delay shall not prevent ultimate extradition. Article VI. Requisitions.Requisitions for the surrender of fugitives from justice, accused or convicted of any of the crimes or offenses hereinbefore mentioned, shall be made by the diplomatic agent of the demanding Government. In case of the absence of such agent either from the country or from the seat of Government, such requisitions may be made by the superior consular officer. Persons already convicted.When the person whose surrender is requested shall already have been convicted of the crime or offense for which his extradition is demanded, the demand therefor shall be accompanied by a copy of the judgment of the court that pronounced the sentence, bearíng the seal of said court. The signature of the judge thereof shall be authenticated by the proper executive officer of the, demanding Government, whose official character shall, in turn, be attested by the diplomatic agent or superior consular officer of the Government on which the demand is made. Persons charged with crime.When the person whose surrenders asked shall be merely charged with the commission of an extraditable crime or offense, the application for extradition shall be accompanied by an authenticated copy of the warrant of arrest or of some other equivalent judicial document 1075 issued by a judge or a magistrate duly authorized to do so; and likewise by authenticated copies of the depositions or declarations made before such judge or magistrate and setting forth the acts with which the fugitive is charged. Article VII. It shall be lawful for any competent judicial authority of the United States, upon production of a certificate issued by the Secretary of State, stating that request has been made by the Imperial Government of Russia for the provisional arrest of a person convicted or accused of the commission therein of a crime or offense extraditable under this Convention, and upon complaint, duly made, that such crime or offense has been so committed, to issue his warrant for the apprehension of such person. But if the formal requisition for surrender, with the formal proofs hereinbefore mentioned, be not made as aforesaid by the diplomatic agent of the demanding Government, or, in his absence, by the competent consular officer, within forty days from the date of the commitment of the fugitive, the prisoner shall be discharged from custody. And the Imperial Russian Government will, upon request of the Government of the United States, transmitted through the diplomatic agent of the United States, or, in his absence, through the competent consular officer, secure the provisional arrest of persons convicted or accused of the commission therein of crimes or offenses extraditable under this convention. But if the formal requisition for surrender, with the formal proofs hereinbefore mentioned, benot made as aforesaid by the diplomatic agent of the demanding Government, or, in his absence, by the competent consular officer within forty days from the dale of the arrest of the fugitive, the prisoner shall be discharged from custody. 1076 Article VIII. Articles seized with fugitive.Articles in the possession of the fugitive that have aided the commission of the crime or offense, and any article or property which was obtained through the commission of the crime or offense charged, and, also, any other article that may serve to convict, shall, if he demand for extradition be granted, be delivered to the authorities of the demanding Government, even where, owing to the death or escape of the fugitive, extradition can not take place. Such delivery shall also include articles of the character above-mentioned which the fugitive may have concealed or deposited in the country of refuge, and which may subsequently be found there. The rights of third parties to the above-mentioned articles shall, nevertheless, be duly respected, and they shall be returned to the owners free of expense after the conclusion of the case. The right of the Government on which the demand for extradition is made to temporarily retain such articles, when they may be necessary for the institution of criminal proceedings occasioned by the same act that has given rise to the demand for extradition, or by any other act, is admitted. Article IX. Persuns claimed by another government.In case the person whose extradition is demanded under the present Convention is also claimed by another Government, preference shall be given to the Government whose demand shall be earliest in point of time: *Provided*, the Government from which extradition is sought is not bound by treaty to give preference otherwise. Article X. Expenses.The expense occasioned by the arrest, detention, and transportation of persons whose extradition is requested shall be borne by the Government making the application. Article XI. Ratification.The present Convention shall be ratified and the ratifications shall 1077be exchanged at St. Petersburg as soon as possible. It shall take effect on the twentieth day after its promulgation in the manner prescribed by the laws in force in the territories of the contracting parties. It shall remain in force for six moi tbs after notice of its termination shall have been given by either of the contracting parties. In witness whereof, the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed the present Convention and have thereunto affixed the seals of their arms. Done in duplicate, at the city of Washington, on the twenty eighth day of March, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-seven. T. F. Bayard [seal.] C Struve. [seal.] Rosen. [seal.] Les Etats-Unis d’Amérique et Sa MajestéContracting parties. l’Empereur de toutes les Russiesayautjugé opportun, en vue d’une meilleure administration de Injustice et pour prévenir les crimes dans leurs territories et jurisdictions respectifs, que les individus condamnés ou accusés du chef des crimes ciaprès énumérés et qui se seraient soustraits parla fuite aux poursuites de la justice, lussent, dans certaines circonstaces, réciproquement extradés, ont résolu de conclure une convention dansce but et ont nommé pour leurs plénipotentiaires, savoir: Le Président des Etats-UnisPlenipotentiaries. d’Amerique, Thomas F. Bayard, Secrétaire d’Etat des EtatsUnis; et Sa Majesté l’Empereur de toutes les Bussies, Charles Struve, Son Maître de la Cour, Envoyé Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiaire près le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis d’Amérique et le Baron Romain Rosen, Son Gentilhomme de la Chambre, Conseiller d’Etat et Consul Général à New-York; Lesquels, après s’être communiqué leurs pleins pouvoirs, trouvés en 1072 bonne et due forme, sont convenus des articles suivants: Article I. Les Hautes Parties contractantes s’engagent réciproquement A se livrer à la suite de requisitions mutuelles et. conformément à leurs lois et modes de procédure respectifs, les individus qui, poursuivis ou condamnés du chef de l’un des crimeset délits énumérés à l’article suivant, commis sur le territoire de l’une des parties contractantes, chercheront un asile ou seront trouvés sur le territoire de l’autre. Toutefois l’extradition n’aura lieu que dans le cas où l’existence de l’infraction sera constatée de telle manière que les lois du pays où le fugitif ou la personne poursuivie sera trouvée, justifieraient sa detention et sa mise en jugement, si le crime ou délit y avait été commis. Article II. Seront livrés en vertu des dispositions de la présente Convention, les individus condamnés ou poursuivis du chef de l’un des crimes suivants, y compris les cas de tentative et de participation: comme complice anté-rieur au fait pourvu queeette tentativeou participation soit punissable selon la législation des deux pays. 1. Meurtre et “manslaughter” volontaire. 2. Viol et le crime de provoquer un avortement, 3. Incendie. 4. “Burglary” consistant dans l’action de s’introduire nuitamment et avec effraction ou escalade dans l’habitation d’autrui avec une intention criminelle; “robbery” consist-ant dans l’enlèvement forcé et criminel, effectué sur la personne d’autrui, d’argent ou d’effets, à l’aide de violence ou d’intimidation; vol, lorsque la valeur de l’argent ou des objets volés dépasse la somme de deux cents dollars ou trois cents roubles. 5. Crime de faux ainsi que l’émission de documents falsifiés, y compris les actes publics du Gouvernement ou de l’autorité souveraine. 1073 6. Fabrication ou mise en circulationCounterfeiting. de fausse monnaie, ou de faux papiermonnaie ou de faux titres ou coupons de la dette publique, de faux billets de banque, de fausses obligations, ou, en gén-éral. de tout faux titre ou instrument de crédit quelconque; contrefaçon de sceaux, empreintes, timbres ou marques de l’Etat et des administrations publiques et mise en circulation de pièces ainsi marquées. 7. Détournement de deniers publicsEmbezzlement by officers. commis par des officiers ou dé-positaires publics. 8. Détournement commis parEmbezzlement ni private property. toute personne ou personnes em-ployées ou salariées, au détriment de ceux qui les emploient, lorsque la valeur de l’argent ou des effets ainsi détournés dépasse la somme de deux cents dollars ou trois cents roubles. 9. Piraterie ou rébellion à bordPiracy, etc. d’un navire, lorsque l’équipage on partie de celuici aura pris possession du navire par fraude ou violence envers le commandant. 10. Obstruction ou destructionWilful destruction of railroads, etc. volontaire ou illégale de voies fer-rées qui mette eu danger la vie humaine. Article III. L’extradition n’aura pas lieu,No surrender for political offenses. lorsqu’il sera prouvé qu’elle a. été demandéedaus le but.depoursuivre ou de punir la personne réclamée pour un délit d’un caractère politique; aucun individu extradé ne pourra être poursuivi ou puni ni pour un délit politique commis antérieurement à son extraditionTrial to be only for often so on which extradited. ni pour aucun délit autre que celui pour lequel son extradition a été accordée; l’extradition ne pourra être demandée pour aucun délit commis antérieurement à- la date à laquelle la présente Convention sera entrée en vigueur. Ne sera pas réputé délit politique,Attempts against Head of Government not apolitical offense. ni fait connexe â un semblable délit, l’attentat contre la vie du chef de l’un ou de l’autre Etat contractant ou contre celle des membres de sa famille, lorsque cet attentat constituera soit le fait, soit la complicité, de meurtre d’assassinat ou d’empoisonnement. 1074 Article IV. Les parties contractantes ne seront point obligées dese livrer leurs propres citoyens ou sujets en vertu des stipulations de la présente convention. Article V. Lorsque la personne réclamée aura été mise en jugement dans le pays au Gouvernement duquel la demande d’extradition est adressée, ce Gouvernement est libre, soit d'accorder l’extradition, soit de poursuivre le procès intenté: il demeure entendu cependant que ce délai ne devra pas empêcher l’ex-tradition ultérieure du fugitif, à moins que ce procès ne lui ait été intenté pour le même crime qui avait motivé la demande de son extradition. Article VI. Les demandes tendant à la remise des fugitifs, accusés ou con-damnés du chef d’un des crimes ou délits cidessus énumérés, seront fait par l’agent diplomatique du Gouvernement requérant. Eu cas d’absence de cet agent, soit du pays, soit du siège du Gouvernement, ces demandes pourront être faites par l’agent consulaire supérieur. Lorsque la personne réclamée aura déjà été condamnée à raison du crime ou du délit qui a motivé la demande d’extradition, cette demande devra être accompagnée d’nne expédition authentique de l’arrêt de la cour qui a prononcé la sentence, munie du sceau de cette cour. La signature du juge devra être légalisée par l’agent compétent du pouvoir exécutif du Gouvernement requérant, dont le caractère officiel sera, à son tour, attesté par l’agent diplomatique ou l’agent consulaire supérieur du Gouvernement auquel la demande est addressée. Lorsque la personne réclamée sera seulement prévenue d’un crime ou délit pouvant motiver son ex-tradition, la demande d’extradition devraêtreaccompagnée d’une copie authentique du mandat d’arrêt ou d’un antre document judiciaire équivalent, délivré par un juge ou 1075 un magistrat dûment autorisé A cet effet, ainsi que des dépositions ou déclarations faites devant ce juge ou magistrat et énonçant les actes dont le fugitif est provenu. Article VII. Sur la présentation d’un eertificatProvisional arrest in United States. délivré par le Secretaire d’Etat, constatant que le Gouvernement Imperial de Russie a demandé la miseenétat d’arrestation provisoire d’une personiiecondamnéeou poursuivie du chef d’un crime ou délit commisen Russie etpouvantdonner lien áson extradition en vertu déla présente Convention. et sur une plainte dfiment déposéeeténonant que telle crime ou délit a été ainsi commis, toute autorité judieiaire competente des Etats-Unis aura le pouvoir legal dedelivrer un maudat pour l’arrestationDischarge on failure to make formal request, etc. decette personne. Mais si, dans l’espaee de qnarante jours A compter de la date de l’arrestation du fugitif, la demande fbrmelle d’extradition, accompag-née des preuves formellesci-dessus mentionnées n’est pas faite, ainsi qu’il est slipulé plus haut, par l’agent diplomatique du Gouvernement requérant ou, en son absence par l’agent eonsulaire compétent, le détenu sera mis en liberté; et le Gouvernement Impérial deProvisional arrest in Russia. Russie prendí a, sur la demande du Gouvernement des Etats-Unis transmise par l’agent diplomatique des Etats-Unis, ou, en son absence, par l’agent eonsulaire compétent, des mesures pour la mise en état d’arrestation provisoire de toute personne coudamnée ou poursuivie du chef d’un crime ou délit commis dans les Etats-Unis etpouvant donner lieu á son extradition. Mais si, dans l’espaee de qnarante jours à compter de la date de l’arrestation du fugitif, la demande formelle d’extradition, accompagnéeDischarge on failure to make formal request, etc. des preuves formelles ci-dessus mentionnées, n’est pas faite, ainsi qu’il est stipulé plus haut, par l’agent diplomatique du Gouvernement requérant ou, en son absence, par l’agent eonsulaire compétent, le détenu sera mis en liberté. 1076 Article VIII. Les objets trouvés en la possession du fugitif qui auront servi pour commettre le crime ou délit, et tous objets ou effets provenant du fait incriminé, ainsi que, toute autre pièce de conviction, seront livrés aux agents du Gouvernement requérant, même dans les cas oïl l’extradition ne pourrait avoir lieu par suite de la mort ou de la fuite de l’inculpé. Cette remise comprendra aussi les objets appartenant à la même catégorie et que le prévenu aurait cachés ou déposés dans le pays où il s’est réfugié et qui y serait trouvés plus tard. Sont cependant réservés les droits des tiers sur les objets susmentionnés, qui devront leur être rendus sans frais après la conclusion du procès. Une semblable réserve est egalement stipulée à l’égard du droit du Gouvernement, auquel la demande d’extradition est addressée, de retenir provisoirement les dits objets lors qu’il seraient nécessaires pour l’instruction d’une affaire pénale occasion-née par le même fait qui a donné lien à la demande ou par un autre fait quelconque. Article IX. Dans le cas on la personne dont l’extradition est demandee en vertu déla présente Convention est aussi réclamée par un autre Gouvernement, elle sera livrée au Gouverne-ment dont la demande aura une date plus ancienne. l’ourvu que le Gouvernement auquel l’extradition est demandee ne soit tena en vertu d’un traite d’en agir autrement. Article X. Les dépenses causees par l’arrestation, ladétention et le transport des individua reclames, seront supportés par le Gouvernement requérant. Article XI. La présente Convention sera ratifiée et les ratifieations en seront 1077 échangées à St. Petersbourg aussitôt que faire se pourra. Elle sera exécutoire à dater duEffect. vingtième jour après sa promulgation dans les formes prescrites par les lois en vigueur dans les territores d’état des Parties contractantes. Elle continuera à être en vigueur jusqu’à six mois après déclaration contraire de la part de l’une des Parties contractantes. En foi de quoi, les plénipotentiaires respectifs ont sigué la présente Convention et y ont apposé lecachet de leurs armes. Fait en double expédition à Washington, le seize (vingthuit) Mars, mil huitcent quatrevingt- sept. T. F. Bayard [L. S.]Signatures. C Struve. [L. S.] Rosen. [L. S.] And whereas the said Convention has been duly ratified on bothExchange of ratifications. parts, and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the City of St. Petersburg on the twenty-first day of April, one thou-sand eight hundred and ninety-three; Now, therefore, be it known that I, Grover Cleveland, President ofProclamation. the United States of America, have caused the said Convention to be made public, to the end that the same find every article and clause thereof, as amended, may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States and the citizens thereof. In witness whereof 1 have hereunto set my band and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington, this fifth day of June in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and ninety-three, [seal.] and of the Independence of the United States the one hundred and seventeenth. Grover Cleveland By the President: W. Q. Gresham *Secretary of State*. UNIVERSAL POSTAL UNION. July 4, 1891 Convention 28 Stat. 1053 1078 UNIVERSAL POSTAL CONVENTION—VIENNA, July 4, 1891 Convention Postale Universelle concluePowers contracting. entre l’Allemagne et les Protectorats Allemands, les États- Unis d’Amérique, la République Argentine, F AutricheHongrie, la Belgique, la Bolivie, le Brésil, la Bulgarie, le Chili, la République de Colombie, P État Indépendant dit Congo, la République de CostaRica, le Danemark et les Colonies Danoises, la République Dominicaine, P Égypte, F Équateur, P Espagne et les Colonies Espagnoles, la France et les Colonies Fran-çaises, la GrandeBretagne et diverses Colonies Britanniques, les Colonies Britanniques d’A ustralasie, le Canada, l’Inde Britannique, la Grèee, le Guatemala, la République d’Haiti, le Royaume JHawai, la République du Honduras, Fltalie, le Japon, la République de Libéria, le Luxembourg, le Mexique, le Monténégro, le Nicaragua, la Norvège, le Paraguay, les PaysBas et les Colonies Néerlandaises, le Pérou, la Perse, le Portugal, et les Colonies Portugaises, la Roumanie, la Russie, le Salvador, la Serbie, le Royaume de Siam, la République SudAfricaine, la Suède, la Suisse, la Régence de Tunis, la Turquie, P Uruguay et les États-Unis de Vénézuéla.July 4, 1891. UNIVERSAL POSTAL CONVENTION. Les soussignés, plénipotentiaires des Preamble.Gouvernements des pays cidessus énumérés, s’étant réunis en Congrès à Vienne, en vertu de l’article 19Vol 20, p. 744. delaConveution postale universelle conclue à Paris le 1er juin 1878, ont, d’un commun accord et sous réserve deVol. 25, p. 1339. ratification, révisé ladite Convention, ainsi que l’acte additionnel y relatif conclu à Lisbonne le 21 mars 1885, conformément aux dispositions suivantes: 1079 Article Premier. Les pays entre lesquels est conclue la présente Convention, ainsi que ceux qui y adhéreront ulté-rieurement, forment, sous la dénomination *d’Union postale universelle,* un seul territoire postal pour l’échange réciproque des correspondances entre leurs bureaux de poste. Article 2. Les dispositions de cette Convention s’étendent aux lettres, aux cartes postales simples et avec ré-ponse payée,aux imprimés de toute nature, aux papiers d’affaires et aux échantillons de marchandises originaires de l’un des pays de l’Union et à destination d’un autre de ces pays. Elles s’appliquent également à l’échange postal des objets cidessus entre les pays de l’Ûnion et les pays étrangers à l’Union, toutes les fois que cet échange emprunte les services de deux des parties contractantes, au moins. Article 3. 1.— Les Administrations des postes des pays limitrophes ou aptes à correspondre directement entre eux sans emprunter l’inter-médiaire des services d’une tierce Administration, déterminent, d’un commun accord, les conditions du transport de leurs dépêches ré-ciproques à travers la frontière ou d’une frontière à l’autre. 2.— A moins d’arrangement contraire, on considère comme services tiers les transports maritimes effectués directement entre deux pays, au moyeu de paquebots ou bâtiments dépendant de l’un d’eux, et ces transports, de même que ceux effectués entre deux bureaux d’un même pays, par l’inter-médiaire de services maritimes ou territoriaux dépendant d’un autre pays, sont régis par les dispositions de l’article suivant. Article 4. 1.— La liberté du transit est garantie dans le territoire entier de l’Union. 1080 2.— Eh conséquence, les diverses Administrations postales de l’Union peuvent s’expédier réciproquement, par l’intermédiaire d’une ou de plusieurs d’entre elles, tant des dépêches closes que des correspondances à découvert, suivant les besoins du tralic et les convenances du service postal. 3.— Les correspondances échangées,Transit charges. soit à découvert, soit en dé-pêches closes, entre deux Administrations de l’Union, au moyen des services d’une ou de plusieurs autres Administrations de l’Union, sont soumises, au profit de chacun des pays traversés ou dont les services participent au transport, aux frais de transit suivants, savoir: 1.° pour les parcours territoriaux,Land. 2 francs par kilogramme de lettres ou cartes postales, et 25 centimes par kilogramme d’autres objets; 2.° pour les parcours maritimes,Sea. 15 francs par kilogramme de lettres ou cartes postales, et 1 franc par kilogramme d’autres objets. 4.— Il est toutefois entendu:Exceptions.Free matter. 1.° 1 que partout où le transit est déjà actuellement gratuit ou soumis à des conditions plus avantageuses, ce régime est maintenu, sauf dans le. cas prévu au chiffre 3° ciaprès; 2.° que partout où les frais dePresent sea charges. transit maritime sont fixés actuellement à 5 francs par kilogramme de lettres ou de cartes postales, et à 50 centimes par kilogramme d’autres objets, ces prix sont maintenus; 3.° que tout parcours maritimeFree conveyance.Limit. n’excédant pas 300 milles marins est gratuit, si l’Administration in-téressée a déjà droit, du chef des dépêches ou correspondances béné-ficiant de ce parcours, à la rému-nération afférente au transit territorial; dans le cas contraire, il est rétribué à raison de 2 francs par kilogramme de lettres ou cartes postales et de 25 centimes par kilogramme d’autres objets: 4.° que, en cas de transport maritimeMaximum of sea expenses. effectué par deux ou plusieurs Administrations, les frais du parcours total ne peuvent dépasser 15 francs par kilogramme de lettres ou cartes postales et l franc par kilogramme d’autres objets; ces frais, le cas échéant, sont ré- 1081 partis entre ces Administrations au prorata des distances parcourues, sans préjudice «les arrangements ditto rents entre les parties intéressées; 5.° que les prix spécifiés au pré-sent article ne s’appliquent, ni aux transports au moyen de services dépendant d’Administrations étrangères à l’Union, ni aux trans-ports dans l’Union au moyen de services extraordinaires spécialement créés ou entretenus par une Administration, soit dans l’intérêt, soit sur la demande d’une ou de plusieurs autres Administrations. Les conditions de ces deux caté-gories de transports sont réglées de gré à gré entre les Administrations intéressées. 5.— Les frais de transit sont à la charge de l’Administration du pays d’origine. 6.— Le décompte général de ces frais a lien sur la base de relevés établis tous les trois ans, pendant une période de 28 jours à déterminer dans le Règlement d’exécution prévu par l’article 20 ciaprès. 7.— Sont exempts de tous frais de transit territorial ou maritime, la correspondance des Administrations postales entre elles, les cartes postalesréponse renvoyées au pays d’origine, les objets réexpédiés ou mal dirigés, les rebuts, les avis de réception, les mandats de poste et tous autres documents relatifs au service postal. Article 5. 1.— Les taxes pour le transport des envois postaux dans toute l’é-tendue de l’Union, y compris leur remise au domicile des destinataires dans les pays de l’Union où le service de distribution est ou sera organisé, sont fixées comme suit: 1.° pour les lettres, à 25 centimes en cas d’aifranchissement, et au double dans le cas contraire, par chaque lettre et par chaque poids de 15 grammes ou fraction «le 15 grammes ; 2.° pour les cartes postales, à 10 centimes pour la carte simple ou pour chacune des deux parties de la carte avec réponse payée. 1082 Les cartes postales non affranchies sont soumises à la taxe des lettres non affranchies. 3.° pour les imprimas de, toutePrinted matter. nature, les papiers d’affaires et les échantillons de marchandise, à 5 centimes par chaque objet ou paquet portant une adresse particulière et par chaque poids de 50 grammes ou fraction de 50 gram-mes, pourvu que cet objet ou paquet ne contienne aucune lettre ou note manuscrite ayant le caractère de correspondance actuelle et personnelle, et soit conditionné de manière à pouvoir être facilement vérifie. La taxe des papiers d’affaires ne peut être inférieure à 25 centimes par envoi, et la taxe des échantillons ne peut être inférieure à 10 centimes par envoi. 2.— 11 peut être perçu, en sus desAdditional charges. taxes fixées parle paragraphe pré-cédent : 1.° pour tout envoi soumis à des frais de transitSurtax on sea transit. maritime de 15 francs par kilogramme de lettres ou cartes postales et de 1 franc par kilogramme d’autres objets et dans toutes les relations auxquelles ces frais de transit sont applicables, une surtaxe uniforme qui ne peut pas dépasser 25 centimes par port simple pour les lettres, 5 centimes par carte postale et 5 centimes par 50 grammes ou fraction de 50 grammes pour les autres objets ; 2.° pour tout objet transporté par desMattertononUnion countries. services dépendant d’Ad-ministrations étrangères à l’Union ou par des services extraordinaires dans l’Union, donnant lieu à des frais spéciaux, une surtaxe en rap-port avec ces frais. 3.— En cas d’insuffisance d’affran classement,Penalty for inauitici ent prepayment. les objets de correspondance de toute nature sont passibles, à la charge des destinataires, d’une taxe double du montant de l’insuffisance, sausquecette taxe puisse dépasser celle qui est perçue dans le pays dedestination sur les correspondances non affranchies de même nature, poids et origine. 4.— Les objets autres que les lettres et lesPrepayment required. cartes postales doivent être affranchis au moins partiellement. 5.— Les paquets d’échantillonsSamples. de marchandise ne peuvent renfermer aucun objet ayant une valeur 1083 marchande; ils ne doivent pas dé-passer le poids de 250 grammes, ni présenter des dimensions supérieures à 30 centimètres en longueur, 20 centimètres en largeur et 10 centimètres en épaisseur on, s’ils ont la forme de rouleau, à 30 centimètres de longueur et 15 centimè-tres de diamètre. Toutefois, les Administrations des pays intéres-sés sont autorisées ¿1 adopter decommun accord, pour leurs échanges réciproques, des limites de poids ou de dimensions supérieures à celles fixées cidessus. 6.— Les paquets de papiers d’affaires et d’imprimés ne peuvent pas dépasser le poids de 2 kilogrammes, ni présenter, sur aucun de leurs côtés, une dimension supérieure à 45 centimètres. On peut, toutefois, admettre au transport par la poste les paquets en forme de rouleau dont le diamètre ne dépasse pas 10 centimètres et dont la longueur n’excède pas 75 centimètres. Article 6. 1.— Les objets désignés dans l’article 5 peuvent être expédiés sous recoinman dation. 2.— Tout envoi recommandé, est passible, à la charge de l’envoyeur: 1.° du prix d’affranchissement ordinaire de l’envoi, selon sa nature; 2.° d’un droit fixe de recommandation de 25centimes au maximum, y compris la délivrance d’un bulletin de dépôt à l’expéditeur. 3.— L’envoyeur d’un objet recommandé jieut obtenir un avis de ré-ception de cet objet, en payant d’avance un droit fixe de 25 centimes au maximum. Article 7. 1.— Les correspondances recommandées peuvent être expédiées grevées deremboursementj usqu’au montant de 500 francs dans les relations entre les pays dont les Ad-ministrations conviennent d’introduire ce service. Ces objets sont soumis aux formalités et aux taxes des envois recommandés. 2.— Le montant, encaissé du destinataire doit être transm is à l’en-voyeur au moyen d’un mandat de poste, après déduction de la taxe 1084 des mandats ordinaires et d’un droit d’encaissement de 10 centimes. Article 8.Art. 8. 1.— En cas de perte d’un envoi recommandéIndemnity for lost registered aiticles. et sauf le cas de force majeure, l’expéditeur ou, sur sa demande, le destinataire a *Post*, p. 1098.droit à une inde„.nité de 50 francs. 2.— L’obligation de payer l’indemnité incombe à l’Administration dont relève le bureau expéditeur, Est réservé à cette Ad minis tration le recourscontre l’Administration responsable, c’est-à-dire contre l’Administration sur le territoire ou dans le service de laquelle la perte a eu lieu. 3.— Jusqu’à preuve du contraire, la Responsibility.responsabilité incombe à l’Ad-ministration qui, ayant reçu l’objet sans faire d’observation, ne peut établir ni la délivrance au destinataire ni, s’il y a lieu, la trans-mission régulière à l’Administration suivante. Pour les envois adressés poste restante, la responsabilité cesse par la délivrance à une personne qui a justifié, suivant les règles en vigueur dans le pays de destination, que ses nom et qualité sont conformes aux indications de l’adresse. 4.— Le paiement de l’indemnité par l’OfficePayment. expéditeur doit avoir lieu le plus tôt possible et, au plus tard, dans le délai d’un an à partir dnjonr de la réclamation. L’Office responsable est tenu de rembourser sans retard, à l’Office expéditeur, le montant de l’indemnité payée par celuici. Dans le cas oit l’Office responsable aurait notifié à l’Office expéditeur de ne point effectuer le paiement, il devrait rembourser à ce dernier Office les frais qui seraient la conséquence du nonpaie-ment. 5.— Il est entendu que la réclamationTime limits. n’est admise que dans le délai d’un an, à partir du dépôt à la poste de l’envoi recommandé; passé ce terme, le réclamant n’a droit à aucune indemnité. 6.— Si la perte a eu lieu en cours de transportSharing liability. sans qu’il soit possi- 1085 ble d’établir sur le territoire de quel pays le fait s’est accompli, les Administrations en cause supportent le dommage par parts égales. 7.— Les Administrations cessent d’être responsables des envois re-commandés dont les ayants droit ont donné reçu et pris livraison. Article 9. 1.— L’expéditeur d’un objet de correspondance peut le faire retirer du service on en faire modifier l’adresse, tant que cet objet n’a pas été livré au destinataire. 2.— La demande à formuler à cet effet est transmise par voie postale ou par voie télégraphique aux frais de l’expéditeur, qui doit payer, savoir: 1.° pour toute demande par voie postale, la taxe applicable a une lettre simple recommandée; 2.° our toute demande par voie télégraphique, la taxe de télé-gramme d’après le tarif ordinaire. 3.— Les dispositions du présent article ne sont pas obligatoires pour les pays dont la législation ne permet pas à l’expéditeur de disposer d’un envoi en cours de transport. Article 10. Ceux des pays de l’Union qui n’ont pas le franc pour unité mo-nétaire fixent leurs taxes à l’équivalent, dans leur monnaie respective, des taux déterminés par les articlesâ et 6 précédents. Ces pays ont la faculté d’arrondir les fractions conformément au tableau in-séré au Règlement d’exécution mentionné à l’article 20 de la présente Convention. Article 11. 1.— L’affranchissement de. tout envoi quelconque ne peut être opéré qu’au moyen de timbresposte valables dans le pays d’origine pour la correspondance des particuliers. Toutefois,sont également considérées comme dûment affranchies les cartesréponse por- 1086 taut des timbresposte du pays ¿’émission de ces cartes. 2.— Les correspondances officiellesOfficial postal matter tree. relatives au service de postes et échangées entre les Administrations postales sont seules exemptées de cette obligation et admises à la Iran chise. 3.— Les correspondances déposéesStamps for matter moiled on ships. en pleine mer à la boite d’un paquebot ou entre les mains des commandants de navires peuvent être affranchies au moyen des timbresposte et d’après le tarif du pays auquel appartient ou dont dépend ledit paquebot. Si le dépôt à bord a lieu pendant le stationnement aux deux points extrêmes du parcours ou dans l’une des escales intermédiaires, l’affranchissement n’est valable qu’autant qu’il est effectué au moyen de timbresposte et d’après le tarif du pays dans les eaux duquel se trouve le paquebot. Article 12.Art. 12. 1.— Chaque Administration gardeRetention of collections. en entier les sommes qu’elle a per- ?ues en exécution des articles 5,6, , 10 et 11 précédents, sauf la bonification due pour les mandats prévus au paragraphe 2 de l’article 7. 2.— Eu conséquence, il n’y a pasAccounts. lieu, de ce chef, à un décompte entre les diverses Administrations de l’Union, sous réserve delà bonification prévue au paragraphe 1 du présent article. 3.— Les lettres et autres envois postaux ne peuvent,Limit of charges. dans le pays d’origine, comme dans celui de destination, être frappés, à la charge des expéditeurs ou des destinataires, d’aucune taxe ni d’aucun droit postal autres que ceux prévus par les articles susmentionnés. Article 13.Art. 13. 1.— Les objets de correspondanceSpecial delivery. de toute nature sont, à la demande des expéditeurs, remis à domicile par un porteur spécial immédiatement après l’arrivée, dans les pays de l’Union qui consentent à se 1087 charger de ce service dans leurs relations réciproques. 2.— Ces envois, qui sont qualifiés „ exprès, sont soumis à une taxe spéciale de remise à domicile; cette taxe est fixée il 30 centimes et doit être acquittée complètement et à l’avance, par l’expéditeur, en sus du port ordinaire. Elle est acquise à l’Administration du pays d’ori • gine. 3.— Lorsque l’objet est destiné à une localité on il n’existe pas de bureau de poste, l’Administration des postes destinataires peut percevoir une taxe complémentaire, jusqu’à concurrence du prix fixé pour la remise par exprès dans son service interne, déduction faite de la taxe fixe payée par l’expéditeur, ou de sou équivalent dans la monnaie du pays qui perçoit ce com-plément. 4.— Les objets exprès non com-plètement affranchis pour Je montant total des taxes payables à l’avance sont distribués par les moyens ordinaires. Article 14. 1.— Il n’est perçu aucun supplé-ment de taxe, pour la réexpédition d’envois postaux dans l’intérieur de l’Union. 2.— -Les correspondances tombées eu rebut ne donnent pas lieu à restitution des droits de transit revenant aux Administrations in-termédiaires, pour le transport an-térieur desdites correspondances. 3.— Les lettres et les cartes postales non affranchies et les correspondances de toute nature insuffisamment affranchies, qui font retour au pays d’origine par suite de réexpédition ou de mise en rebut, sont passibles, à la charge des destinataires ou des expéditeurs, des mêmes taxes que les ob jets similaires directement adressés du pays de la première destination au pays d’origine. Article 15. 1.— Des dépêches closes peuvent être échangées entre les bureaux de poste de l’un des pays contractants et les commandants do divisions navales ou bâtiments de guerre de ce même pays en station à l’étranger, par l’intermédiaire des 1088 services territoriaux ou maritimes dépendant d’autres pays. 2.— Les correspondances de touteRegulations. nature comprises dans ces dé-pêches doivent être exclusivement à l’adresse ou en provenance des états-majors et des équipages des bâtiments destinataires ou expedí tours des dépêches; les tarifs et conditions d’envoi qui leur sont applicables sont déterminés, d’a- prés ses règlements intérieurs, par l’Administration des postes’ du pays auquel appartiennent les bâtiments. 3.— Sauf arrangement contraireTransit expenses. entre les Offices intéressés, l’Office postal expéditeur ou destinataire des dépêches dont il s’agit est redevable, envers les Offices inter-médiaires, de frais de transit calculés conformément aux dispositions de l’article 4. Article 16.Art 16. 1.— Il n’est pas donné cours:Limits to articles forwarded. *a*) aux papiers d’affaires, échantillons et imprimés qui ne sont pas affranchis au moins partiellement ou qui ne sont pas conditionnés de façon à permettre une vérification facile du contenu; *b*) aux objets de mêmes caté tories qui dépassent les limites de poids et de dimensions fixées à l’article 5; *c*) aux échantillons de marchandises ayant une valeur marchande. 2.— Le cas échéant, les envoisReturn to sender. mentionnés au paragraphe précé-dent doivent être renvoyés au timbre d’origine et remis, s’il est possible, à l’expéditeur. 3.— Il est interdit:Matter forbidden. 1.° d’expédier par la poste: *a*) des échantillons et autres objets qui, par leur nature, peuvent présenter du danger pour les agents postaux, salir ou détériorer les correspondances; *b*) des matières explosibles, in-flammables ou dangereuses; des animaux et insectes, vivants ou morts, sauf les exceptions prévues au Règlement de détail. 2.° d’insérer dans les correspondan ces ordinaires ou recommandées consignées à la poste: *a*) Des pièces de monnaie ayant cours; 1089 *b*) des objets passibles des droits de douane; *c*) des matières d’or ou d’argent, des pierreries, des bijoux et autres objets précieux, niais seulement dans le cas où leur insertion ou expédition serait, détendue d’après la législation des pays intéressés. 4.— Les envois tombant sous les prohibitions du paragraphe 3 qui précède et qui auraient été à tort admis à l’expéditioii, doivent être renvoyés au timbre d’origine, sauf le cas où l’Administration du pays de destination serait autorisée par sa législation ou par ses règlements intérieurs à en disposer autrement. 5.— Est d’ailleurs réservé le droit du Gouvernement de tout pays de l’Union de ne pas effectuer, sur son territoire, le transport ou la distribution, tant des objets jouissant de la modération de taxe à l’égard desquels il n’a pas été satisfait aux lois, ordonnances ou décrets qui règlent les conditions de leur publication ou de leur circulation dans ce pays, que de correspondances de toute nature qui portent ostensiblement des inscriptions, dessins, etc. interdits par les dispositions légales ou réglementaires en vigueur dans le même pays. Article 17. 1.— Les Offices de l’Union (pii ont des relations avec des pays situés en dehors de l’Union, admettent tous les autres Offices de l’Union à profiter de ces relations pour l’échange des correspondances avec lesdits pays. 2.— Les correspondances échangées à découvert entre un pays de l’Union et un pays étranger à celleci, par l’intermédiaire d’un autre pays de l’Union, sont traitées, pour ce (pii concerne le transport en dehors des limites de l’Union, d’après les conventions, arrangements ou dispositions particulières régissant les rapports postaux entre ce dernier pays et le pays étranger à l’Union. 3.— A l’égard des frais de transit dans le ressort de l’Union, les correspondances originaires ou à destination d’un pays étranger sont assimilées à celles de ou pour le pays de l’Union qui entretient les 1090 relations avec ce premier pays. 4.— A l’égard des frais de transitExpenses beyond the Union. en dehors des limites de l’Union, les correspondances à destination d’un pays étranger sont soumises, au profit, du pays de l’Union qui entretient les relations avec le pays étranger à celleci, aux frais de transit suivant, savoir: *a*) pour les parcours maritimesSea transit. en dehors de l’Union, 20 francs par kilogramme de lettres ou cartes postales, et 1 franc par kilogramme d’autres objets; *b*) pour les parcours territoriauxLand transit en dehors de l’Union, s’il y a lieu, les frais par kilogramme notifiés par le pays de l’Union qui entretient les relations avec le pays étranger servant d’intermédiaire. 5.— En cas de transport maritime effectué parMaximum maritime conveyance charges. deux ou plusieurs Administrations, les frais du parcours maritime total, dans le res-sort de l’Union et en dehors de l’Union, ne peuvent déliasser 20 francs par kilogramme de lettres ou cartes postales et 1 franc par kilogramme d’antres objets; le cas échéant, ces frais sont répartis entre ces Administrations au prorata des distances parcourues, sans préjudice des arrangements différents entre les parties inté-ressées. 6.— Les frais de transit, en dehorsPayment de l’Union mentionnés ci dessus sont h la charge de l’Administration du pays d’origine. Ils s’appliquent à toutes les correspondances expédiées soit à découvert, soit en dépêches closes. Mais dans le cas de dépêches closes envoyées d’un pays de l’Union à destination d’un pays étranger à celleci, ou d’un pays étranger à destination d’un pays de l’Union, un arrangement préalable concernant le mode de paiement des frais de transit devra, être conclu entre les Administrations intéressées. 7.— Le décompte général des fraisGeneral settlement. de transit des correspondances échangées entre un pays de l’Union et un pays étranger, par l’intermé-diaire d’un autre pays de l’Un ion, a lien sur la base de relevés qui sont établis en même temps que les relevés dressés, en vertu de l’artiUnion which maintains relations with the first mentioned country. 1091 de 4 précédent, pour la fixation des frais de transit dans l’Union. 8.— Les taxes à percevoir dans un pays de l’Union sur les correspondances à destination ou provenant d’un pays étranger à l’Union et empruntant l’intermédiaire d’un autre pays de l’Union, ne pourront jamais être inférieures au tarif normal de l’Union. Ces taxes restent acquises en entier au pays qui les perçoit. Article 18. Les hautes parties contractantes s’engagent à prendre, ou à proposer à leurs législatures respectives, les mesures nécessaires pour punir l’emploi frauduleux, pour l’affranchissement de correspondances, de timbresposte contrefaits ou ayant déjà servi. Elles s’eu gagent également à prendre, ou à proposer à leurs législatures respectives, les mesures nécessaires pour interdire et réprimer les opérations frauduleuses de fabrication, vente, colportage ou distribution de vignettes et timbres en usage dans le service des postes, contrefaits ou imités de telle manière qu’ils pourraient être confondus avec les vignettes et timbres émis par l’Administration d’un des pays adhérents Article 19. Le service des lettres et boîtes avec valeurs déclarées, et ceux des mandats de poste, îles colis postaux, des valeurs à recouvrer, des livrets d’identité, des abonnements aux journaux, etc., font l’objet d’arrangements particuliers entre les divers pays ou groupes de pays de l’Union. Article 20. 1.— Les Administrations postales des divers pays qui composent l’Union sont compétentes pour arrêter d’un commun accord, dans un Règlement d’exécution, toutes les mesures d’ordre et de détail qui sont jugées nécessaires. 2.— Les différentes Administrations peuvent, en outre, prendre 1092 entre elles les arrangements né-cessaires au sujet des questions qui ne concernent pas l’ensemble de FUnion. pourvu que ces arrangements ne dérogent pas à la pré-sente Convention. 3.— 11 est toutefois permis aux Administrations intéresséesLower postage. de s’entendre mutuellement pour l’adoption de taxes réduites dans un rayon de 30 kilomètres. Article 21.Art. 21. 1.— La présente Convention ne porteLimitation of effect. point altération à la législation de chaque pays dans tout ce qui n’est pas prévu par les stipulations contenues dans cette Convention. 2.— Elle ne restreint pas le droit des parties contractantes de maintenir et de conclure des traités, ainsi que de maintenir et d’établir des unions plus restreintes, en vue de l’amélioration des relations postales. Article 22.Art 22. 1.— Est maintenue l’institution, sousInternational Bureau.Maintenance. le nom de Bureau international de l’Union postale universelle. d’un Office central qui fonctionne sous la haute surveillance de l’Administration des postes suisses et dont les frais sont sup-portés par toutes les Administrations de l’Union. 2.— Ce Bureau demeure chargé de réunir,Duties. lt;le coordonner, de publier et de distribuer les renseignements de toute nature qui intéres-sent le service international des postes; d’émettre, à la demande des parties en cause, un avis sur lesqRestions litigieuses;d’instruire les demandes en modification des actes du Congrès; de notifier les changements adoptés, et, en géné-ral, de procéder aux études et aux travauxdont Userait saisi dans l’intérêt de l’Union postale. Article 23.Art.23. 1.— En cas de dissentiment entre deux ou plusieursArbitration of disagreements. membres de l’Union, relativement à l’interpré-tation de la présente Convention on à la responsabilité d’une Admi- 1093 nistration en cas de perte d’un envoi recommandé, la question en litige est réglée par jugement arbitral. A eet effet, chacune des Ad-ministrations en cause choisit un autre membre de l’Union qui n’est pas directement intéressé dans l’affaire. 2.— La décision des arbitres est donnée à la majorité absolue des voix. 3.— En cas de partage des voix, les arbitres choisissent, pour trancher le différend, une autre Administration également désintéressée dans le litige. 4.— Les dispositions du présent article s’appliquent également à tous les Arrangements conclus en vertu de l’article 19 précédent. Article 24. 1.— Les pays qui n’ont point pris part à la présente Convention sont admis à y adhérer sur leur demande. 2.— Cette adhésion est notifiée, par la voie d i p I o m a t i q u e, au Gouvernement de la Confédération suisse et, par ce Gouvernement, à tous les pays de l’Union. 3.— Elle emporte, de plein droit, accession à toutes les clauses et ad-mission à tous les avantages stipulés par la présente Convention. 4.— Il appartient au Gouvernement de la Confédération suisse de déterminer, d’un commun accord avec le Gouvernement du pays in-téressé, la part contributive de l’Administration de ce dernier pays dans les frais du Bureau international, et, s’il y a lieu, les taxes à percevoir par cette Administration en conformité de l’article 10 précé-dent. Article 25. 1.— Des Congrès de plénipotentiaires des pays contractants ou de simples Conférences administratives, selon l’importance des questions à résoudre, sont réunis, lorsque la demande en est faite ou approuvée par les deux tiers, au moins, des Gouvernements on Ad-ministrations, suivant le cas. 1094 2.— Toutefois, un Congrès doitRegular congreso. avoir lieu au moins tous les cinq ans. 3.— Chaque pays peut se faireRepresentation. représenter, soit par un ou plusieurs délégués, soit par la délégation d’un autre pays. Mais il est entendu que le délégué ou les délé-gués d’un pays ne peuvent être chargés que de la représentation de deux pays, y compris celui qu’ils représentent. 4.— Dans les délibérations, chaqueVotes. pays dispose d’une seule voix. 5.— Chaque Congrès fixe le lieuPlace of meeting. de la réunion du prochain Congrès. 6.— Pour les Conférences, les AdministrationsConferences. fixent les lieux de réunion sur la proposition du Bureau international. Article 26.Art 26. 1.— Dans l’intervalle qui s’écouleChanges proposed. entre les réunions, toute Administration des postes d’un pays de l’Union a le droit d’adresser aux autres Administrations participantes, par l’intermédiaire du Bureau international, des propositions concernant le régime de l’Union. 2.— Toute proposition est soumiseProcedure. au procédé suivant: Un délai de cinq mois est laissé aux Administrations de l’Union pour examiner les propositions et pour faire parvenir au Bureau international, le cas échéant, leurs observations, amendements ou contre-propositions. Les réponses sont réunies par les soins dn Bureau international et communiquées aux Administrations avec l’invitation de se prononcer pour ou contre. Celles qui n’ont point fait parvenir leur vote dans un délai de six mois, à compter de la date de la seconde circulaire du Bureau international leur notifiant les observations apportées, sont considérées comme s’abstenant. 3.— Pour devenir exécutoires, lesVotes necessary. propositions doivent réunir, savoir: 1.° l’unanimité des suffrages, s’il s’agit de l’addition de nouveaux articles ou de la modification des dispositions du présent article et 1095 des articles 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, S, 9, 12, 13, 15 et 18; 2.° les deux tiers des suffrages, s’il s’agit de la modification des dispositions de la Convention autres que celles des articles 2, 3, 4, 5, (i, 7, S, 9, 12, 13, 15, 18 et 26; 3.° la simple majorité absolue, s’il s’agit de la modification des dispositions de la Convention, hors le cas de litige prévu à l’article 23 précédent. 4.— Les résolutions valables sont consacrées, dans les deux premiers cas, par une déclaration diplomatique, que le Gouvernement de la Confédération suisse est chargé d’établir et de transmettre à tous les Gouvernements des pays contractants, et, dans le troisième cas, par une simple notification du Bureau international à toutes les Administrations de l’Union. 5.— Toute modification ou résolution adoptée n’est exécutoire que deux mois, au moins, après sa notification. Article 27. Sont considérés comme formant, pour l’application des articles 22, 25 et 26 précédents, un seul pays ou une seule Administration, suivant le cas: 1.° L’Empire de l’Inde britannique; 2.° Le Dominion du Canada : 3.° L’ensemble des colonies britanniques de l’Australasie; 4.° L’ensemble des colonies danoises ; 5.° L’ensemble des colonies espagnoles; 6.° L’ensemble des colonies fran-çaises; 7.° L’ensemble des colonies né-erlandaises; 8.° L’ensemble des colonies portugaises. Article 28. La présente Convention sera mise à exécution le 1er juillet 1892 et demeurera en vigueur pendant untempsindéterminé ;mais chaque partie contractante a le droit de se retirer de l’Union, moyennant un avertissement donné une année à l’avance par son Gouvernement au Gouvernement de la Confédération suisse. 1096 Article 29.Art. 29. 1.— Sont abrogées, à partir duPrior treaties, etc., abrogated. jour de la mise à exécution de la présente Convention, toutes les dispositions des Traités, Conventions. Arrangements ou autres Actes con el us antérieurement entre les divers pays on Administrations, pour autant que ces dispositions ne seraient pas conciliables avee les termes de la présente Convention, et sans préjudice des droits réservés par l’article 21 ci-dessus. 2.— La présente Convention seraRatification. ratifiée aussitôt que faire se pourra. Les actes de ratification seront échangés à Vienne. 3.— En foi de quoi, les plénîpotentiairessignatures. des pays cidessus énumérés ont signé la présente Convention à Vienne, le quatre juillet mil huit cent quatre-vingt-onze. Universal Postal Convention concluded between Germany and the German Protectorates, the United-States of America, the Argentine Republic, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Bolivia, Brazil, Bulgaria, Chili, the Republic of Colombia, the Independent State of Congo, the Republic of Costa Rica, Den-mark and the Danish Colonies, the Dominican Republic, Egypt, Ecuador, Spain and the Spanish Colonies, France and the French Colonies, Great Britain and various British Colonies, the British Colonies of Australasia, Canada and British India, Greece, Guatemala, the Republic of Haiti, the Kingdom of Hawaii, the Republic of Honduras, Italy, Japan, the Republic of Liberia, Luxemburg, Mexico, Montenegro, Nicaragua, Norway, Paraguay, the Nether-lands and the Netherlands Colonies, Peru, Persia, Portugal and the Portuguese Colonies, Roumania, Russia, Salvador, Servia, the Kingdom of Siam, the South African Republic, Sweden, Switzerland, the Regency of Tunis, Turkey, Uruguay, and the United States of Venezuela. [Translation made at Post-Office Department, Washington.] The undersigned, plenipotentiaries of the Governments of the countries above enumerated, being assembled in Congress at Vienna, by virtue of Article 19 of the Universal Postal Convention concluded at Paris on the 1st of June 1878, have by common consent, and subject to ratification, revised said Convention, as well as the Additional Act relating thereto concluded at Lisbon on the 21st of March 1885, in conformity with the following stipulations: 1079 Article First.Article 1. The countries between which theUniversal Postal Union formed. present Convention is concluded, as well as those which may join it hereafter, form, under the title of *Universal Postal Union,* a single postal territory for the reciprocal exchange of articles of correspondence between their post-offices. Article 2.Art. 2. The stipulations of this ConventionScope of stipulations. extend to letters, to single post-cards and post-cards with paid reply, printed matter of every kind, commercial papers and samples of merchandise originating in one of the countries of the Union, and in-tended for another,of those countries. They also apply to the exchange by mail of the articles above mentioned between the countries of the Union and the countries foreign to the Union, whenever the services of two of the contracting parties at least are used for that exchange. Article 3.Art. 3. 1.— The Postal AdministrationsSpecial agreements by contiguous countries of neighboring countries, or countries able to correspond directly with each other without using the intermediary of the services of a third Administration, determine, by mutual agreement, the conditions of the conveyance of mails which they exchange across the frontier, or from one frontier to the other. 2.— Unless there be a contraryMaritime conveyance. arrangement, the direct maritime conveyance performed between two countries by means of packets or vessels depending upon one of them, shall be considered as a third service, and this conveyance, as well as that performed between two offices of the same country by the intermediary of maritime or territorial services depending upon another country, is regulated by the stipulations of the following Article. Article 4.Art. 4. 1.— The right of transit is guaranteedTransit guaranteed. throughout the entire territory of the Union. 1080 2.— Consequently, the several Postal Administrations of the Union may send reciprocally, through the intermediary of. one or several of them, as well closed mails as correspondence in open-mail according to the needs of the traffic, and the convenience of the postal service. 3.— The correspondence exchanged, whether in open-mail or in closed mails between two Ad-ministrations of the Union, by means of the services of one or several other Administrations of the Union, is subject to the following transit charges, to be paid to each of the countries traversed, or whose services participate in the conveyance, viz: 1st. For territorial conveyance, 2 francs per kilogram of letters or post-cards, and 25 centimes per kilogram of other articles; 2nd. For maritime conveyance, 15 francs per kilogram of letters or post-cards, and 1 franc per kilo-gram of other articles; 4.— It is, however, understood— 1st. That wherever the transit is already gratuitous at present, or subject to more advantageous conditions, such condition is maintained, except in the case provided for in paragraph 3d, following; 2nd. That wherever the maritime transit charges are fixed at present at 5 francs per kilogram of letters or post-cards, and at 50 centimes per kilogram of other articles, these charges are maintained; 3d. That every maritime conveyance not exceeding 300 nautical miles is gratuitous, if the Administration concerned is already entitled, on account of mails or articles benefiting by this conveyance, to the remuneration applicable to territorial transit; in the contrary case, payment is made at the rate of 2 francs per kilogram of letters or post-cards, and 25 centimes per kilogram of other articles; 4th. That in the case of maritime conveyance effected by two or more Administrations, the expenses of the entire transportation can not exceed 15 francs per kilo-gram of letters or post-cards and 1 franc per kilogram of other articles; these expenses are in such 1081 case shared between those Administrations *pro rata* for the distances traversed, without prejudice to other arrangements between the parties interested; 5th. That the rates specified inServices to non Union or special countries. the present Article do not apply either to conveyance by means of services depending upon Administrations foreign to the Union, or to conveyance within the Union by means of extraordinary services specially established or maintained by one Administration, either in the interest, or at the request of one or several other Administrations. The conditions of these two categories of conveyance are regulated by mutual agreement between the Administrations interested. 5.— The expenses of transit areExpenses of transit. borne by the Administration of the country of origin. 6.— The general settlement ofGeneral settlement. these expenses takes place on the basis of statements prepared every three years, during a period of 28 days to be determined on in the Regulations of execution referred to in Article 20 hereafter. 7.— The correspondence betweenExemptions. the Postal Administrations, the reply-halves of double post cards returned to the country of origin, articles reforwarded or missent, tin deliverable articles, return-receipts, money orders, and all other documents relative to the postal service, are exempt from all transit charges, whether territorial or maritime. Article 5.Art. 5. 1.— The rates of postage for theRates of postage. conveyance of postal articles throughout the entire extent of the Union,including their delivery at the residence of the addressees in the countries of the Union where a delivery service is or shall be organized, are fixed as follows: 1st. For letters, 25 centimes inLetters. case of prepayment, and double that amount in the contrary case, for each letter and for every weight of 15 grams or fraction of 15 grams; 2nd. For post cards, 10 centimesPostal cards. for a single card, or for each of the two halves of a post-card with paid reply. 1082 Post-cards not prepaid are subject to the rate of postage for letters not prepaid. 3d. For printed matter of every kind, commercial papers, and samples of merchandise, 5 centimes for each article or packet bearing a particular address, and for every weight of 50 grams or fraction of 50 grams, provided that such article or packet does not contain any letter or manuscript note having the character of actual and personal correspondence, and that it be made up in such a manner as to admit of its being easily examined. The charge on commercial papers cannot be less than 25 centimes per packet, and the charge on samples cannot be less than 10 centimes per packet. 2.— In addition to the rates fixed by the preceding paragraph, there may be levied: 1st. For every article subjected to maritime-transit charges of 15 francs per kilogram of letters or post-cards and 1 franc per kilo-gram of other articles, and in all the relations to which these transit charges are applicable, a uniform surtax which may not exceed 25 centimes per single rate for letters, 5 centimes per post-card, and 5 centimes per 50 grams or fraction of 50 grams for other articles. 2d. For every article conveyed by services depending on Administrations foreign to the Union, or by extraordinary services in the Union giving rise to special expenses, a surtax in proportion to these expenses. 3.— In case of insufficient prepayment, articles of correspondence of every kind are liable to a charge equal to double the amount of the deficiency, to be paid by the addressees, which charge, however, may not exceed that which is levied in the country of destination on correspondence not prepaid, of the same nature, weight and origin. 4.— Articles other than letters and post-cards must be prepaid at least in part, 5.— Packets of samples of merchandise may not contain any article having a salable value; they 1083 most not exceed 250 gram s in weight, or measure more than 30 centimeters in length, 20 centimeters in breadth and 10 centimeters in depth, or if they are in the form of a roll, 30 centimeters in length and 15 centimeters in diameter. The Administrations of the countries interested are, however, authorized to adopt by common consent, for their reciprocal exchanges, limits of weight or size exceeding those fixed above. 6.— Packets of commercial papersLimited weight, etc. and printed matter may not exceed 2 kilograms in weight or measure more in any direction than 45 centimeters. Packets in the form of a roll may, however, be admitted to the mails provided they do not exceed If) centimeters in diameter, and 75 centimeters in length. Article 6.Art. 6. 1.— The articles specified in ArticleRegistration. 5 may be registered. 2.— Every registered article isCharges. liable, at the charge of the sender: 1st. To the ordinary prepaid rate of postage upon the article, according to its nature; 2nd. To a fixed registration fee*Post*, 1098. of 25 centimes at the maximum, including the issue of a receipt to the sender, 3.— The sender of a registered article may obtain an acknowledgment of delivery of said article by paying in advance a fixed fee of 25 centimes at the maximum. Article 7.Art. 7. 1.— Registered articles may beCollections. sent, marked with trade-charges up to the amount of 500 francs, to be collected on delivery, in the mails exchanged between the countries whose Administrations agree to introduce this service. These articles are subject to the formalities and rates applicable to registered articles. 2.— The amount collected fromRemittance. the addressee, must be transmitted to the sender by means of a money order, after deducting the fee 1084 chargeable for said money order, and a fee of 10 centimes for collection. Article 8. 1.— In case of the loss of a registered article, and except in case of *force majeure,* the sender, or, at his request, the addressee, isentitled to an indemnity of 50 francs. 2.— The obligation to pay the indemnity is incumbent on the Ad-ministration to which the dispatching office belongs. There is re-served to that Administration a remedy against the responsible Administration, that is to say, against the Administration within whose territory or in whose service the loss occurred. 3.— Until the contrary is proved, the responsibility rests with the Administration which, after having received the article without making any remark, cannot prove either its delivery to the addressee, or its regular transmission to the next Administration, as the case may be. As regards articles ad-dressed *poste restante,* the responsibility ceases upon delivery to a person who has proved, according to the regulations in force in the country of destination, that his name and description are in conformity with the indications of the address. 4.— -The payment of the indemnity by the dispatching office should be made as soon as possible, and at the latest within the period of one year dating from the day of the reclamation. The responsible office is bound to refund to the dis-patching office without delay the amount of the indemnity paid by the latter. In the case where the responsible office has notified the dispatching office not to make the payment, the former must refund to the latter office the expenses which may result from such non-payment. 5.— It is understood that the reclamation is only entertained if made within the period of one year from the time when the registered article was mailed ; after this period has passed, the claimant has no right to any indemnity. 6.— If the loss has occured during transportation, and it is impos- 1085 sible to ascertain on the territory of which country the Loss took place, the Administrations concerned bear the loss in equal proportions. 7.— The Administrations ceaseResponsibility ended by delivery. to be responsible for registered articles, the addressees of which have given a receipt for them and have accepted them. Article 9.Art. 9. 1.— The sender of an article ofWithdrawal of article from mail or changing address. correspondence may cause it to be withdrawn from the service, or cause the address to be changed, as long as the article has not been delivered to the addressee. 2.— The request to be formulatedRequests. for this purpose is transmitted by mail or by telegraph, at the expense of the sender, who must pay, as follows: 1st for every request by mail the charge applicable to a registered single letter; 2nd for every request by telegraph, the charge for the telegram according to the ordinary tariff. 3.— The provisions of this ArticleProvisions not obligatory. are not obligatory in countries the legislation of which does not allow the sender to dispose of an article in course of transportation. Article 10.Art. 10. Those countries of the UnionEquivalent rates in currency of each country. which have not the franc for their monetary unit fix their postage rates at the equivalents, in their respective currencies, of the rates determined by Articles 5 and 6 preceding. Such countries have the option of rounding off the fractions in conformity with the Table inserted*Post*, p. 1104. in the Regulations of execution mentioned in Article 20 of*Post,* p. 1091. the present Convention. Article 11.Art. 11. 1.— Prepayment of postage onStamps required. every description of article can be effected only by means of postage-stamps valid in the country of origin for the correspondence of private individuals. Nevertheless, the reply-halves of post-cards with paid reply bearing postage-stamps 1086 of the country which issued these cards are likewise considered as duly prepaid. 2.— Official correspondence relative to the postal service, and ex-changed between the Postal Ad-ministrations, is alone exempt from this obligation and admitted free. 3.— Correspondence mailed on the high seas in the letter-box of a vessel or by being handed to the captains of vessels may be prepaid by means of the postage-stamps and according to the postage-rates of the country to which said vessel belongs or on which it is dependent. If the mailing on board takes place during the stay of the vessel at one of the two terminal points of the voyage or at one of the intermediate ports of call, prepayment of postage is not valid unless it is effected by means of the post-age-stamps and according to the postage-rates of the country in whose waters the vessel happens to be. Article 12. 1.— Each Administration keeps the whole of the sums which it collects in execution of the foregoing Articles 5, 6, 7,10 and 11, except the payments due for money orders provided by paragraph 2 of Article 7. 2.— Consequently, there is no necessity on this head for any accounts between the several Administrations of the Union, except as regards the payments mentioned in paragraph 1 of the present Article. 3.— Neither the senders nor the addressees of letters and other postal articles can be called upon to pay, either in the country of origin or in that of destination, any post-age or any postal fee other than those contemplated by the Articles above-mentioned. Article 13. 1.— Articles of correspondence of every kind are, at the request of the senders, delivered at the residence of the addressees by a special carrier immediately after their arrival, in the countries of the Union 1087 which consent to undertake this service in their reciprocal relations. 2.— These articles, which are endorsedCharge “express”, are subject to a special charge for delivery at the residence; this charge is fixed at 30 centimes, and must be paid in full and in advance, by the sender, over and above the ordinary post-age. It belongs to the Administration of the country of origin. 3.— If the article is destined for aDelivery where no office exists. locality where there is no post-office, the Postal Administration of the country of destination may levy an additional charge, to the amount of the rate fixed for delivery by special carrier in its domestic service, a deduction being made of the fixed rate paid by the sender, or of its equivalent in the money of the country which levies this additional charge. 4.— “Express” articles uponOrdinary delivery if not prepaid which the entire charges payable in advance are not fully prepaid, are delivered by the ordinary means. Article 14.Art. 14. 1.— No additional charge is leviedReforwarding for the re forwarding of postal articles within the interior of the Union. 2.— Undeliverable articles do not give rise to a restitution of the transit charges due to intermediary Administrations for the previous conveyance of said articles. 3.— Unpaid letters and post-cards,Charges on returned matter and insufficiently prepaid articles of every kind, when returned to the country of origin, owing to their being reforwarded or because they have become undeliverable, are liable, at the expense of the addressees or senders, to the same rates as similar articles addressed directly from the country of the first destination to the country of origin. Article 15.Art. 15 1.— Closed mails may be exchangedExchange of closed mails with ships of war between the post offices of any one of the contracting countries and the commanders of naval squadrons or ships-of-war of the same country stationed abroad, through the intermediary of the 1088 territorial or maritime services depending on other countries. 2.— Articles of every kind en-closed in these mails must consist exclusively of those addressed to or sent by the officers and crews of the vessels for which the mails are destined or from which they are dispatched; the rates and conditions of dispatch applicable thereto are determined by the Postal Administration of the country to which the vessels belong, in accordance with its domestic regulations. 3.— Unless there be a. contrary arrangement between the offices interested, the Post Office which dispatches or receives the mails in question is accountable to the intermediary Offices for the transit expenses calculated in conformity with the provisions of Article 4. Article 16. 1.— Circulation shall not be given: *a*) to commercial papers, samples and printed matter which are not prepaid at least in part or which are not put up in such a manner as to permit the easy examination of the contents; *b*) to articles of the same categories which exceed the limits of weight and size fixed by Article 5; *c*) to samples of merchandise which have a salable value. 2.— If any of the articles mentioned in the preceding paragraph be given circulation, they should be returned to the office of origin, and, if possible, be delivered to the sender. 3.— It is forbidden: 1st to send by mail: *a*) samples and other articles which, from their nature, may prove dangerous to the postal employes, soil or injure the correspondence; *b*) explosive, inflammable or dangerous substances; animals and insects, living or dead, excepting the cases provided tor in the Regulations of detail. 2nd to insert in ordinary or registered articles placed in the mails: *a*) current coin; 1089 *b*) articles liable to customs duty; *c*) gold or silver bullion, precious stones, jewelry, and other precious articles, but only in ease their insertion or transmission is prohibited by the legislation of the countries concerned. 4.— Articles coming under theReturn if erroneously forwarded. prohibition of paragraph 3 preceding which have been forwarded erroneously, should be returned to the office of origin, except in cases where the Administration of the country of destination is authorized by its legislation or by its domestic regulations to dispose of them otherwise. 5.— There is, moreover, reservedReserved rights. to the Government of every country of the Union the right to re-fuse to convey over its territory, or to deliver, as well articles liable to the reduced rate in regard to which the laws, ordinances or decrees which regulate the conditions of their publication or circulation in that country have not been com-plied with, as correspondence of every kind which bears ostensibly inscriptions, designs, Ac. forbidden by the legal enactments or regulations in force in the same country. Article 17.Art. 17. 1.— The Offices of the UnionExtension of Union privileges to u o nUnion countries. which have relations with countries outside the Union, admit all the other Offices of the Union, to take advantage of such relations for the exchange of postal articles with the said countries. 2.— The postal articles exchangedOpen-mail exchanges. in open mail between a country of the Union and a country foreign to the Union, through the intermediary of another country of the Union, are treated, as regards the conveyance beyond the limits of the Union, in conformity with the Conventions, Arrangements, or special provisions governing the postal relations between the latter country and the country foreign to the Union. 3.— With regard to the expensesExpenses in the Union. of transit within the limits of the Union, articles originating in or addressed to a country foreign to the Union are assimilated to those from or for the country of the 1090 Union which maintains relations with the first mentioned country. 4.— With regard to the expenses of transit beyond the limits of the Union, articles addressed to a country foreign to the Union are subjected to the following transit charges, credited to the country of the Union which maintains relations with the country foreign to the Union: *a*) for maritime transits beyond the Union, 20 francs per kilogram of letters or post-cards, and one franc per kilogram of other articles; *b*) for territorial transits beyond the Union, if any, the charges per kilogram announced by the country of the Union which maintains relations with the country foreign to the Union serving as intermediary. 5.— In the ease of maritime conveyance effected by two or more Administrations, the charges for the entire maritime transit, within and beyond the Union, may not exceed 20 francs per kilogram of letters or post-cards and 1 franc per’ kilogram of other articles; if the case demands it, these charges are shared between these Administrations *pro rata* for the distances traversed, without prejudice to other arrangements between the parties interested. 6.— The above-mentioned expenses of transit beyond the Union are payable by the Administration of the country of origin. They apply to all articles dispatched whether in open-mail or in closed mails. But in the ease of closed mails dispatched from a country of the Union to a country foreign thereto, or from a country foreign to the Union to a country of the Union, a previous arrangement concerning the mode of payment of the transit expenses should be concluded between the Administrations interested. 7.— The general settlement of the transit expenses tor articles ex-changed between a country of the Union and a country foreign to it, through the intermediary of an-other country of the Union, takes place on the basis of statements which are prepared at the same 1091 time as the statements prepared by virtue of Article 4 preceding,*Ante*, p. 1081. for determining the expenses of transit within the Union. 8.— The rates to be levied in aMinimum rates. country of the Union on articles addressed to or originating in a country foreign to the Union and using the intermediary of another country of the Union, can never be lower than the normal Union rates. These rates belong entirely to the country which levies them. Article 18.Art. 18. The high contracting partiesLegislation to punish counterfeiting, ole. engage to adopt, or to propose to their respective legislatures, the necessary measures for punishing the fraudulent use, for the prepayment of postal articles, of counterfeit postage-stamps, or postage-stamps which have already been used. They likewise engage to adopt, or to propose to their respective legislatures, the necessary measures for prohibiting and sup-pressing the fraudulent manufacture, sale, offering for sale, or distribution of embossed and adhesive stamps in use in the postal service, counterfeited or imitated in such a manner as to be mistakable for the embossed and adhesive stamps issued by the Administration of any one of the contracting countries. Article 19.Art. 19. The services concerning lettersSpecial arrangements. and boxes with declared value, and those of money-orders, postal parcels, collection of bibs and drafts, books of identity, subscriptions to newspapers, Ac., form the subject of special arrangements between the different countries or groups of countries of the Union. Article 20.Art. 20. 1.— The Postal AdministrationsRegulations. of the various countries composing the Union are competent to establish by mutual agreement, in Regulations of execution, all the measures of order and detail which are judged necessary. 2.— The several AdministrationsSpecial conventions. may, moreover, make among them- 1092 selves the necessary arrangements on the subject of questions which do not concern the Union generally, provided that those arrangements are not contrary to the present Convention. 3.— The Administrations interested are, however, permitted to conclude mutual agreements for the adoption of lower rates of postage within a radius of 30 kilo-meters. Article 21. 1.— The present Convention involves no alteration in the legislation of any country as regards any-thing which is not provided for by the stipulations contained in this Convention. 2.— It does not restrict the right of the contracting parties to maintain and to conclude treaties, as well as to maintain and establish more restricted Unions, with the view to the improvement of postal relations. Article 22. 1.— There is maintained, under the name of the *International Bureau of the Universal Postal Union,* a central office, which is conducted under the superintendence of the Swiss Postal Administration, and the expenses of which are borne by all the Administrations of the Union. 2.— This Bureau continues to be charged with the duty of collecting, collating, publishing and distributing information of every kind which concerns the international postal service; of giving, at the re-quest of the parties concerned, an opinion upon questions in dispute; of making known propositions for modifying the acts of the Congress; of giving notice of the changes adopted, and, in general, of under-taking such researches and labors as may be entrusted to it in the interest of the Postal Union. Article 23. 1.— Incase of disagreement, be-tween two or more members of the Union, as to the interpretation of the present Convention or as to the responsibility of an Adminis- 1093 tration in case of the loss of a registered article, the question in dispute is decided by arbitration. To that end, each of the Administrations concerned chooses another member of the Union not directly interested in the matter. 2.— The decision of the arbitratorsDecision. is given by an absolute majority of the votes. 3.— In case the votes are equallyDivision. divided, the arbitrators choose, in order to settle the difference, an-other Administration equally dis-interested in the disputed question. 4.— The provisions of the present Article apply equally to all theApplication.*Ante*, p. 1091. Agreements concluded by virtue of Article 19, preceding. Article 24.Art. 24. 1.— Countries which have notAdmission of other counities taken part in the present Convention are admitted to adhere thereto upon their demand. 2.— Notice is given of this adhesion,Notification. through the diplomatic, channel, to the Government oft lie Swiss Confederation, and by that Government to all the countries of the Union. 3.— It implies, as a right, accessionPowers. to all the clauses and admission to all the advantages stipulated by the present Convention. 4.— It devolves upon the GovernmentShare of expenses, International Bureau. of the Swiss Confederation to determine, by mutual agreement with the Government of the country interested, the share to be contributed by the Administration of this latter country toward the expenses of the International Bureau, and, if necessary, the rates to be levied by that Administration in conformity with Article 10, preceeding. Article 25.Art. 25. 1.— Congresses of plenipotentiariesSpecial congresses and conferences. of the contracting countries, or simple administrative conferences, according to the importance of the questions to be solved, are held when a demand for them is made or approved by two-thirds, at least, of the Governments or Administrations, as the case may be. 1094 2.— Nevertheless, a Congress must be held at least once every five years. 3.— Bach country must be represented either by one or several delegates, or by the delegation of another country. But it is under-stood that the delegate or delegates of one country can be charged with the representation of two countries only, including the country which they represent. 4.— In the deliberations each country has one vote only. 5.— Each Congress fixes the place of meeting tor the following Congress. 6.— For Conferences, the Administrations fix the places of meeting upon the proposal of the International Bureau. Article 26. 1.— In the interval which elapses between the meetings, any Postal Administration of a country of the Union has the right to address to the other Administrations belonging to it, through the intermediary of the International Bureau, propositions concerning the regimen of the Union. 2.— Every proposition is subject to the following procedure: A period of five months is allowed to the Administrations of the Union to examine the propositions, and to transmit to the International Bureau, if necessary, their observations, amendments, or counter-propositions which they may desire to submit. The replies are tabulated by the International Bureau and communicated to the Administrations with the invitation to pronounce either for or against the proposition. Those Administrations which have not transmitted their vote within a period of six months, counting from the date of the second circular of the International Bureau notifying them of the observations made, are considered as abstaining from voting. 3.— In order to become binding the propositions must obtain, as follows: 1st. Unanimity of votes, if they involve the addition of new Articles or a modification of the stipulations of the present Article and 1095 of Articles 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 13, 15 and 18: 2nd. Two-thirds of the votes, ifTwo-thirds. they involve a modification of stipulations of the Convention other than those of Articles 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 13, 15, 18 and 26; 3d. Simply an absolute majority,Majority. if they affect the interpretation of the stipulations of the Convention, except in the case of dispute contemplated in Article 23 preceding. 4.— The binding decisions areNotice of changes. sanctioned, in the first two cases, by a diplomatic declaration, which the Government of the Swiss Con-federation is charged to prepare and transmit to all the Governments of the contracting countries, and. in the third case, by a simple notification from the International Bureau to all the Administrations of the Union. 5.— No modification or resolutionTime limit. adopted is binding until at least two months after its notification. Article 27.Art. 27. The following are considered asColonies forming single administrations. forming, for the application of Articles 22, 25 and 26 preceding, a single country, or a single Administration, as the case may be: 1st. The Empire of British India; 2nd. The Dominion of Canada; 3d. The whole of the British Colonies of Australasia. 4th. The whole of the Danish Colonies; 5th. The whole of the Spanish Colonies. 6th. The whole of the French Colonies; 7th. The whole of the Netherlands Colonies; 8th. The whole of the Portuguese Colonies. Article 28.Art. 28. The present Convention shallDuration of convention. be put into execution on the 1st of July, 1892, and shall remain in force during an indefinite period; but each contracting party has the right to withdraw from the Union, by means of a notice given one year in advance by its Government to the Government of the Swiss Confederation. 1096 Article 29. 1.— From the date on which the present Convention takes effect, all the stipulations of the Treaties, Conventions, Arrangements, or other Acts previously concluded between the various countries or Administrations, in so far as those stipulations are not in accordance with the terms of the present Convention, are abrogated, without prejudice to the rights reserved by Article 21 preceding. 2.— The present Convention shall be ratified as soon as possible. The acts of ratification shall be exchanged at Vienna. 3.— In faith of which, the plenipotentiaries of the above named countries have signed the present Convention at Vienna on the fourth of July, one thousand eight hundred and ninety-one. Pour l’Allemagne et les protectorats Allemands.................................. Pour les États-Unis d'Amérique..... Pour la République Argentine..... Pour l'Autriche..... Pour la Hongrie..... Pour la Belgique..... Pour le Brésil..... Pour la République de Colombie..... Pour l'État Indépendant du Congo..... Pour le Danemark et les Colonies Danoises..... Pour l'Égypte..... Pour l'Espagne et les Colonies Espagnoles..... Pour la France..... Pour les Colonies Françaises..... Pour la Grande-Bretagne et diverses Colonies Britanniques..... Pour les Colonies Britanniques d'Australasie..... Pour le Canada..... 1097 Pour l’Inde Britannique Pour la Grèce Pour le Guatemala Pour la République d’Haïti Pour le Royaume d’Hawaï Pour la République du Honduras Pour l’Italie Pour le Japon Pour la République de Libéria Pour le Luxembourg Pour le Mexique Pour le Monténégro Pour le Nicaragua Pour la Norvège Pour le Paraguay Pour les Pays-Bas Pour les Colonies Néerlandaises Pour le Pérou Pour la Roumanie Pour la Russie Pour le Salvador Pour la Serbie Pour le Royaume de Siam Pour la République Sud-Africaine Pour la Suède Pour la Suisse Pour la Régence de Tunis Pour la Turquie Pour l’Uruguay Pour les États-Unis de Vénézuéla { Dr. v. Stephan. Sachse. Fritsch. { N. M. Brooks. William Potter. Carlos Calvo. { Obentraut. Dr. Hofmann. Dr. Lilienau. Habberger. { P. Heim. S. Schrimpf. Lichtervelde. { Luiz Bettim Paes Leme. P. M. Mattheef. G. Michelsen. { Stassin. Lichtervelde. Garant. De Craene. Lund. Federico Bas. { Montmarn. I. de Selves. Ansault. G. Gabrié. { S. A. Blackwood. H. Buxton Forman. { H. M. Kisch. { I. Georgantas. { Dr. Gotthelf Meyer. { Eugène Borel. { Emidio Chiaradia. Felice Salivetto. { Indo. Fujita. { Bd. de Stein. M. Koentzer. { C. Goedel. Mongensant. { L. Breton y Vedra. Obentraut. { Dr. Hofmann. Dr. Lillenau. Habberger. { Haberberger. { Th. Heyerdahl. { Hofstede. Baron van der Feltz. Johs. J. Perk. { D. O. Urea. { Génl. N. Semino. { Guelhermino Augusto de Barros. { Colonel A. Gorjean. S. Dimitrescu. { Général de Bséak. A. Skalkovsky. { Louis Kehlmann. { Svetozar I. Gvozditch. Et. V. Popovitch. { Luang Suriya Nuvatr. { H. Keuchenius. { E. von Krusenstjerna. { Ed. Höhn. C. Delessert. { Montmartin. { E. Petacci. A. Fahri. { Federico Susviela Guarch. José G. Busto. { Carlos Matzenauer. Le Ministère I. et R. des Affaires étrangères certifie que la présente copie est conforme à l’original dé-posé dans ses archives. Vienne, le 7 juillet 1891. Le Directeur de la chancellerie du Ministère I. et R. des Affaires étrangères. (Signé:) Mittag. The Imperial and Royal Ministry of Foreign Affairs certifies that the present copy is in conformity with the original deposited in its archives. Vienna, July 7th 1891. The Director of the Chancellor’s Office of the Imperial and Royal Ministry of Foreign Affairs. (Signed) Mittag. 1098 Having examined and considered the provisions of the aforegoingApproval Convention signed in Vienna on the 4th day of July, A. 1). 1891, revising the Convention constituting the Universal Postal Union which was concluded in Paris on the 1st day of June, 1878, and also the “Additional Act” relative thereto concluded in Lisbon on the 21st day of March, 1895; the same is by me, by virtue of the powers vested by Jaw in the Postmaster-General, hereby ratified and approved by and with the advice and consent of the President of the United States. In witness whereof, I have caused the seal of the Post Office Department of the United States to be hereto affixed, with my signature, this 24th day of May, 1892. [seal.] John Wanamaker, *Postmaster-General.* I hereby approve the above-mentioned Convention, and in testimony thereof, have caused the seal of the United States to be hereto affixed. [seal.] Benj Harrison. By the President: William F. Wharton, *Acting Secretary of State*. Washington, May 24th, 1892. union postale universelle. PROTOCOLE FINAL.Final protocol. Au moment de procéder à la signature des Conventions arrêtées par le Congrès postal universel de Vienne, les plénipotentiaires sous-signés sontconvenus de ce qui suit: " I. En dérogation à la disposition de l’articleRegistration fee outside of Europe. 6 de la Convention, qui fixe à 25 centimes au maximum le droit de recommandation, il est convenu que les États hors d’Europe sont autorisés à maintenir ce maximum à 50 centimes, y compris la délivrance d’un bulletin de dé-pôt à l’expéditeur. II. En dérogation aux dispositions de l’articlePayment for lost registered articles postponed. 8 de la Convention, il est convenu que, par mesure de transition, les Administrations des pays hors d’Europe dont la législation est actuellement contraire au principe de la responsabilité, conservent la faculté d’ajourner l’application de ce principe jusqu’au.jour où elles auront pu obtenir du pouvoir législatif l’autorisation de l’introduire. Jusqu’à ce moment, les autres Administrations de l’Union ne sont pas astreintes à payer une indemnité pour la perte, dans leurs 1099 services respectifs, d’envois recommandés à destination ou provenant desdits pays. III. La Bolivie, le Chili, Costa-Rica, la République Dominicaine, l’Equa teur, Haïti, Honduras et Nicaragua, qui font partie de l’Union postale, ne s’étant pas fait représenter au Congrès, le protocole leur reste ouvert pour adhérer aux Conventions qui y ont été conclues ou seulement à l’une ou à l’autre d’entre elles. Le protocole reste également ouvert en faveur des Colonies britanniques de l’Australasie, dont les délégués au Congrès ont déclaré l’intention de ces pays d’entrer dans l’Union postale universelle à partir du 1er octobre 1891, Il demeure aussi overt à la République Sud-Africaine, dont le délégué au Congrès a manifesté l’intention de ce pays d’adhérer à l’Union postale universelle, en se réservant de fixer ultérieurement la date de son entrée dans eette Union. Enfin, dans le but de faciliter aux autres pays qui sont encore en dehors de l’ Union postale universelle leur entrée dans celleci, le protocole leur reste également ouvert. IV. Le protocole demeure ouvert en faveur des pays dont les représentants n’ont signé aujourd’hui que la Convention principale, ou un certain nombre seulement des Conventions arrêtées par le Congrès, à l’effet de leur permettre d’adhérer aux antres Conventions signées ce jour, ou à 1’une ou l’autre d’entre elles. V. Les adhésions prévues à l’article III cidessus devront être notifiées au Gouvernement Impérial et Royal de l’Autriche-Hongrie, par les Gouvernements respectifs, en la forme diplomatique. Le délai qui leur est accordé pour cette notification expirera le ler juin 1892. 1100 VI. Dans le cas où une ou plusieursConventions binding on States ratifying. des parties contractantes aux Conventions postales signées aujourd’hui à Vienne, ne ratifieraient pas l’une ou l’autre de ces Conventions, cette Convention n’en sera pas moins valable pour les Etats qui l’auront ratifiée. En foi de quoi, les plénipotentiaires Signatures.ci-dessous ont dressé le présent protocole final, qui aura la même force et la même valeur que si ses dispositions étaient insérées dans le texte même des Conventions auxquelles il se rapporte, et ils l’ont signé en un exemplaire qui restera déposé aux Archives du Gouvernement autrichien et dont une copie sera remise à chaque partie. Fait à Vienne le quatre juillet mil huit cent quatre-vingt-onze. " [Translation.] universal postal union. FINAL PROTOCOL. At the moment of proceeding to sign the Conventions concluded by the Universal Postal Congress of Vienna, the undersigned plenipotentiaries have agreed as follows: I. In modification of the stipulation of Article 6 of the Convention, which fixes the maximum registration fee at 25 centimes, it is agreed that the States outside of Europe are authorized to maintain this maximum at 50 centimes, including a receipt given to the sender. II. In modification of the stipulations of Article 8 of the Convention, it is agreed that, as a temporary measure, the Administrations of the countries outside of Europe, whose legislation is at present op-posed to the principle of responsibility, retain the option of postponing the application of that principle until they shall have been able to obtain from the legislative power the authority to introduce it. Up to that time, the other Ad-ministrations of the Union are not bound to pay an indemnity for the 1099 loss, in their respective services, of registered articles addressed to or originating in the said countries. III. Bolivia, Chili, Costa Rica, theAdhesion.Union countries not represented. Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Haiti, Honduras and Nicaragua, which form part of the Postal Union, not having been represented at the Congress, the protocol remains open for their adhesion to the Conventions which have been concluded at the Congress, or only to one or the other of these Conventions. The protocol also remains open to the British Colonies of AustralasiaAustralasia., whose delegates at the Congress have declared the intention of those countries to enter the Universal Postal Union on the 1st of October 1891. It also remains open to the SouthSouth African Republic. African Republic, whose delegate to the Congress has declared the intention of that country to adhere to the Universal Postal Union, reserving the right to hereafter fix the date of its entry into the Union. Finally, with the view of facilitatingNon-Union countries. the entry into the Universal Postal Union of other countries which are still outside the Union, the protocol remains equally open for them. IV. The protocol remains open toProtocol left open for certain countries. those countries whose representatives have signed this day the principal Convention only or only a certain number of the Conventions concluded by the Congress, for the purpose of allowing them to adhere to the other Conventions signed this day, or to one or the other of them. V. The adhesions contemplated byNotification of adhesions. Article III preceding, must be notified to the Imperial and Royal Government of Austria-Hungary, by the respective Governments, in diplomatic form. The term accorded to them for that notification will expire on the 1st of June 1892. 1100 VI. In case one or more of the contracting parties to the Postal Conventions signed this day at Vienna, shall not ratify one or the other of those Conventions, that Convention shall be none the less valid for the States which shall have ratified it. In faith of which, the undersigned plenipotentiaries have drawn up the present final protocol, which shall have the same force and value as if its provisions were inserted in the text itself of the Conventions to which it relates, and they have signed it on a single copy which shall remain in the Archives of the Austrian Government, and a copy of which shall be delivered to each party. Done at Vienna the fourth of July one thousand eight hundred and ninety one. Pour l’Allemagne et les protectorats Allemands.................................. Pour les États-Unis d'Amérique..... Pour la République Argentine..... Pour l'Autriche..... Pour la Hongrie..... Pour la Belgique..... Pour le Brésil..... Pour la République de Colombie..... Pour l'État Indépendant du Congo..... Pour le Danemark et les Colonies Danoises..... Pour l'Égypte..... Pour l'Espagne et les Colonies Espagnoles..... Pour la France..... Pour les Colonies Françaises..... Pour la Grande-Bretagne et diverses Colonies Britanniques..... Pour les Colonies Britanniques d'Australasie..... Pour le Canada..... 1101 Pour l’Inde Britannique Pour la Grèce Pour le Guatemala Pour la République d’Haïti Pour le Royaume d’Hawaï Pour la République du Honduras Pour l’Italie Pour le Japon Pour la République de Libéria Pour le Luxembourg Pour le Mexique Pour le Monténégro Pour le Nicaragua Pour la Norvège Pour le Paraguay Pour les Pays-Bas Pour les Colonies Néerlandaises Pour le Pérou Pour la Roumanie Pour la Russie Pour le Salvador Pour la Serbie Pour le Royaume de Siam Pour la République Sud-Africaine Pour la Suède Pour la Suisse Pour la Régence de Tunis Pour la Turquie Pour l’Uruguay Pour les États-Unis de Vénézuéla { Dr. v. Stephan. Sachse. Fritsch. { N. M. Brooks. William Potter. Carlos Calvo. { Obentraut. Dr. Hofmann. Dr. Lilienau. Habberger. { P. Heim. S. Schrimpf. Lichtervelde. { Luiz Bettim Paes Leme. P. M. Mattheef. G. Michelsen. { Stassin. Lichtervelde. Garant. De Craene. Lund. Federico Bas. { Montmarn. I. de Selves. Ansault. G. Gabrié. { S. A. Blackwood. H. Buxton Forman. { H. M. Kisch. { I. Georgantas. { Dr. Gotthelf Meyer. { Eugène Borel. { Emidio Chiaradia. Felice Salivetto. { Indo. Fujita. { Bd. de Stein. M. Koentzer. { C. Goedel. Mongensant. { L. Breton y Vedra. Obentraut. { Dr. Hofmann. Dr. Lillenau. Habberger. { Haberberger. { Th. Heyerdahl. { Hofstede. Baron van der Feltz. Johs. J. Perk. { D. O. Urea. { Génl. N. Semino. { Guelhermino Augusto de Barros. { Colonel A. Gorjean. S. Dimitrescu. { Général de Bséak. A. Skalkovsky. { Louis Kehlmann. { Svetozar I. Gvozditch. Et. V. Popovitch. { Luang Suriya Nuvatr. { H. Keuchenius. { E. von Krusenstjerna. { Ed. Höhn. C. Delessert. { Montmartin. { E. Petacci. A. Fahri. { Federico Susviela Guarch. José G. Busto. { Carlos Matzenauer. Le Ministère I. et R. des Affaires étrangères certifie que la présente copie est conforme à l’original dé-posé dans ses archives. Vienne, le 7 juillet 1891. Le Directeur de la Chancellerie du Ministère I. et R. des Afiaires «étrangères. (Signé:) Mittag. The Imperial and Royal Ministry of Foreign Affairs certifies that the present copy is in conformity with the original deposited in its archives. Vienna, July 7th 1891. The Director of the Chancellor’s Office of the Imperial and Royal Ministry of Foreign Affairs. (Signed) Mittag. 1102 Having examined and considered the provisions of the aforegoingApproval. final protocol signed in Vienna on the 4th of July A. D. 1891, relative to the Universal Postal Convention of Vienna, signed the same day; the same is by me, by virtue of the powers vested by law in the Post-master-General, hereby ratified and approved by and with the advice of the President of the United States. In witness whereof, I have caused the seal of the Post-Office Department of the United States to be hereto affixed, with my signature, this 24th day of May, A. D. 1892. [seal.] John Wanamaker, *Postmaster-General.* I hereby approve the above-mentioned final protocol, and in testimony thereof, have caused the seal of the United States to be hereto affixed. [seal.] Benj Harrison. By the President: William F. Wharton, *Acting Secretary of State*. Washington, May 24th, 1892. REGULATIONS OF DETAIL AND ORDER. *Règlement de DétailParties contracting. et (V Ordre pour F Exécution delà Convention con-clue entre l’Allemagne et les Protectorats Allemands, les États- Unis d’Amérique, la République Argentine, VAutricheHongrie, la, Belgique, la Bolivie, le Brésil, la Bulgarie, le Chili, la République de Colombie, l’Etat Indépendant du Congo, la République de CostaRica, le Danemark et les Colonies Danoises, la République Dominicaine, l’Egypte, PEquateur, l’Espagne et les Colonies Espagnoles, la France et les Colonies Françaises, la GrandeBretagne et Di verses Colonies Britanniques, les Colonies Britanniques d’Australasie, le Canada, Iliade Britannique, la Grèce, le Guatemala, la Républiqued’Haiti, le Royaume d’Hawaï, la République du Honduras, l’Italie, le Japon, la République de Libéria, le Luxembourg, le Mexique, le Monténégro, le Rica vagua, la Norvège, le Paraguay, les PaysBas et les Colonies Néerlandaises, le Pérou, la Perse, le Portugal et les Colonies Portugaises, la Roumanie, la Russie, le Salvador, la Serbie, le Royaume de Siam, la République Mini-Africaine, la Suède, la Suisse, la Ré-gence de Tunis, la Turq uie, l’Ur uguay et les États-Unis de Vénézuéla.* Les soussignés, vu l’articleRegulations. 20 de la Convention postale universelle 1103 conclue à Vienne le 4 juillet 1891, ont, au nom de leurs Administrations respectives, arrête d’un commun accord les mesures suivantes, pour assurer l’exécution de ladite Convention. I. *Direction des Correspondances.* 1.— Chaque Administration est obligée d’expédier, par les voies les plus rapides dont elle pent disposer pour ses propres envois, les dépêches closes et les correspondances à découvert qui lui sont livrées par une autre Administration. 2.— Les Administrations qui usent de la faculté de percevoir des taxes supplémentaires, en repré-sentation des frais extraordinaires afférents à certaines voies, sont libres de ne pas diriger par ces voies, lorsqu’il existe d’autres mo-yens de communication, celles des correspondances insutti sa ni ni en t affranchies pour lesquelles l’emploi desdites voies n’a pas été réclamé expressément par les envoyeurs. II. *Échange en Dépêches Closes.* 1.— L’échange d es correspondances en dépêches closes, en tre les Administrations de l’Cniou, est réglé d’un commun accord et selon les nécessités d u service entre les Administrations en cause. 2.— S’il s’agit d’un échange à faire par l’entremise d’un ou de plusieurs pays tiers, les Administrations de ces pays doivent eu être prévenues en temps opportun. 3.— Il est, d’ailleurs, obligatoire, dans ce dernier cas, de former des dépêches closes toutes les fois que le nombre des correspondances est denature à entraver les opérations d’une Administration intermédiaire, d’après la déclaration de cette Administration. 4.— En cas de changement dans un service d’échange en dépêches closes, établi entre deux Administrations par l’entremise d’un ou de plusieurs pays tiers, l’Administration qui a provoqué le changement 1104 en donne connaissance aux Administrations despays par l’entremise desquels cet échange s’eüéctue. III. *Ber vices extrao rdina ires.* Les services extraordinaires deSpecial charges tor extraordinary services. l’Union donnant lien à des frais spéciaux dont la fixation est réservée, par l’article 4 de la Coin veution, à des arrangements entre les Administrations intéressées, sont exclusivement: 1.° ceux qui sont entretenus pourIndian mail. le transport territorial accéléré de la Malle dite des Indes; 2.° celui que l’AdministrationAtlantic and Pacific mail. des postes des EtatsUnis d’Amé-rique entretient sur son territoire pour le transport de dépêches closes entre l’océan Atlantique et l’océan Pacifique; 3.° celui qui est établi pour lePanama mail. transport des dépêches par chemin de fer entre Colon et Panama. IV. *Fixation (les Taxes.* 1.— En exécution de l’article 10Rates of postage. de la Convention, les Administrations des pays de l’Union qui n’ont pas le franc pour unité monétaire perçoivent leurs taxes d’après les équivalents ci-dessous: Paya del’Union.Table of currency equivalents. 25 centi mes. 10 centimes. 5 centimes. Allemagne 20 pfennig 10 pfennig 5 pfennig. Protectorate al- lemands: Territoire de Cameroun, Compagnie de la Nou­velle- Gui­née, Terri­toire de To­go, Terri­toire de I’A- frique du Sud-Quest, Territoire de l'Afrique orient ale, Territoires des Iles Mar­sh all. 20 pfennig 10 pfennig 5 pfennig. Argentine (Ré­publique). 8 centavos 4 centavos 2 centavos. Autriche-Hongrie- 10 kreuzer 5 kreuze r. 3 kreuzer. Bolivie 5 centavos 2 centavos 1 centavo. Brésil 100 reís 50 reis 25 reis. Canada 5 cents 2 cents 1 cent. Chili 5 centavos 2 centavos 1 centavo. Colombie 5 centavos 2 centavos 1 centavo. Costa-Rica 5 centavos 2 centavos 1 centavo. Danemark 20 ore 10 ore 5 ore. 1105 Pays de I’Union. 25 centimes. 10 centimes. 5 centimes. Colonies danio- ses: Groenland 20 ore 10 ore 5 ore. Antilles da-noises. 5 cents 2 cents 1 cent. Dominicaine (République). 5 centavos. 2 centavos. 1 centavo. Egypte 1 piastre.. 5 millièmes de livre. 2millémes de livre. Equateur 5 centavos 2 centavos 1 centavo Colonies espa­gnoles: Cuba, Porto- Rico, Iles Philippines et dependances, établisse- ments du golfe de Guinée. 5 centavos 2 centavos 1 centavo. Etats-Unis d'Amérique. 5 cents 2 cents 1 cent. Grande -Bre­tagne. 2 ½ pence .. 1 penny ½ penny. Colonies Bri- tannniqués: Antigua, Ba­hamas (iles), Barbade, Bermudes, Côte-d’Or, Dominique. Falkland (iles). Gam­bie. Gre nade, Jamique, Lagos, Malte, Mont-serrat, Nevis, St. Chris- tophe, Ste- Lucie, St­Vincent, Sierra-Lé­on e, Taba­co. Trinité, Turques
(iles)et Vierges (iles). 2 ½ pence .. 1 penny.. ½ penny. Guyanean- glaise, Hong Kong. Là- Loan. Straits- Settlements et Terre- Neuve. 5 cents 2 cents 1 cent. Bornéo du Nord bri­tannique. 6 cents de dollar. 3 cents de dollar. 1 cent de dollar. Honduras 6 cents 3 rents 1 cent. Maurice
(ile)et dépendances 10 cent. de roupie. 4 cent, de roupie. 2 cents de roupie. Chypre 2 piastres ou 80 pa­ras. 1 piastre ou 40 pa­ras. ½ piastre ou 20 pa- ras. Ceylan 14 cent. de roupie. 5 cent. de roupie. 2 ½ cent.de roupie. Australasie.. 2 ½ pence.. 1 penny ½ penny. Guatemala 5 centavos 2 centavos 1 centavo. Haïti 5 centavos de piastre. 2 centavos de piastre. 1 centavo de piastre. Hawaï 5 cents 2 cents 1 cent. Honduras (République du). 5 centavos 2 centavos 1 centavo. Indo Britan- nique. 2 annas ¼ anna ½ anna. Japon 5 sen 2 sen 1 son. Libéria 5 cents 2 cents 1 cent. Mexique 5 centavos 2 centavos 1 centavo. Monténegro 10 soldi 5 soldi 3 soldi. Nicaragua 5 centavos 2 centavos 1 centavo. Norvege 20 öre 10 öre 5 öre Paraguay 5 centavos de peso. 2 centavos de peso. 1 centavo do peso. Pays-Bas et colonies néer- landaises. 12 ½ cents.. 5 cents 2 ½ cents. 1106 Pays del’Union.Currency equivalents—Continued. 25 centimes. 10 centimes. 5 centimes. Perou 5 centavos 2 centavos 1 centavo. Perse 7 shahis.. 3 shabis.. 1 shahi. Portugal et colonies por tugaises, sauf I’Inde portu- gaise. 50 reis 20 reis 10 reis. Inde portugaise 2 tangas.. 10 reis 5 reis. Russie 10 kopeks. 4 kopeks.. 2 kopeks. Salvador 5 centavos de penso. 2 centavos de peso 1 centavo, de peso. Siam 7 ½ atts 3 atts 1 ½ atts. Suéde 20 ore 10 ore 5 ore Turquie 40 paras. 20 paras. 1 centavo. Uruguay 5 centavos de piastre. 2 centavos de piastre 1 centavo de piastre 2.— En cas de changement du systèmeNotice of monetary changes. monétaire dans l’un des pays susmentionnés, l’Administration de ce pays doit s’entendre avec l’Administration des postes suisses pour modifier les équivalents cidessus; il appartient à cet te dernière Administration défaire notifier la modification à tous les autres Offices de PUnion par l’intermédiaire du Bureau international. 3.— Toute Administration a laImportant modifications. faculté de recourrir, si elle le juge nécessaire, à l’entente prévue au paragraphe précédent en cas de modification importante dans la valeur de sa monnaie. 4.— Les fractions monétairesAdjustment of fractions. ré-sultant, soitdu complémentde taxe applicable aux correspondances insuffisamment, affranchies, soit de la fixation des taxes des correspondances échangées avec les pays étrangers à l’Union, ou de la combinaison des taxes de l’Union avec les surtaxes prévues par l’article 5 de la Convention, peuvent être arrondies par les Administrations qui en effectuent la perception. Nais la somme à ajouter de ce chef ne peut, dans aucun cas, excéder la valeur d’un vingtième de franc (cinq centimes). V. *Correspondance arec les Pays étrangers à l’Union.* Les Offices de l’Union qui ont desCorrespondence to non-Union countries. relations avec des pays étrangers à l’Union fournissent aux autres Offices de l’Union la liste de ces 1107 pays, avec l’indication des conditions d’envoi auxquelles les correspondances sont soumises dans les relations dont il s’agit. those countries, indicating the eonditionsof transmission to which the articles are subject in the relations in question. VI. *Application dos Timbres.* 1.— Les correspondances originaires des pays de l’Union sont frappées d’un timbre indiquant le lieu d’origine et la date du dépôt à la poste. 2.— A l’arrivée, le bureau île, destination applique son timbre à date au verso des lettres et au recto des cartes postales. 3.— L’application des timbres sur les correspondances déposées sur les paquebots dans les Imites mobiles ou entre les mains des commandants, incombe, dans les cas prévus par le paragraphe 3 de l’article 11 de la Convention, a l’agent des postes embarqué ou, s’il n’y en a pas, au bureau de poste auquel ces correspondances sont livrées. 4.— Les correspondances originaires des pays étrangers à PUnion sont frappées, par l’Office de l’Uni-on qui les a recuellies, d’un timbre indiquant le point et la date d’en-trée dans le service de cet Office. 5.— Les correspondances non affranchies ou insuffisamment affranchies sont, en outre, frappées du timbre T (taxe à payer), dont l’application incombe à l’Office du pays d’origine s’il s’agit île correspondances originaires de l’Union, et à l’Office du pays d’entrée s’il s’agit de correspondances originaires des pays étrangers à l’Union. 6.— Les envois à remettre par ex-près sont frappés d’un timbre portant en gros caractères le mot „Exprès“. Les. Administrations sont toutefois autorisées à remplacer ce timbre par une étiquette imprimée ou par une inscription manuscrite et soulignée en crayon de couleur. 7.— Tout objet de correspondance ne portant pas le timbre T est considéré comme affranchi et traité en conséquence, sauf erreur évidente. 1108 VII. *Indication du Hombre de Ports.* 1.— Lorsqu’une lettre ou toutRates levied, to be marked. autre objet de correspondance est passible, en raison de son poids, de plus d’un port simple, l’Office d’origine ou d’entrée dans l’Union, suivant le cas, indique, à l’angle gauche supérieur de la suscription, en chiffres ordinaires, le nombre des ports perçus ou à percevoir. 2.— Cette mesure n’est pas deNot on fully paid matter. rigueur pour les correspondances dûment affranchies. VIII. *Affranchissement Insuffisant.* 1.— Lorsqu’un objet est insuffisammentMarking insufficient payment. affranchi au moyen de timbresposte, l’Office expéditeur indique en chiffres noirs, apposés à côté des timbresposte, le montant de l’in suffi sauce en l’exprimant en francs et centimes. 2.— D’après cette indication, leDouble rate charged. bureau d’échange du pays de destination taxe l’objet au double de l’in suffi sauce constatée. 3.— Dans le cas où il a été faitInvalid stamps. usage de timbresposte non valables pour l’affranchissement, il n’en est tenu aucun compte. Cette circonstance est indiquée par le chiffre zéro
(0)placé à coté des timbresposte. IX. *Avis de Réception.* 1.— Les envois dont l’expéditeurReturn receipts. demande un avis de réception doivent porter l’annotation très apparente: „Avis de réception“ ou l’empreinte d’un timbre portant: A. R. 2.— Les avis de réception doiventForm.*Post,* p.1148. être établis par les bureaux de destination sur une formule conforme ou analogue au modèle A cian- nexé, et transmis par ces bureaux aux bureaux d’origine, chargés de les faire parvenir aux expéditeurs des envois auxquels ils se rapportent. Les avis de réception doivent être formulés en français ou porter une traduction subliné-aire en cette langue. 1109 X. *Feuilles d’Avis.* 1.— Les feuilles d’avis accompagnant les dépêches échangées entre deux Administrations de l’Union sont conformes an modèle B joint au présent Règlement. Elles sont placées sous des enveloppes de couleur portant distinctement l’indication „Feuille d’avis “. Dans les relations par mer qui, bien que périodiques et régulières, ne comportent pas d’échange quotidien ou à jour iixe, les bureaux expéditeurs doivent numéroter leurs feuilles d’avis d’après nue série annuelle par chaque bureau d’origine et pour chaque bureau de destination, en mentionnant autant que possible, sur la feuille d’avis, le nom du paquebot ou du bâtiment qui emporte la dépêche. 2.— Les objets recommandés sout inscrits au tableau n° 1 de la feuille d’avis avec les détails suivants: le nom du bureau d’origine et le numéro d’inscription de l’objet à ce bureau, ou: le nom du bureau d’origine, le nom du destinataire et le lieu de destination. Dans la colonne „Observations“, la mention „Remb.“ est ajoutée en regard de l’inscription des envois recommandés grevés de remboursement. Les envois à faire remettre par exprès sont inscrits en nombre au tableau I de la feuille d’avis. Les avis de réception sont inscrits au tableau précité, soit individuellement, soit en bloc, suivant que ces avis sont plus ou moins nombreux. La partie de la feuille d’avis intitulée „ Recommandations d’office“ est destinée à recevoir l’inscription des bulletins de vérification, des lettres de service ouvertes adressées par le bureau d’échange à son correspondant ainsi que des communications du bureau expéditeur. 3.— Lorsque le nombre des objets recommandés expédiés habituellement d’un bureau d’échange à un autre le comporte, il peut être fait usage d’une liste spéciale et dé-tachée, pour remplacer le tableau n” 1, de la feuille d’avis. 1110 Le nombre des envois recommandés inscrits sur cette liste et le nombre de paquets ou de sacs (pii renferment ces envois doivent être portés sur la feuille d’avis. 4.— Au tableau n“ IL on inscrit,Closed mails. avec les details que ce tableau comporte, les dépêches closes in-sérées dans l’envoi direct auquel la feuille d’avis se rapporte. 5.— Ou indique, à l’angle droitNumber of packages, etc. Supérieur de la feuille d’avis, le nombre de paquets ou de sacs dé-tachés dont se compose chaque expédition pour une même destination. 6.— Lorsqu’il est jugé nécessaire,Other details. pour certaines relations, de créer d’autres tableaux ou rubriques sur la feuille d’avis, la mesure peut être réalisée d’un commun accord entre les Administrations intéressées. 7.— Lorsqu’un bureau d’échangeBill with no articles. n’a aucun objet à livrer à un bureau correspondant, il n’en doit pas moins envoyer, dans la forme ordinaire, une dépêche qui se com-pose uniquement de la feuille d’avis. 8.— Quand des dépêches closesClosed mails on merchant ships. sont confiées par une Administration à une autre, pour être transmises au moyen de bâtiments de commerce, le nombre de lettres ou autres objets est indiqué à la feuille d’avis ou sur l’adresse de ces dépêches. XI. *Transmission des Objets Recommandés.* 1.— Les objets recommandes, les avis de réception, lesRegistered articles. envois exprès et, s’il y a lieu, la listeSpecial packages. spéciale pré-vue au paragraphes de l’article X, sont réunis eu un paquet distinct, qui doit être convenablement enveloppé et cacheté de manière à en préserver le contenu. 2.— A ce paquet est. attaché exté-rieurement,Position of packages. par un croisé de ficelle, l’enveloppe spéciale contenant la feuille d’avis. Le paquet est en-suite placé au centre de la dépêche. 3.— La présence,dans la dépêche,Entry on letter bill. d’un paquet d’objets recommandés dont la description est faite sur la liste spéciale mentionnée au para- 1111 graphe 1er cidessus, doit être annoncée par l’application, en tête de la feuille d’avis, soit d’une annotation spéciale, soit de l’étiquette ou du timbre de recommandation en usage dans le pays d’origine. 4.— Il est entendu que le mode d’emballage et de transmission des objets recommandés, prescrit par les paragraphes 1 et 2 cidessus, s’applique seulement aux relations ordinaires, roui’ les relations importantes, il appartient aux Ad-ministrations intéressées de prescrire, d’un commun accord, des dis-positions particulières, sous ré-serve, dans l’un comme dans l’autre cas, des mesures exceptionnelles à prendre par les chefs des bureaux d’échange, lorsqu’ils ont à assurer la transmission d’objets recommandés qui, par leur nature, leur forme ou leur volume, ne seraient pas susceptibles d’être insérés dans la dépêche. Toutefois, les bureaux d’échange expéditeurs indiquent en tête de la feuille d’avis, le cas échéant, le nombre des objets recommandés qui se trouvent dans la dépêche en dehors du paquet ou sac spécial, parmi les correspondances ordinaires, et font figurer sur les listes, dans la colonne „Observations “,1a mention „en dehors“ en regard de l’inscription de chacun de ces objets. Ceux-ci sont autant que possible réunis en paquets ficelés munis d’une étiquette portant, eu caractères apparents, les mots,. Recommandés en dehors“ précédés d’un chiffre indiquant le nombre d’objets que contient chaque paquet. 5.— Les avis de réception sont placés dans une enveloppe par l’office distributeur des objets re-commandés auxquels ces avis se rapportent. Ces enveloppes re-vêtues de la mention: „Avis de réception; Bureau de poste de . . .
(Pays). . . “sont soumises aux formalités de la recommandation et acheminées sur leur destination comme des objets recommandés ordinaires. 1112 XII. *Indemnité pour la Perte d’un Envoi Recommandé.* Lorsque l’indemnité due pour laReimbursement of losses. perte d’un envoi recommandé a été payée par une Administration pour le compte d’une autre Administration, rendue responsable, celleci est tenue d’en rembourser le montant dans le délai de trois mois après avis du paiement. Ce remboursement s’effectue, soit au moyen d’un mandat do poste ou d’une traite, soit en espèces ayant cours dans le pays créditeur. Lorsque le remboursement de l’indemnité comporte des frais, ils sont toujours à la charge de l’Office dé-biteur. XIII. *Confection des Dépêches.* 1.— En règle générale, les objetsMaking up mails. Separation. qui composent les dépêches doivent être classés et enliassés par nature de correspondances, eu séparant les objets affranchis des objets non ou insuffisamment affranchis. 2.— Toute dépêche, après avoirPackages. été ficelée, est enveloppée de papier fort en quantité suffisante pour éviter toute détérioration du contenu, puis ficelée extérieurement et cachetée à la cire ou au moyen d’un cachet en papier gommé, avec l’empreinte du cachet du bureau. Elle est munie d’une suscriptiou imprimée portant, en petits caractères, le nom du bureau expéditeur et, en caractères plus forts, le nom du bureau destinataire: „de . . . pour . . .“ 3.— Si le volume de la dépêche leSealed sacks. comporte, elle est renfermée dans un sac convenablement fermé, cacheté, ou plombé et étiqueté. 4.— Les paquets ou sacs renfermantNotice of special delivery articles. des envois à remettre par exprès doivent porter extérieurement une désignation signalant ces objets à l’attention des agents postaux. 5.— Lorsqu’il est fait usage d’étiquettesLabels. en papier, elles doivent être collées sur des planchettes. 1113 6.— Le poids de chaque sac ne doit pas dépasser 40 kilogrammes. 7.— Les sacs doivent être renvoyés vides au bureau expéditeur par le prochain courrier, sauf autre arrangement entre les Offices correspoudants. XIV. *Vérification des Dépêches.* 1.— Le bureau d’échange qui reçoit une dépêche constate si les inscriptions sur la feuille d’avis et, s’il y a lieu, sur la liste des objets recommandés, sont exactes. Les dépêches doivent être livrées en bon état. Cependant, la réception d’une dépêche ne peut pas être refusée à cause de son mauvais état. S’il s’agit d’une dépêche pour un autre bureau que celui qui en a pris livraison, elle doit être emballée de nouveau, tout en con-servant, autant que possible, l’emballage original. Le remballage est précédé de la vérification du contenu, s’il est à présumer que celui ci u’est pas resté intact. 2.— Lorsque le bureau d’échange reconnaît des erreurs ou dés omissions, il opère immédiatement les rectifications nécessaires sur les feuilles ou listes, en ayant soin de biffer, d’un trait de plume, les indications erronées de manière à laisser reconnaître les inscriptions primitives. 3.— t’es rectifications s’effectuent par le concours de deux agents. A moins d’uneerreur évidente, elles prévalent sur la déclaration originale. 4.— Un bulletin de vérification, conforme au modèle C annexé au présent Règlement, est dressé par le bureau destinataire et envoyé sans délai, sous recommandation d’office, au bureau expéditeur. Eu même temps, un duplicatadu bulletin de vérification est envoyé par le bureau destinataire h l’Administration dont relève le bureau expé-diteur. Dans le cas prévu au paragraphe*Supra*. 1 du présent article, une copie du bulletin de vérification est insérée dans la dépêche remballée. 1114 5.— Le burean expéditeur, aprèsReturn of Bulletin, examen, renvoie le bulletin avec ses observations, s’il y a lieu. 6.— En cas de manque d’une dé-pêche,Report of errors and irregularities. d’un objet recommandé, de la feuille d’avis on de la liste spé-ciale, le fait est constaté immédiatement dans la forme voulue par deux agents du bureau d’échange destinataire, et portó à la connaissance du bureau d’échange expé-diteur au moyen du bulletin de vérification. Si le cas le comporte, ce dernier bureau peut, en outre, être avisé par télégramme aux frais de l’office expéditeur du télégramme. 7.— En cas de perte d’une dé-pêcheResponsibility for losses. close, les offices intermédiaires sont rendus responsables des objet s recomm an dé s que renferm ait la dépêche, dans les limites de l’article 8 de la Convention, à condition que la non-réception de cette dépêche leur ait été signalée aussitôt que possible. 8.— Lorsque le bureau destinataireFailure to send bul letin evidence of receipt of mail. n’a pas fait parvenir par le premier courrier an bureau expéditeur un bulletin de vérification, constatant des erreurs ou des irré-gularités quelconques, l’absence de ce document vaut comme accusé de réception de la dépêche et de son contenu, jusqu’à preuve du contraire. XV. *Conditionnement des Objets Recommandés.*Registered articles. 1.— Les objets de correspondanceAddresses forbidden. adressés sous des initiales et ceux qui portent une adresse écrite an crayon ne sont pas admis à la recommandation. 2.— Aucune condition spécialeForm, etc. de forme ou de fermeture n’est exigée pour les objets*Post,* p. 1156, recommandés. Chaque Office a la facultó d’appliquer à, ces envois les règles établies dans son service intérieur. 3.— Lesobjets recommandés doiventLabel. porter une étiquette conforme ou analogue au modèle I) annexé au présent Règlement, avec l’indication du nom dit bureau d’origine et du numéro d’ordre sous lequel l’envoi est inscrit dans le registre de ce bureau. 1115 Toutefois, il est permis aux Ad-ministrations dont le régime inté-rieur s’oppose actuellement à l’emploi des étiquettes, d’ajourner la mise à exécution de cette mesure et de continuer ¿.employer des timbres pour la. désignation des objets recommandés. 4.— Les envois recommandés grevés de remboursement doivent être revêtus d’tiue annotation manuscrite, d’une empreinte de timbre ou d’une étiquette, portant le mot : „ Remboursement”. 5.— Les envois recommandés non affranchis ou insuffisamment affranchis sont transmis aux destinataires sans taxe, mais le bureau qui reçoit un envoi dans ces conditions est tenu de signaler le cas à son Administration, afin qu’elle en informe l’Administration dont re-lève le bureau d’origine. Cette Ad-ministration procède d’après les règles suivies dans son service in-térieur. XVI. *Cartel: Postales.* 1.— Les cartes postales doivent être expédiées à découvert. Le recto est réservé aux timbres d’affranchissement, aux indications relatives au servi.ee postal (recommandé, avis de réception, etc.) et à l’adresse du destinataire, laquelle peut être écrite à la main ou figurer sur une étiquette collée n’excédant pas deux centimètres sur cinq. En outre,l’expéditeur ala faculté d’indiquer au recto ou au verso son nom et son adresse, soit par écrit, soit an moyen d’un timbre, d’une griffé ou de tout autre procédé typographique. Des vignettes ou réclames peuvent être imprimées sur le verso. A l’exception des timbres d’affranchissement et des étiquettes mentionnées au lr alinéa et an paragraphe 6 du présent article, il est interdit de joindre ou d’attacher aux cartes postales des objets quelconques. 2.— Les cartes postales ne peuvent excéder les dimensions suivantes: longueur, 14 centimètres; largeur, 9 centimètres. 3.— Autant que possible, les cartes postales émises spécialement en 1116 vue de la circulation dans l’Union postale doivent porter, au recto, en langue française ou avec traduction sublinéaire eu cette langue, le titre suivant: Carte Postale. *Union Postale Universelle.* (Côté réservé à l’adresse.) 4.— Le timbreposte représentantStamp. l’affranchissement figure à l’un des angles supérieurs du recto; il en est de même du timbre supplémentaire qui pourrait être ajouté. 5.— Eu règle générale, les cartesReturn cards. postales avec réponse payée doivent présenter, au recto, comme titre imprimé, sur la première par-tie: „Carte postale avec réponse payée“; sur la seconde partie: „Carte postaleréponse“. Les deux parties doivent d’ailleurs remplir, chacune, les autres conditions imposées à la carte postale simple ; elles sont repliées Tune sur l’autre et ne peuvent être fermées d’une manière quelconque. 6.— Il est loisible à l’expéditeurAddress on reply. d’une carte postale avec réponse payée d’indiquer son nom et son adresse au recto de la partie „ Ré-ponse “, soit par écrit, soit en y collant une étiquette. 7.— L’affranchissement de la par-tie ,,Prepayment limited to country of origin Réponse “au moyen d u timbreposte du pays qui a émis la carte n’est valable que si elle est expé-diée à destination de ce pays. Dans le cas contraire, elle est soumise à la taxe des lettres non affranchies. 8.— Les cartes postales simplesPrivate cards. et celles avec réponse payée, émanant de l’industrie privée, sont admises à la circulation internationale pourvu que la législation du pays d’origine le permette et qu’elles soient conformes, au moins eu ce qui concerne le. format et la consistance du papier, aux cartes postales émises par l’Office des postes d’origine. 9.— Les cartes postales ne remplissant pas, quant auxCards treated ns letters. dimensions, à la forme extérieure, etc., les conditions imposées par le pré-sent article à cette catégorie d’envois, sont traitées comme lettres. 1117 XVII. *Papiers d’Affaires.* 1.— Sont considérés comme papiers d’affaires, et admis comme tels à la modération deport consacrée par l’article 5 de la Convention, toutes les pièces et tous les documents, écrits ou dessinés en tout ou partie à la main, qui n’ont pas le caractère d’une correspondance actuelle et personnelle, tels que les pièces lt;le procédure, les actes de tout genre dressés par les officiers ministériels, les lettres de voiture ou connaissements, les factures, les différents documents de service des compagnies d’assurance, les copies ou extraits d’actes sous seiug privé écrits sur papier timbré ou non timbré, les partitions ou feuilles de musique manuscrites, les manuscrits d’ouvrages ou de journaux expédiés isolément, etc. 2.— Les papiers d’affaires sont soumis, en ce qui concerne la forme et le conditionnement, aux dispositions prescrites pour les imprimés (article XVIII ciaprès). XVIII. *Imprimés de toute Nature.* 1.— Sont considérés comme imprimés, et admis comme tels à la modération de port consacrée par l’article 5 de la Convention, les journaux et ouvrages périodiques, les livres brochés ou reliés, les brochures, les papiers de musique, les cartes de visite, les cartesadresses, les épreuves d’imprimerie avec ou sans les manuscrits s’y rapportant, les papiers revêtus de points en relief à l’usage des aveugles, les gravures, les photographies, les images, les dessins, plans, cartes géographiques, catalogues, prospectus, annonces et avis divers, imprimés, gravés, lithographiés ou autographiés, et en général, toutes les impressions ou re-productions obtenues sur papier, sur parchemin ou sur carton, au moyen de la typographie, de la gravure, de la lithographie et de l’autographie, ou de tout autre procédé mécanique facile à reconnaître, hormis le décalque et la machine à écrire. 1118 Sont considérés, comme faciles à reconnaître les procédés mécaniques désignés par les noms de clipornographie, polygraphie, heetographie, papyrographie, vélocigraphie, etc.; mais pour jouir de la modération de port, les reproductions obtenues au moyen de ces procédés doivent être déposées aux guichets des bureaux île poste et au nombre minimum de vingt exemplaires parfaitement identiques. 2.— Sont exclus de la modérationArticles excluded. de port, les timbres ou formules d’affranchissement, oblitérés ou non, ainsi que tous imprimés constituant le signe représentatif d’une valeur. 3.— Ne peuvent être expédiésModified printed articles. à la taxe réduite les imprimés dont le texte a été modifié, après tirage, soit à la main, soit à l’aide d’un procédé mécanique, ou a été revêtu de signes quelconques de manière à constituer un langage conventionnel. 4.— Comme exception à la règle Modifications permitted.déterminée par le paragraphe 3 précédent, il est permis: *a*) d’indiquer â l’extérieur de l’envoi le nom, la raison de commerce et le domicile de l’expédileur; *b*) d’ajouter à la main, sur les cartes de visite imprimées, l’adresse de l’expéditeur, son titre, ainsi que des initiales conventionnelles (p. f., etc.); *c*) d’indiquer on de modifier sur l’imprimé même, à la main ou par un procédé mécanique, la date de l’expédition, la signature ou la raison de commerce et la profession, ainsi que le domicile de l’expéditeur; *d*) d’ajouter aux épreuves cor-rigées le manuscrit et de faire à ces épreuves les changements et additions qui se rapportent à la correction, à la forme et à l’impression. En cas de manque de place, ces additions peuvent être faites sur des feuilles spéciales; *e*) de corriger les fautes d’impression aussi sur les imprimés autres que les épreuves; *f*) de biffer certaines parties d’un texte imprimé pour les rendre illisibles ; *g*) de faire ressortir au moyen de traits les passages du texte sur lesquels on désire attirer l’attention; 1119 *h*) de porter ou de corriger à la plume on par un procédé mécanique les chiffres, de même que le nom du voyageur et la date de son passage, sur les listesde prixcourants, les offres d’annonces, les cotes de bourse et circulaires de commerce; *i*) d’indiquer à la main, sur les avis concernant les départs de navires, la date de ces départs; *k*) d’indiquer sur les cartes d’invitation et de convocation le nom de l’invité, la date, le but et le lieu de la réunion; *l*) d’ajouter une dédicace sur les livres, papiers de musique, journaux, photographies et gravures, ainsi que d’y joindre la facture se rapportant à l’ouvrage luimême; *m*) dans les bulletins de coinmande de librairie (imprimés et ouverts, ayant pour objet, la commande de livres, journaux, gravures, pièces de musique), d’indiquer au verso, à la main, les ouvrages demandés ou offerts, et de biffer ou de souligner au recto tout ou partie des communications imprimées; *n*) de peindre les images de mode, les cartes géographiques, etc. 5.— Sont interdites les additions faites à la plume ou au moyen d’un procédé mécaniquequi enlèveraient à l’imprimé son caractère de géné-ralité et lui donneraient celui d’une correspondance individuelle. 6.— Les imprimés doivent être, soit placés sous bande, sur rouleau, entre des cartons, dans un étui ouvert des deux côtés ou aux deux extrémités, ou dans une enveloppe non fermée, soit simplement pliés de manière à ne pas dissimuler la natu re de l’envoi, soit en ti n e» i tourés d’une ficelle facile à dénouer. 7.— Les cartesadresses et tous imprimés présentant la forme et la consistance d’une carte non pliée peuvent être expédiés sans bande, enveloppe, lien ou pli. 8.— Les cartes portant le titre „ carte postale“ ne sont pas admises au tarif des imprimés. XIX. *Échantillons.* 1.— Les échantillons de marchandises ne sont admis à bénéficier de la modération de port qui leur est 1120 attribuée par l’article 5 de la Convention que sous les conditions suivantes; 2.— Ils doivent être placés dansWrapping. des sacs, des boîtes ou des enveloppes mobiles de manière à permettre une facile vérification. 3.— Ils ne peuvent avoir aucuneWriting permitted. valeur marchande, ni porter aucune écriture à la main que le nom ou la raison sociale de l’envoyeur, l’adresse du destinataire, une marque de fabrique ou de marchand, des numéros d’ordre, des prix et des indications relatives au poids, au métrage et à ladimension, ainsi qu’à la quantité disponiple, ou celles qui sont nécessaires pour préciser la provenance et la nature de la marchandise. 4.— D’un commun accord entrePackage of liquids, etc. les Administrations intéressées, c’est à dire entre les Administrations du pays d’origine et du pays de destination et, s’il y a lieu, du ou des pays effectuant le transit à découvert ou eu dépêches closes, les envois de liquides, huiles, corps gras, poudres sèches, colorantes ou non, ainsi que les envois d’abeilles vivantes, peuvent être admis au transport comme échantillons de marchandises, pourvu qu’ils soient conditionnée de la manière suivante: 1.° Les liquides, huiles et corpsPacking required.Liquids, etc. gras facilement liquéfiables doivent être insérés dans des flacons en verre hermétiquement oouchés. Chaque flacon doit être placé dans une boîte en bois suffisamment garnie de sciure de bois, de cotton ou de matière spongieuse en quantité suffisante pour absorber le liquide en cas de bris du flacon. Enfin, la boîte ellemême doit être enfermée dans un étui eu métal, en bois avec couvercle vissé ou en cuir fort et épais. 2.° Les corps gras difficilement,Fatty substances, etc. liquéfiables, tels que les onguents, le savon mou, les résines, etc., dont le transport offre moins d’inconvénients, doivent être enfermés sous une première enveloppe (boite, sac en toile, parchemin, etc.), placée ellemême dans une seconde boîte en bois, en métal ou en cuir fort et épais; 3.° Les poudres sèches.colorantesPowders. ou non, doivent être placée dans des boîtes en carton, lesquelles 1121 ellesmêmes sont enfermées dans un sac en toile ou en parchemin. 4.° Les abeilles vivantes doiventLive bees. 4th. Live bees must be placed être renfermées dans des boites in boxes so constructed as to avoid disposées de façon à éviter tout ail danger and to permit the coudanger et à permettre la vérificatents to be ascertained, tion du contenu. XX. *Objets groupés.* Il est permis de réunir dans unGrouping articles. même envoi des échantillons de marchandises, des imprimés et des papiers d’affaires, mais sous ré-serve: 1.° que chaque objet pris isolé-ment ne dépasse pas les limites qui lui sont applicables quant au poids et quant à la dimension; 2.° que le poids total ne dépasse pas 2 kilogrammes par envoi ; 3.° que la taxe soit au minimum de 25 centimes si l’envoi contient des papiers d’affaires, et de 10 centimes s’il se compose d’imprimés et d’échantillons. XXI. *Correspondances réexpédiées.* 1.— En exécution de l’article 14 deReforwarding a rtb cles. la Convention, et sauf les exceptions*Ante,* p. 1087. prévues au paragraphe 2 suivant, les correspondances de toute nature adressées, dans l’Union, à des destinataires ayant changé de résidence, sont traitées par l’Office distributeur comme si elles avaient été adressées directement du lieu d’origine au lieu de la nouvelle destination. 2.— A l’égard des envois du serviceDomestic service. interne de l’un des pays de l’Union qui entrent, par suite de réexpédition, dans le service d’un autre pays de l’Union, on observe les règles suivantes: 1.° Les envois non affranchis ouInsufficiently pre paid articles. insuffisamment affranchis pour leur premier parcours sont traités comme correspondances internationales et frappés, par l’Office distributeur, de la taxe applicable aux envois de même nature directement adressés du pays d’origine dans le pays où se trouve le destinataire; 1122 2.° Les envois régulièrementPaid for first transmission. affranchis pour leur premier parcours, et dont le complément de taxe afférent au parcours ultérieur n’a pas été acquitté avant leur ré-expédition, sont frappés, suivant leur nature, par FOtlice distributeur, d’une taxe égale à la diffé-rence entre le prix d’affranchissement déjà acquitté et celui qui aurait été perçu si les envois avaient été expédiés primitivement sur la nouvelle destination. Le montant de cette différence doit être exprimé en francs et centimes, à côté des timbresposte,par l’Office réex-péditeur. Dans l’un et l’autre cas, les taxes prévues cidessus restent exigibles du destinataire, alors même que, par suite de réexpéditions successives, les envois reviennent dans le pays d’origine. 3.— Lorsque des objets primitivementCash prepayments. adressés à l’intérieur d’un pays de l’Union et affranchis en numéraire sont réexpédiés à un autre pays, l’Oflice réexpéditeur doit indiquer, sur l’objet, le montant de la taxe perçue en numéraire. 4.— Les objets de toute natureMissent articles. mal dirigés sont, sans aucun délai, réexpédiés par la voie la plus prompte sur leur destination. 5.— Les correspondances de touteReturned for correct address. nature, ordi naires ou recommandées qui, portant une adresse incomplète ou erronuée, sont renvoyées aux expéditeurs pour qu’ils la complètent ou la rectifient, ne sont pas, quand elles sont remises dans le service avec une suscription complétée ou rectifiée, considérées comme des correspondances réexpédiés, mais bien comme de Postage.nouveaux envois, et deviennent, par suite, passibles d’une nouvelle taxe. XXII. *Rebuts.*Undelivered articles. 1.— Les correspondances de touteReturn. nature qui sont tombées en rebut, pour quelque cause que ce soit, doivent être renvoyées, aussitôt après les délais de conservation voulus par les règlements du pays destinataire, et au plus tard dans 1123 un délai de six mois dans les relations avec les pays d’outremer et de deux mois pour les autres relations, par l’intermédiaire des bureaux d’échangerespectifseten une liasse spéciale étiquetée : „ Rebuts “ et portant l’indication du pays d’origine des correspondances. Les termes de deux mois et de six mois comptent à partir de la fin du mois dans lequel les correspondances sont parvenues au bureau de destination. 2.— Toutefois, les correspondancesRegistered articles. recommandées tombées en rebut sont renvoyées au bureau d’échange du pays d’origine comme s’il s’agissait de correspondances recommandées à destination de ce pays, sauf qu’en regard de l’inscription nominative au tableau n° I de la feuille d’avis ou sur la liste détachée, la mention “ Rebuts” est consignée dans la colonne “ Observations” par le bureau réexpéditeur. 3.— Par exception, deux OfficesSpecial agreements. correspondants peuvent, d’un commun accord, adopter un autre mode de renvoi de rebuts, ainsi que se dispenser de se renvoyer réciproquement certains imprimés considérés comme dénués de valeur. 4.— Avant de renvoyer à l’OfficeCenso of nondelivery to be indicated. d’origine les correspondances non distribuées pour un motif quelconque, l’Office destinataire doit indiquer d’une manière claire et concise, eu langue française, au verso de ces objets, la cause (le la nonremise sous la forme suivante: inconnu, refusé, parti, non réclamé, décédé, etc. Cette indication est fournie par l’application d’un timbre ou l’apposition d’une étiquette. Chaque Office a la faculté d’ajouter la traduction, dans sa propre langue, de la cause de nonremise et les autres indications qui lui conviennent. XXIII. *Statistique des Frais de Transit.*Statistics. 1.— Les statistiques à effectuerTriennial preparation. une fois tous les trois ans, en exécution des articles 4 et 17 de la Convention, pour le décompte des frais de transit dans l’Union et en dehors des limites de FUniou, sont 1124 établies d’après les dispositions des articles suivants, pendant les vingthuit premiers jours du mois de mai ou de novembre (alternativement) de la deuxième année de chaque période triennale, pour sortir leurs effets rétroactivement à partir de la première année. 2.— La statistique de novembrePeriods. 1893 s’appliquera aux années 1892, 1893 et 1894 ; la statistique de mai 1896 s’appliquera aux années 1895, 1896 et 1897, et ainsi de suite. 3.— Si, pendant la période d’applicationSpecial statistics. de la statistique, il vient à entrer dans l’Union un pays ayant des relations importantes, les pays de l’Union dont la situation pourrait, par suite decettecirconstance, se trouver modifiée sous le rapport de paiement des droits de transit, ont la faculté de réclamer une statistique spéciale se rapportant exclusivement au pays nouvellement entré. 4.— Les frais incombant à l’OfficeFixing charges. expéditeur du chef du transit territorial et du transport maritime sont fixés invariablement d’après la statistique pour toute la période qu’elle embrasse, sauf le cas prévu à l’alinéa précédent. Mais lorsqu’il se produit une modification importante dans le cours des correspondances, et pour autant que cette modification affecte une période de six mois au moins, les Offices intermédiaires s’entendent pour régler entre eux le partage de ces frais, proportionnellement à la part d’intervention desdits Offices dans le transport des correspondances auxquelles ces frais se rapportent. XXIV. *Correspondances à Découvert.*Articles in open mail. 1.— L’Office servant d’intermédiaireTable from intermediary office. pour la transmission des correspondances échangées à découvert, soit entre deux pays de l’Union, soit entre un pays de l’Union*Post,* p. 1156. et un pays étranger à celleci, dresse d’advance, pour chacun de ses correspondants de l’Union, un tableau conforme au modèle E annexé au présent Règlement et dans lequel il indique, eu distinguant, s’il y alieu, lesdiverses voies d’acheminement, les prix de 1125 port au poids lui revenant pour le transport dans l’Union de l’une et de l’autre catégorie de ces correspondances au moyen des services dont il dispose, ainsi que les prix de port au poids à bonifier, le cas échéant, par luimême, à d’autres Offices de l’Uniou, pour le transport ultérieur desdites correspondances dans l’Union. Au besoin, il se renseigne en temps utile, auprès des Offices des pays à traverser, sur les voies que devront suivre les correspondances et sur les prix à leur appliquer. 2.— Lorsque plusieurs voies comportantPayment by dispatching office in case of several routes. chacune des trais de transit différents applicables aux voies que l’Office intermédiaire utilise, sont ouvertes à la transmission des correspondances pour un même pays, l’Office expéditeur rétribue l’Office intermédiaire d’après un tarif unique basé sur la moyenne des différents prix de transit. 3.— Un exemplaire du tableau E*Post,* p. 1156. est rends par ledit Office à l’Office correspondant intéressé et sert de base à un décompte spécial à établir entre eux, du chef du port in-termédiaire dans l’Union des correspondances dont il s’agit. Ce décompte est dressé par l’Office qui reçoit les correspondances et soumis à la vérification de l’Office expéditeur’. 4.— L’Office expéditeur établit,Table for diapatcb ing office. d’après les données de la formule E fournie par son correspondant, des tableaux conformes au modèle F ciannexé et*Post,* p. 1158. destinés à relater, pour chaque dépêche, les frais de port intermédiaire des correspondances sans distinction d’origine, comprises dans la dépêche pour être acheminées par l’intermédiaire dudit correspondant. A cet effet, le bureau d’échange expéditeur inscrit dans un tableau F, qu’il joint à son envoi, le poids total, selon leur nature, des correspondances de l’espèce qu’il livre à découvert au bureau d’échange correspondant, et celuici, après vérification, prend livraison de ces correspondances, pour les acheminer vers leurs destinations, en les confondant avec les siennes propres pour le paiement, s’il y a lieu, des prix de port ultérieurs. 1126 Sur la demande des Offices intéressés, il y a lieu de distinguer sur le tableau F l’origine des correspondances soumises à des frais de transit maritime de 15 francs par kilogramme de lettres ou cartes postales et de 1 franc par kilogramme d’autres objets à répartir entre plusieurs Administrations. 5.— Toute erreur dans la déclarationErrors. du bureau d’échange expéditeur du tableau F est signalée immédiatement à ce bureau au moyen d’un bulletin de vérification, nonobstant la rectification opérée sur le tableau luimême. 6.— A défaut de correspondancesIn ease of no charges. passibles d’un port intermédiaire ou étranger, il n’est pas dressé de tableau F et le bureau expéditeur inscrit eu tête de la feuille d’avis la mention: „Pas de tableau F.“ Dans le cas de l’omission non .justifiée deee tableau, l’irrégularité est également signalée, an moyen d’un bulletin de vérification, au bureau en faute, et doit être réparée immédiatement par ce dernier. XXV. *Dépêches Closes.*Closed mails. 1.— Les correspondances échangéesForm required. en dépêchés closes, entre deux Offices de l’Union oit entre un Office de l’Union et un Office étranger à l’Union, A travers le territoire ou au moyen des services d’un ou de plusieurs autres Offices, font l’objet d’un relevé conforme au *Post,* p. 1160.modèle G annexé au présent Rè-glement. et (pii est établi d’après les dispositions suivantes. 2.— En ce qui concerne les dé-pêchesEntry of weight. d’un pays de l’Union pour un autre pays de l’Union, le bureau d’échange expéditeur inscrit, à la feuille d’avis pour le bureau d’échange destinataire de la dé-pêche, le poids net des lettres et des cartes postales et celui îles autres objets sans distinction de l’origine ni de la destination des correspondances. Ces indications sont vérifiées par le bureau destinataire, lequel dresse, à la fin de la période de statistique, le relevé mentionné cidessus, en autant d’expéditions qu’il y a d’Offices intéressés, y compris celui du lieu de départ. 1127 3.— Dans les quatre jours quiForwarding statement. suivent la clôture des opérations de statistique, les relevés G sont transmis, parles bureauxd’échange qui les ont établis, aux bureaux d’échange de l’Office débiteur pour être revêtus de leur acceptation. Ceuxci, après avoir accepté ces relevés, les transmettent à l’Ad-ministration centrale dont ils relè-vent, chargée de les répartir entre les Offices intéressés. 4.— En ce qui concerne les dé-pêchesMail tor non-Union countries. closes échangées entre un pays de l’Union et un pays étranger à l’Union, par l’intermédiaire d’un ou de plusieurs Offices de l’Union, les bureaux d’échange du pays de l’Union dressent, pour les dépêches expédiées ou reçues, un relevé G qu’ils transmettent à l’Office de sortie ou d’entrée, lequel établit, à la tin de la période de statistique, un relevé général en autant d’ex-péditions qu’il y a d’Offices intéres-sés, y compris luimême et l’Office de ¡’Union débiteur. Une expédition de ce relevé est transmise à l’Office débiteur, ainsi qu’à chacun des Offices qui ont pris part au transport des dépêches. Sur la demande des Offices in-téressés, les bureaux d’échange doivent distinguer sur la feuille d’avis l’origine et la destination des correspondances soumises à des frais de transit maritime de 15 francs et de 1 franc, à répartir entre plusieurs Administrations. 5.— Après chaque période deList to intermediaries. statistique, les Administrations qui ont expédié des dépêches en transit envoient la liste de ces dé-pêches aux différentes Administrations dont elles ont emprunté l’in-termédiaire. 6.— Le simple entrepôt, dans un port, de dépêchesMails not included. closes apportées par un paquebot et destinées à être reprises par un autre paquebot, ne donne, pas lieu au paiement de frais de transit territorial an profit do l’Office des postes du lieu d’entrepôt. 1128 XXVI. *Dépêches échangées avec des Bâtiments de Guerre.* 1.— L’établissement d’un échange,Mails exchanged with naval vessels. en dépêches closes, entre un Office postal de l’Union et des divisions navales ou bâtiments de guerre de même nationalité, doit être notifié, autant que possible à l’avance, aux Offices intermédiaires. 2.—Address. La suscription de ces dé- pêches est rédigée comme suit: Du bureau de..... Pour De la division navale (nationalite) de (designation de la division) a..... Du batiment (nationality) le (nom du batiment) a..... Pour le bureau de
(Pays){ la division navale (nationalité) de (designation de la division) à..le bàtiment (nationalité) le (nom du bàtiment) à ou le batiment (nationalite) le (nom du batiment) a 3.— Les dépêches à destinationForwarding. ou provenant de divisions navales ou de bâtiments de guerre sont acheminées, sauf indication d’une voie spéciale sur l’adresse, par les voies les plus rapides et dans les mêmes conditions que les dépêches échangées entre bureaux de poste. 4.— Si les bâtiments ne se trouventReforwordiug. pas au lieu de destination quand les dépêches à leur adresse y arrivent, ces dépêches sont conservées au bureau de poste, en attendant leur retrait pur le destinataire ou leur réexpédition sur un autre point. La réexpédition peut être demandée, soit pa r l’Office postal d’origine, soit par le commandant de la division navale ou du bâtiment destinataire, soit enfin par un Consul de même nationalité. 5.— Celles des dépêches dont ilIn care of consul. s’agit qui portent la mention „Aux soins du Consul de . . . .“ sont consignées au Consulat du pays d’origine. Elles peuvent être ulté- rieurement, à la demande du Consul, réintégrées dans le service postal et réexpédiées sur le lieu d’origine ou sur une autre destination. 6.— Les dépêches à destinationDelivery. d’un bâtiment de guerre sont considérées comme étant en transit iusuu’à leur remise au commandant 1129 de ce bâtiment de guerre, alors même qu’elles auraient été primitivement adressées aux soins d’un bureau de poste ou à un Consul chargé de servir d’agent de trans-port intermédiaire; elles ne sont done pas considérées comme étant parvenues à leur adresse, tant qu’elles n’auront pas été délivrées au bâtiment de guerre respectif. 7.— Il incombeâ l’AdministrationStatement of mails exchanged. du pays dont les bâtiments de guerre relèvent de dresser les tableaux G pour les dépêches*Post,* p. 1160. échangées. Ce.s dépêches doivent, pendant la période de statistique, porter sur des étiquettes les indications suivantes: *a*) le poids net des lettres et cartes postales; *b*) le poids net des autres objets, et *c*) la route suivie ou à suivre. Dans le cas où une dépêche à l’adresse d’un bâtiment de guerre est réexpédiée pendant la période de statistique, l’Otlice réexpéditeur en informe l’Office du pays dont le bâtiment relève. XXVII. *Compte des Frais de Transit.*Transit expenses. 1.— Les tableaux F et G sontSpecial account. résumés dans un compte particulier par lequel ou établit, en francs et centimes, le prix annuel de transit revenant à chaque Office, en multipliant les totaux par 13. Dans le cas où le multiplicateur ne se rapporte pas à la périodicité du service, ou lorsqu’il s’agit d’expéditions extraordinaires faites pendant la période statistique, les Administrations intéressées s’entendent pour l’adoption d’un antre multiplicateur. Le soin d’établir ce compte incombe à l’Office créditeur, qui le transmit à l’Otlice débiteur. Le multiplicateur admis fait chaque fois règle pour les 3 années d’une même période de statistique. 2.— Le solde résultant de la balancePayment of balance. des comptes réciproques entre deux Offices est payé par l’Office débiteur à l’Office créditeur, en francs effectifs et au moyen de traites tirées sur une place du pays créditeur au gré de l’Office débiteur. Les frais du paiement, 1130 y compris les frais d’escompte, restent, le cas échéant, à la charge de l’Office débiteur. 3.— L’établissement, l’envoi et leAccounts to be promptly made. paiement des comptes des frais de transit afférents à un exercice doivent. être effectués dans le plus bref délai possible, et, au plus tard, avant l’expiration du premier semestre de l’exercice suivant. En tout cas, si l’Office qui a envoyé le compte n’a reçu dans cet intervalle aucune observation rectificative, ce compte est considéré comme admis de plein droit. Cette dis-position s’applique également aux observations non contestées faites par un office sur les comptes pré-sentés par un autre Oiïice. Passé ce délai de six mois, les sommes dues par un Oiïice à un autre Office sontproductives d’intérêts, à raison de 5 pour cent l’an et à dater d u jour d’expiration dudit délai. Les paiements des frais de transit pour la première et au besoin pour la seconde année de charpie période triennale «’effectuent provisoirement, à la fin de l’année, sur les bases de la statistique précé-dente, sauf règlement ultérieur des comptes d’après les résultats de la statistique nouvelle. 4.— Est réservée, toutefois, auxSpecial arrange monts. Offices intéressés la faculté de prendre d’un commun accord, d’autres dispositions que celles qui sont formulées dans le présent article. XXVIII. *Exceptions en Matière de Poids.* Il est admis, par mesure d’exception,Weight equivalents. que les États qui, à cause de leur régime intérieur, ne peuvent adopter le type de poids décimal métrique, ont la faculté d’y substituer l’once *avoirdupois* (28 gr. 3465), eu assimilant une demionce à 15 grammes et deux onces à 50 grammes, et d’élever, au besoin, la limite du port simple des journaux à quatre onces, mais sous la condition expresse que, dans ce dernier cas, le port des journaux ne soit pas inférieur à 10 centimes et qu’il soit perçu un port entier par numéro de journal, alors même que plu- 1131 sieurs journaux se trouveraient groupés dans un même envoi. XXIX. *Réclamation d’Objets ordinaires non parvenus.* 1.— Toute réclamation relative à un objet de correspondance ordinaire non parvenu à destination donne lieu au procédé suivant: 1.° Il est remis au réclamant une formule conforme au modèle H cian nexé, avec prière d’en remplir, aussi exactement que possible, la partie qui le concerne. 2.° Le bureau oii la réclamation s’est produite transmet la formule directement au bureau correspondant. La transmission s’effectue d’oflice et sans aucun écrit. 3.° Le bureau correspondant fait présenter la formule au destinataire ou à l’expéditeur, selon le cas, avec prière de fournir des renseignements à ce sujet. 4.° Munie de ces renseignements, la formule est renvoyée d’oftice au bureau qui l’a dressée. 5.° Dans le cas où la réclamation est reconnue fondée, elle est transmise à l’Administration centrale pour servir de base aux investigations ultérieures. 6.° A moins d’entente contraire, la formule est rédigée en français ou porte une traduction française. 2.— Toute Administration peut exiger, par une notification adressée au Bureau international, que l’échange des réclamations, en ce qui la concerne, soit effectué par l’entremise des Administrations centrales, ou par l’intermédiaire d’un bureau spécialement désigné. XXX. *Retrait de Correspondances et Rectifca tions d’Adresses.* 1.— Pour les demandes de renvoi ou de réexpédition de correspon- 1132 dances, ainsi que pour les demandes de rectification d’adresses, l’expéditeur doit faire usage d’une formule*Post,* p. 1166. conforme au modèle I annexé au présent Règlement. En remettant cette réclamation au bureau de poste, l’expéditeur doit y justifier de son identité et produire, s’il y a lieu, le bulletin du dépôt. Après la justification, dont l’Administration du pays d’origine assume la responsabilité, il est procédé de la manière suivante: 1.° Si la demande est destinée àRequest by mail. être transmise par voie postale, la formule, accompagnée d’un facsimilé parfait de ¡’enveloppe ou suseription de l’envoi, est expédiée directement, sous pli recommandé, au bureau de poste destinataire; 2.° Si la demande doit être faiteRequest by telegraph. par voie télégraphique, la formule est déposée au service télégraphique chargé d’en transmettre les termes au bureau de poste destinataire. 2.— A la réception de la formuleCompliance. I ou du télégramme en tenant lieu, le bureau de poste destinataire recherche la correspondance signalée et donne à la demande la suite nécessaire. Toutefois, s’il s’agit d’un changement d’adresse demandé par voie télégraphique, le bureau destinataire se borne à retenir la lettre et attend, pour faire droit à la demande, l’arrivée du facsimilé nécessaire. Si la recherche est infructueuse, si l’objet a déjà été remis au destinataire ou si la demande par voie télégraphique n’est pas assez explicite pour permettre de reconnaître sûrement l’objet de correspondance indiqué le fait est signalé immédiatement aubureau d’origine, qui en prévient le réclamant. 3.— A moins d’entente contraire,Language. la formule I est rédigée en fran-çais ou porte une traduction sublinéaire en cette langue, et, dans le cas d’emploi de la voie télégraphique, le télégramme est formulé en langue française. 4.— Une simple correction d’adresse(sansSimple corrections. modification du nom ou de la qualité du destinataire) peut aussi être demandée directement au bureau destinataire, c’est-à-dire sans l’accomplissement des forma- July 4, 1891.Art. 29.Prior treaties, etc., abrogated.Ratification.signatures.Conventions binding on States ratifying.Signatures. 1133 lités prescrites pour le changement d’adresse proprement dit. 5.— Tonte Administration peut exiger, par une not i tirât ion adressée au Bureau international, que l’échange des réclamations, en ce qui la concerne, soit effectué par l’entremise des Administrations centrales ou d’un bureau spécialement désigné. Dans le cas où l’échange des réclamations s’effectue par l’entremise des Administrations centrales, il doit être tenu compte des demandes expédiées directement par les bureaux d’origine aux bureaux de destination, dans ce sens que les correspond anees y relatives sont exclues de la distribution jusqu’à l’arrivée de la réclamation de l’Administration centrait’. Les Administrations qui usent de la faculté prévue, par le premier alinéa du présent paragraphe, prennent à leur charge les frais que peut entraîner la transmission, dans leur service intérieur, par voie postale ou télégraphique, des communications à échanger avec re bureau destinataire. XXXI. *Emploi, pour l’Affranchissement, de Timbresposte présumés Frauduleux.* 1.— Sous réserve des dispositions que comporte la législation de chaque pays, même dans les cas ou cette réserve n’est pas expressé-ment stipulée dáosles dispositions du présent article, le procédé ciaprès-est suivi pour la constatation de l’emploi, pour l’affranchissement, de timbresposte frauduleux: *a*) Lorsque la présence, sur un envoi quelconque, d’un timbreposte frauduleux (contrefait ou ayant déjà servi) est constatée au départ, par un Office dont la législation particulière n’exige pas la saisie immédiate de l’envoi, la figurine n’est altérée d’aucune façon, et l’envoi, inséré dans une enveloppe à l’adresse du bureau destinataire, est acheminé sous recommandation d’office. 1134 *b*) Cette formalité est notifiée, sans délai, aux Administrations des pays d’origine et de destination,*Post*, p. 1170. au moyeu d’un avis conforme au modèle K annexé au présent Règlement. Un exemplaire de cet avis est, en outre, transmis au bureau de destination dans l’enveloppe qui renferme l’objet revêtu du timbreposte réputé frauduleux. *c*) Le destinataire, est convoqué pour constater la contravention. La remise de l’envoi n’a lieu que dans le cas où le destinataire ou son fondé de pouvoirs consent à faire connaître le nom et l’adresse de l’expéditeur, et à mettre à la disposition de la poste, après avoir pris connaissance du contenu, l’objet entier s’il est inséparable du corps du debt ou bien la partie de l’objet (enveloppe, bande, portion de lettre, etc.) qui contient la suscription et le timbre signalé comme frauduleux. *d*) Le résultat de la convocation est constaté par un procès- *Post,* p. 1172.verbal conforme au modèle L annexé au present Règlement et on il est fait mention des incidents survenus, tels que noncoinparu-tion, refus de recevoir l’envoi, de l’ouvrir ou d’en faire connaître l’expéditeur, etc. Ce document est signé par l’agent des postes et par le destinataire de l’envoi ou son fondé de pouvoirs; si ce dernier refuse de signer, le refus est con-staté aux lieu et place de la signature. Le procès-verbal est transmis, avec pièces à l’appui et par l’inter-médiaire de l’A (¡ministration du pays de destination, à l’Administration des postes du pays d’origine. qui, à l’aide de ces documents, tait poursuivre, s’il a lieu, la repression de l’infraction, d’après sa législation intérieure. XXXII. *Répartition des Frais du Bureau International.*Expenses of Inter-national Bureau, 1.— Les frais communs du BureauMaximum. international ne doivent pas dépasser, par année, la somme de 1135 125,000 francs, non compris les frais spéciaux auxquels donne lieu la réunion d’un Congrès ou d’une Conférence. 2.— L’Administration des postes suisses surveille les dépenses du Bureau international, fait les avances nécessaires et établit le compte annuel, qui est communiqué à toutes les autres Administrations. 3.— Pour la répartition des frais, les pays de l’Union sont divisés en sept classes, contribuant chacune dans la proportion d’un certain nombre d’unités, savoir: 1re classe - - 25 unités. 2e “ - - 20 “ 3e “ - - 15 “ 4e “ - - 10 “ 5e “ - - 5 “ 6e “ - - 3 “ 7e “ - - 1 unité. 4.— Ces coefficients sont multipliés par le nombre des pays de chaque classe, et la somme des produits ainsi obtenus fournit le nombre d’unités par lequel la dé-pense totale doit être divisée. Le quotient donne le montant de l’unité de dépense. 5.— Les pays de l’Union sont classés ainsi qu’il suit, en vue de la répartition des frais: 1.° classe : Allemagne, AutricheHongrie, EtatsUnis d’Amérique, France, GrandeBretagne, Inde britannique, colonies britanniques de l’Australasie, ensemble des autres colonies et protectorats britanniques moins le Canada, Italie, Russie, Turquie; 2.° classe: Espagne; 3.° classe: Belgique, Brésil, Canada, Egypte, Japon, Pays Bas, Roumanie, Suède, colonies ou provinces espagnoles d’outremer, colonies françaises, Indes orientales néerlandaises ; 4.° classe: Danemark, Norvège, Portugal, Suisse, colonies portugaises; 5.° classe: Argentine (République), Bulgarie, Chili, Colombie, Grèce, Mexique, Pérou, Serbie, Tunisie; 6.° classe: Bolivie, CostaRica, République Dominicaine, Equateur, Guatemala, Haïti, République du Honduras, Luxembourg, Nicaragua, Paraguay, Perse, Pro- 1136 tectorats allemands, Salvador, Royaume de Siam, Uruguay, Venezuela, colonies danoises, colonie «le Curaçao (ou Antilles néerlandaises), colonie de Surinam (ou Guyane néerlandaise); 7.° classe: Etat indépendant du Congo, Hawaï, Libéria, Monténé-gro. XXXIII. *Communications à adresser au Pureau International.* 1.— Le Bureau international sertCorrespondence with International Bureau. d’intermédiaire aux notifications régulières et générales qui intéres-sent les relations internationales. 2.— Les Administrations faisant partie de l’Union doivent se communiquer, notamment, par l’inter-médiaire du Bureau international: 1.° l’indication des surtaxes qu’-ellesInformation for Union countries. perçoivent, par application*Ante*, p. 1081. de l’article 5 «le la Convention, en plus de la taxe de l’Union, soit pour port maritime, soit pour frais de transport extraordinaire, ainsi que la nomenclature des pays par rapport auxquels ces surtaxes sont perçues, et, s’il y a lieu, la désignation des voies qui en motivent la perception ; 2.° la collection en cinq exemplaires de leurs timbresposte; 3.° l’avis si elles entendent user de la facidté qui est laisée aux Administrations d’appliquer ou de ne pas appliquer certaines dispositions générales de la Convention et du présent Règlement. 3.— Toute modification apportéeModifications. ultérieurement à l’égard de l’un ou l’autre des trois points cidessus mentionnés, doit être notifiée sans retard de la même manière. 4.— Le Bureau international re-çoitDocuments. également de tontes les Ad-ministrations de l’Union deux exemplaires de tous les documents qu’elles publient, tant sur le service intérieur que sur le service international. 5.— Les correspondances adressées par les Administrations de l’Union au Bureau international et vice versa, sont assimilées, pour la franchise de port, aux correspondances échangées entre les Administrations. 1137 XXXIV. *Statistique Générale.* 1.— Chaque Administration fait parvenir, à la fin du mois de juillet de chaque année au Bureau inter-national, une série aussi complète que possible de renseignements statistiques se rapportant à l’année précédente, sous forme de tableaux conformes ou analogues aux mo-dèles eiannexés M et N. 2.— Les opérations de service qui donnent lien à enregistrement font l’objet de relevés périodiques, d’après les écritures effectuées. 3.— Pour toutes les autres opérations il est procédé à un dénombrement, pendant une semaine au moins pour les échanges quotidiens, et pendant quatre semaines poulies échanges non quotidiens, avec faculté pour chaque Administration de faire un dénombrement séparé pour chaque catégorie de cor r e spo 11 d an ces. 4.— Est réservé à chaque Administration le droit de procéder à ce dénombrement aux époques qui se rapprochent le plus de la moyenne de son trafic postal. 5.— Le Bureau international est chargé de faire imprimer et de distribuer les formules de statistique à remplir par chaque Administration. Il est chargé, en outre, de fournir aux Administrations qui en feront la demande toutes les indications nécessaires sur les règles à suivre pour assurer, autant que possible, l’uniformité des opérations de statistique. XXXV. *Attributions du Bureau International.* 1.— Le Bureau international dresse une statistique générale pour chaque année. 2.— Il rédige, à l’aide des documents qui sont mis à sa disposition, un journal spécial en langues allemande, anglaise et française. 3.— Tous les documents publiés par le Bureau international sont distribués aux Administrations de l’Union, dans la proportion du nombre d’unités contributives as- 1138 signées à chacune d’elles par l’article XXXII précédent. 4.— Les exemplaires et documentsAdditional copies. supplémentaires qui seraient réclamés par ces Administrations sont payes à part, d’après leur prix de revient. 5.— Le Bureau international doit,Information. d’ailleurs, se tenir en tout temps à la disposition des membres de l’Union, pour leiw fournir, sur les questions relatives au service international des postes, les renseignements spéciaux dont ils pourraient avoir besoin. 6.— Le Bureau international instruitModi tic at ions. les demandes de modification ou d’interprétation des dispositions qui régissent l’Union. Il notiüe les résultats de chaque instruction, et toute modification ou résolution adoptée n’est exécutoire que deux mois, au moins, après sa notification. 7.— Le Bureau internationalAccounts. opère la balance et la liquidation des décomptes de toute nature entre les Administrations de l’Union qui déclarent vouloir emprunter l’intermédiaire de ce Bureau dans les conditions déterminées par l’article XXXVI ciaprès. 8.— Le Bureau international pré-pareCongresses and conferences. les travaux des Congrès ou Conférences. 11 pourvoit aux co-pies et impressions nécessaires, à la rédaction et à la distribution des amendements, procèsverbaux et autres renseignements. 9.— Le Directeur de ce BureauDirector. assiste aux séances des Congrès ou Conférences et prend part aux discussions sans voix délibérative. 10.— Il fait sur sa gestion unAnnual report. rapport annuel qui est communiqué à toutes les Administrations de l’Union. 11.— La langue officielle du BureauLanguage. international est la langue française. 12.— Le Bureau international est Post-office directory.chargé de publier un dictionnaire alphabétique de tous les bureaux de poste du monde, avec une mention spéciale pour ceux de ces bureaux chargés de services qui ne sont pas encore généralisés. Ce dictionnaire est tenu au courant au moyen de suppléments ou de toute autre mauière que le Bureau 1139 international jugera convenable. Le dictionnaire mentionné au présent paragraphe est livré ait prix de revient aux Administrations qui eu font la demande. XXXVI. *Office Central de Comptabilité et de Liquidation des Comptes entre les Administrations de l’Union.* 1.— Le Bureau international de l’Union postale universelle est chargé d’opérer la balance et la liquidation des décomptes de toute nature relatifs au service international des postes entre les Administrations des pays de l’Union qui ont le franc pour unité monétaire ou qui se sont mis d’accord sur le taux de conversion de leur monnaie en francs et centimes métalliques. Les Administrations qui ont l’intention de réclamer, pour ce service de liquidation, le concours du Bureau international, se concertent, à cet effet, entre elles et avec ce Bureau. Malgré son adhésion, chaque Administration conserve le droit d’établir à son choix des décomptes spéciaux pour diverses branches de service et d’en opérer à sa convenance le règlement avec ses correspondants, sans employer l’in-termédiaire du Bureau international, auquel, à teneur de l’alinéa qui précède, elle se borne à indiquer pour quelles branches de service et pour quels pays elle réclame ses offices. Sur la demande des Administrations intéressées, les décomptes télégraphiques peuvent aussi être indiqués au Bureau international pour entrer dans la compensation des soldes. Les Administrations qui auront emprunté l’intermédiaire du Bureau international pour la balance et la liquidation des décomptes peuvent cesser d’user de cet inter-médiaire trois mois après qu’ils en auront averti ledit Bureau. 2.— Après avoir débattu et arreté leurs comptes, les Administrations se font parvenir réciproquement une reconnaissance de 1140 leur Doit, établi en francs et centimes, en y constatant l’objet, la période et le résultat du décompte. 3.— Chaque AdministrationMonthly accounts. adresse mensuellement, au Bureau international,un tableau indiquant son Avoir du chef des décomptes particuliers, ainsi que le total des sommes dont elle est créditrice envers chacune des Administrations contractantes; chaque cré-ance figurant dans ce tableau doit être justifiée par une reconnaissance de l’Office débiteur. Ce tableau doit parvenir au Bureau international le 19 de chaque mois au plus tard, sous peine de n’être compris que dans la liquidation du mois suivant. 4.— Le Bureau internationalComparisons. constate, en rapprochant les reconnaissances, si les tableaux sont exacts. Toute rectification nécessaire est notifiée aux Offices inté-ressés. Le Doit de chaque Administration envers une autre est reporté dans un tableau récapitulatif; afin d’établir le total dont chaque Ad-ministration est. débitrice, il suffit d’additionner les diverses colonnes de ce tableau récapitulatif. 5.— Le Bureau international ré-unitGeneral balance sheet. les tableaux et les récapitulations en une balance générale indiquant: *a*) le total du Doit et de l’Avoir de chaque Administration; *b*) le solde débiteur ou le solde créditeur de chaque Administration, représentant la différence entre le total du Doit et le total de l’Avoir; *c*) les sommes à payer par une partie des membres de l’Union à une Administration, ou réciproquement les sommes à payer par cette dernière à l’autre partie. Les totaux des deux catégories de soldes sous *a* et *b* doivent nécessairement être égaux. On pourvoira autant que possiblePayment. à ce que chaque Administration n’ait à effectuer, pour se libérer, qu’un ou deux paiements distincts. Toutefois, l’Administration qui se trouve habituellement à découvert vis-à-vis d’une autre Administration pour une somme supé-rieure à 50,000 francs, a le droit de réclamer des acomptes. 1141 Ces accomptes sont inscrits, tant par l’Administration créditrice que par l’Administration débitrice, au bas des tableaux à adresser au Bureau international (voir § 3). 6.— Les reconnaissances (voir § 3) transmises au Bureau international avec les tableaux sont classées par Administration. Elles servent de buse pour l’établissement de la liquidation de chacune des Administrations in-téressées. Dans cette liquidation doivent figurer: *a*) les sommes afférentes aux décomptes spéciaux portant sur les divers échanges; *b*) le total des sommes résultant de tous les décomptes spéciaux par rapport à chacune des Administrations intéressées ; *c*) les totaux des sommes dues à toutes les Administrations créditrices pour chaque branche du service, ainsique leur total général. Ce total doit être égal an total du Doit qui figure dans la récapitulation. Au bas de la liquidation la balance est établie entre le total du Doit et le total de l’Avoir résultant des tableaux adressés par les Ad-ministrations au Bureau international (voir § 3). Le montant net du Doit ou de l’Avoir doit être égal au solde débiteur ou au solde cré-diteur porté dans la balance gé-nérale. En outre, la liquidation statue sur le mode de liquidation, c’est-à-dire qu’elle indique les Ad-ministrations en faveur desquelles le paiement doit être effectué par l’A d m inistration débitrice. Les liquidations doivent être transmises aux Administrations in-téressées par le Bureau international, au plus tard le 22 de chaque mois. 7.— Les soldes débiteurs on cré-diteurs n’excédant pas 500 francs peuvent être reportés à la liquidation du mois suivant, à la condition toutefois que les Administrations intéressées soient en rapport mensuel avec le Bureau international. 11 est fait mention de ce report dans les récapitulations et dans les liquidations pour les Administrations créditrices et débitrices. L’Administration débitrice fait 1142 parvenir, le cas échéant, à l’Ad-ministration créditrice, une reconnaissance de la somme due, pour être portée au prochain tableau. XXXVII. *Langue.* 1.— Les feuilles d’avis, tableaux,French language to be need. relevés et autres formules à l’usage des Administrations de F Union pour leurs relations réciproques doivent, en règle générale, être rédigés en languefrançaise, à moins que les Administrations intéressées n’en disposent autrement par une entente directe. 2.— En ce qui concerne la correspondance de service, l’état de choses actuel est maintenu, sauf autre arrangement à intervenir ultérieurement et d’un commun ac-cord entre les Administrations in-téressées. XXXVIII. *Ressort de l’Union.* Sont considérés comme appartenantJurisdiction of the Union. à l’Union postale universelle: 1.° les bureaux de poste allemandsClassification of offices. établis à Apia (îles Samoa) et à ShangHaï (Chine) comme relevant de l’Administration des postes d’Allemagne; 2.° la principauté de Liechtenstein, comme relevant de l’Administration des postes d’Autriche ; 3.° l’Islande et les îles Féroé, comme faisant partie du Dane-mark ; 4.° les possessions espagnoles de la côte septentrionale d’Afrique, comme faisant partie de l’Espagne; la République du Val d’Andorre, les établissements de poste de l’Espagne sur la côte occidentale du Maroc, comme relevant tie l’Ad-ministration des postes espagnoles ; 5.° l’Algérie, comme faisant par-tie de la France; la principauté de Monaco et les bureaux de poste français établis à Tanger (Maroc), à Shangliai (Chine) et à Zanzibar, comme relevant de l’Administration des postes de France; le Cam-bodge, l’Annam et le Tonkin, comme assimilés, quant au service postal, à la colonie française de Cochinchine. 1143 6.° les agences postales que l’Ad-ministration des postes de Gibraltar entretient à Tanger, Laraïche, Rabat, Casablanca, Saffi, Mazagan et Mogador (Maroc) ; 7.° les bureaux de poste que l’Ad-ministration de la colonie anglaise de Hong- Kong entretient à Hoihow (KiungSchow), Canton, Swatow, Amoy, Foo-Chow, Ningpo, ShangHaï et Hankow (Chine); 8.° les établissements de poste indiens d’Aden, de Zanzibar, de Mascate, du golfe Persique et de Guadur, comme relevant de l’Ad-ministration des postes de l’Inde britannique; 9.° la République de Saint-Marin et les bureaux italiens de Tunis et de Tripoli de Barbarie, comme relevant de l’Administration des postes d’Italie; 10.° les bureaux de poste que l’Administration japonaise a établis à ShangHaï (Chine), à Fusanpo, à Genzanshin et à Jinsen (Corée); 11.° le Grand-Duché de Finlande, comme faisant partie intégrante de l’Empire de Russie. XXXIX. *Propositions faites dans l’Intervalle des Réunions.* 1.— Dans l’intervalle qui s’écoule entre les réunions, toute Administration des postes d’un pays de l’Union a le droit d’adresser aux autres Administrations participantes, par l’intermédiaire du Bureau international, des propositions concernant les dispositions du pré-sent Règlement. 2.— Toute proposition est soumise au procédé suivant: Un délai de cinq mois est laissé aux Administrations de l’Union pour examiner les propositions et pour faire parvenir au Bureau international, le cas échéant, leurs observations, amendements ou contre-propositions. Les réponses sont réunies par les soins du Bureau international et communiquées aux Administrations avec l’invitation de se prononcer. Les Administrations qui n’ont point fait parvenir leur vote dans un délai de six mois, à compter de la date de la seconde circulaire du 1144 Bureau international leur notifiant les observations apportées, sont considérées comme s’abstenant. 3.— Pour devenir exécutoires, lesVotes necessary. propositions doivent réunir, savoir: 1.° l’unanimité des suffrages, s’ilUnanimous. s’agit de l’addition de nouveaux articles ou de la modification des dispositions du présent article et des articles III, IV, V, XII, XXVII, XXX, XXXI et XL; 2.° les deux tiers des suffrages,Two-thirds. s’il s’agit de la modification des dispositions des articles 1, II, VIII, IX, XI, XIV, XV, XVI, XVIII, XIX, XX, XXI, XXIII, XXIV, XXV, XXVI, XXVIII, XXXIV, XXXVI, XXXVII et XXXVIII; 3.° la simple majorité absolue s’ilMajority. s’agit, soit de la. modification des dispositions autres que celles indiquées cidessus, soit de l’interpré-tation des diverses dispositions du Règlement, sauf le cas de litige prévu à l’article 23 de la Convention. 4.— Les résolutions valables sontNotification. consacrées par une simple notification du Bureau international à toutes les Administrations de l’Union. 5.— Toute modification ou résolutionEffect. adoptée n’est exécutoire que deux mois, au moins, après sa notification. XL. *Durée du Règlement.*Duration of regulations. Le présent Règlement sera exé-cutoire à patir du jour de la mise en vigueur de la Convention du 4 juillet 1891. Il aura la même durée que cette Convention, à moins qu’il ne soit renouvelé d’un commuu accord entre les parties inté ressées. Fait à Vienne, le 4 juillet 1891. Bureau notifying them of the observations made, are considered as not voting. *Regulations of Detail and Order for the Execution of the Convention concluded between Germany and the German Protectorates, the United States of America, the Ar gen tine Republic, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Bolivia, Brazil, Bulgaria, Chili, the Republic of Colombia, the In depen dent Sta te of Congo, the. Republic of Costa Rica, Denmark and the Danish Colonies, the Dominican Republic, Egypt, Ecuador, Spain and the Spanish Colonies, France and the French Colonies, Great Britain and various British Colonies, the British Colonies of Australasia, Canada and British 1 ndia, Greece, Guatemala, the Republic of Haiti, the Kingdom of Hawaii, the Republic of Honduras, Italy, Japan, the Republie of Liberia, Luxemburg, Mexico, Montenegro, Nicaragua, Norway, Paraguay, the Netherlands and the Netherlands Colonies, Peru, Persia, Portugal and the Portuguese Colonics, Roumania, Russia, Salvador, Servia, the Kingdom of Siam, the South-African Republic, Sweden, Switzerland, the Regency of Tunis, Turkey, Uruguay, and the United States of Venezuela.* [Translation.] The undersigned, in view of Article 20 of the Universal Postal 1103 Convention concluded at Vienna on the 4th of July, 1891, have, in the name of their respective Ad-ministrations, established, by mu trial agreement, the following measures to insure the execution oi the said Convention. I. *Direction of the Correspondence.* 1.— Each Administration isForwarding by most rapid route. bound to forward, by the most rapid routes at its disposal for its own mails, the closed mails and the articles in open-mail which are delivered to it by another Administration. 2.— The Administrations whichSupplementary charges. avail themselves of the option to levy supplementary charges, as representing the extraordinary expenses pertaining to certain routes, are at liberty not to forward by those routes, when other means of communication exist, any insufficiently prepaid articles for which the employment of the said routes has not been expressly requested by the senders. II. *Exchange in Closed Mails.* 1.— The exchange of articles inArrangement of exchanges in closed mails. closed mails between the Administrations of the Union is regulated by mutual agreement and according to the needs of the service be-tween the Administrations concerned. 2.— If an exchange is to be madeThrough intermediary countries. through the intermediary of one or more countries, the /Administrations of those countries must be informed thereof in due time. 3.— It is, moreover, obligatory, in this latter case, to make up closed mails, whenever the number of articles is such as to impede the operations of an intermediary Ad-ministration, according to the statement of that Administration. 4.— In case of alteration in a serviceNotice of changes is routes. of exchange in closed mails established between two Administrations through the intermediary of one or more other countries, the Administration which has caused 1104 the alteration gives notice thereof to the Administrations of the countries through whose intermediary the exchange is made. III. *Extraordinary Services.* The extraordinary services of the Union giving rise to special charges, the fixing of which is re-served, by Article 4 of the Convention, for arrangements between the Administrations interested, are exclusively: 1st. Those which are maintained for the accelerated territorial conveyance of the mail called Indian; 2nd. That which the Postal Ad-ministration of the United States of America maintains upon its territory for the conveyance of closed mails between the Atlantic Ocean and the Pacific Ocean ; 3d. That which is established for the conveyance of mails by railroad between Colon and Panama. IV. *Fixing the Hates of Postage.* 1.— Tn execution of Article 10 of the Convention, the Administrations of the countries of the Union which have not the franc for their monetary unit, levy their rates of postage according to the following equivalents: Countries of the Union. 25 centimes. 10 centimes. 5 centimes. Germany 20 pfennig 10 pfennig 5 pfennig. German protec­torates : Territory of Cameroon, New Guinea Company, Territory of Togo, Territory of South west Africa, Ter­ritory of East Africa, Territory of the Marshall Islands. 20 pfennig 10 pfennig 5 pfennig. Argentine Re­public. 8 centavos 4 centavos 2 centavos. Austria-Hun­gary. 10 kreuzer 5 kreuzer 3 kreuzer. Bolivia 5 centavos 2 centavos 1 centavo. Brazil 100 reis 50 reis 25 reis. Canada 5 rents 2 cents 1 cent. Chili 5 centavos 2 centavos 1 centavo. Colombia 5 centavos 2 centavos 1 centavo. Costa Rica 5 centavos 2 centavos 1 centavo. Denmark 30 ore 10 ore 5 ore. 1105 Countries of the Union. 25 centimes. 10 centimes. 5 centimes. Danish Colonies: Greenland 20 ore 10 ore 5 ore. Danish West Indies. 5 cents 2 cents 1 cent. Dominican Re-public. 5 centavos 2 centavos. 1 centavo. Egypt 1 piastre. 5 millièmes of a livre. 2 millièmes of a livre. Ecuador Spanish Colo-nies. Cuba, Porto Rico, Phillip pine Islands and dependencies, and establish- merits on the Gulf of Gui nea. 5 centavos 3 centavos 1 centavo. United States of America. 5 cents 2 cents 1 cent. Great Britain.. 2 ½ pence 1 penny ½ penny. British Colo- nies: Antigua, Ba­hamas, Bar- bados, Ber­mudas. Gold Coast, Dom­inica. Falkland Islands, Gam bia. Grena­da. Jamai­ca, Lagoa, Malta, Mont­serrat, Nev­is, St. Chris­topher, St, Lucia, St. Vincent, Sierra Leone, Toba­go. Trinidad. Turks Island, Vir­gin Islands. 2 ½ pence.. 1 penny ½ penny. British Guiana. Hong Kong, La buan, Straits Set­tlements, Newfound­land. 5 cents 2 cents 1 cent. British North Bor­neo. 6 cents of a dollar. 3 cents of a dollar. 1 cent of a dollar. British Hon­duras. 6 cents 3 cents 1 cent. Mauritius and depen- dencies. 10 cents of a rupee. 4 cents of a rupee. 2 ½ cents of a rupee. Cyprus 2 piastres or 80 pa­ras. 1 piastre or 40 paras. ½ piastre or 30 paras. Ceylon 14 cents of a rupee. 5 cento of a rupee. 2 ½ cents of a ru pee. Australasia.. 2 ½ pence. 1 penny. ½ penny. Guatemala 5 centavos 2 centavos 1 centavo. Haiti 5 centavos of a pias­tre. 2 centavos of a pias­tre. 1 centavo of a pias­tre. Hawaii 5 cents. 2 cents. 1 cent. Honduras (Re­public of). 5 centavos 2 centavos 1 centavo. British India.. 2 annas ¾ anna ½ anna. Japan 5 sen 2 sen 1 sen. Liberia 5 cents 2 cents 1 cent. Mexico 5 centavos 2 centavos 1 centavo. Montenegro 10soldi 5 soldi 3 soldi. Nicaragua 5 centavos 2 centavos 1 centavo. Norway 20 ore 10 ore 5 ore. Paraguay 5 centavos of a peso. 2 centavos of a peso. 1 centavo of a peso Netherlands and Nether- lands colonies. 12 ½ cents (Dutch). 5 cents (Dutch). 2 ½ cents (Dutch). 1106 Countries of the Union. 25 centimes. 10 centimes. 5 centimes. Peru 5 centavos 2 centavos 1 centavo. Persia 7 shahis 3 shahis 1 shahi. Portugal mid Portuguese Colonies, ex­cept Portu-guese India. 50 reis 20 reis 10 reis. Portuguese In­dia. 2 tangas.. 10 reis 5 reís. Russia 10 kopeks. 4 kopeks.. 2 kopeks. Salvador 5 centavos of a peso. 2 centavos of a peso. 1 centavo of a peso. Siam 7 ½ atts 3 atts 1 ½ atts. Sweden 20 öre 10 öre 5 öre. Turkey 40 paras 20 puras 10 paras. Uruguay 5 centavos of a pias­tre. 2 centavos of a pias­tre. 1 centavo of a pias­tre. 2.— In case of change in the monetary system of any one of the above-mentioned countries, the Ad-ministration of that country must come to an understanding with the Swiss Postal Administration in order to modify the above equivalents; it devolves upon the latter Administration to give notice of this modification to all the other offices of the Union through the intermediary of the International Bureau. 3.— Any Administration has the right to have recourse, if it deems it necessary, to the understanding provided for in the preceding paragraph, in case of an important modification in the value of its money. 4. —The monetary fractions resulting either from the complement of the charge applicable to insufficiently prepaid articles, or from the fixing of the rates on articles exchanged with countries foreign to the. Union, or from the combination of the Union rates with the surtaxes contemplated by Article 5 of the Convention, may be rounded off by the Administrations which levy the rates. But the sum to be added on this account must, in no ease, exceed the value of one twentieth of a franc (five centimes). V. *Correspondence with Countries Foreign to the Union.* The Offices of the Union which have relations with countries foreign to the Union, furnish to the other Offices of the Union a list of 1107 those country, indicating the conditions of transmission to which the articles are subject in the relations in questions. VI. *Application of Stamps.* 1.— Articles originating in countriesApplication of post marks. of the Union are impressed with a stamp indicating the placeAt place of origin. of origin and the date of posting. 2.— On arrival, the office of destinationAt destination. impresses its date stamp on the back of letters and on the front of post-cards. 3.— The impression of the stampsOn ships. on articles deposited on board vessels in the movable boxes, or in the hands of the commanders, devolves, in the cases contemplated by paragraph 3 of Article 11 of the Convention, on the postal agent on board, or if there be none, on the post-office to which the articles are delivered. 4.— Articles originating in countriesFrom non-Union countries. foreign to the Union are impressed by the Office of the Union which first receives them, with a stamp indicating the place and date of entry into the service of that Office. 5.— Unpaid or insufficiently prepaidLacking payment. articles are, in addition, impressed with the stamp T (tax to be paid), the application of which devolves upon the office of the country of origin in the case of articles originating in the Union, and upon the Office of the country of entry in the case of articles originating in countries foreign to the Union. 6.— Articles to be delivered bySpecial delivery. special carrier are impressed with a stamp showing in large letters the word “Express”. The Administrations are, however, authorized to substitute for this stamp a printed label or a written inscription underscored with a colored pencil. 7.— Every article of correspondenceFailure to mark non-payment. which does not bear the stamp T is considered as prepaid and treated accordingly, unless there be an obvious error. 1108 VII. *Indication of the Number of Rates.* 1.— When a letter or other article of correspondence is liable, by reason of its weight, to more than a single rate of postage, the Office of origin or of entry into the Union, as the case may be, indicates in the upper left-hand corner of the ad-dress, in ordinary figures, the number of rates levied or to be levied. 2.— This treatment is not required for fully prepaid articles. VIII. *Insufficient Prepayment.* 1.— When an article is insufficiently prepaid by means of post-age-stamps, the dispatching Office indicates, in black figures placed at the side of the postage-stamps, the amount of the deficiency, ex-pressing it in francs and centimes. 2.— According to this indication, the exchange office of the country oi’ destination charges the article with double the deficiency as indicated. 3.— In case use has been made of postage-stamps not valid for prepayment, no account is taken of them. This circumstance is indicated by a cipher
(0)placed at the side of the postage-stamps. IX. *Return-Receipts.* 1.— Articles for which the sender requests a return receipt must be marked very clearly: “Avis de réception” (Return-Receipt) or be stamped with the letters: A. R. 2.— The Return-Receipts must be prepared by the offices of destination on a form conforming or analogous to the Form A appended hereto, and transmitted by those offices to the offices of origin, whose duty it is to deliver the receipts to the senders of the articles to which they relate. Return-Receipts must be formulated in French or bear an interlinear translation in that language. 1109 X. *Letter Bills.* 1.— The Letter bills accompanyingLetter bills.*Post*, p. 1150. the mails exchanged between two Administrations of the Union are in conformity with the Form B appended to the present Regulations. They are placed in colored envelopes bearing distinctly the indication „Feuilled’avis” (Letter Bill). In the intercourse by sea which,Sea mails. although periodical and regular, does not allow a daily exchange or an exchange on a fixed day, the dispatching offices must number their Letter Bills in an annual series for each office of origin and for each office of destination, stating as far as possible, on the Letter Bill, the name of the steamer or vessel which carries the mail. 2.— The registered articles areRegistered art idea entered in Table No. I of the Letter Bill, with the following details: The name of the office of origin, and the number given to the article at that office; or, the name of the office of origin, the name of the addressee and the place of destination. In the column “Observations,” the indication “Remb.” is added opposite the entry of each registered article marked with trade charges. Articles to be delivered by special carrier are entered by number in table No. I of the Letter Bill. Return receipts are entered in said Table, either individually or collectively, according as they are more or less numerous. The part of the Letter Bill headed “Recommandations d’office” (Official registrations) is intended for the entry of the Bulletins of verification, open letters relating to the service addressed by the office of exchange to its corresponding office, as well as communications from the dispatching office. 3.— When the number of registeredSeparate registered lists. articles usually dispatched from one office of exchange to the other requires it, a special and separate list may be used to take the place of Table No. 1 of the Letter Bill. 1110 The number of registered articles entered on that list and the number of packages or sacks containing those articles must be entered on the Letter Bill. 4.— In Table No. II are entered, with the details which this Table requires, the closed mails contained in the direct mail to which the Letter Bill relates. 5.— The number of separate packages or sacks composing each mail for one and the same destination is indicated in the upper right-hand corner of the Letter Bill. 6.— When it is deemed necessary, for certain relations, to make other Tables or headings in the Letter Bill, the measure may be accomplished by mutual agreement between the Administrations interested. 7.— When an office of exchange has no article to forward to a cor-responding office, it must nevertheless dispatch a mail in the usual form composed solely of the Letter Bill. 8.— When closed mails are en-trusted by one Administration to another, to be conveyed by means of merchant vessels, the number of letters or other articles is indicated in the Letter Bill or on the address of the mails. XI. *Transmission of Registered Articles.* 1.— Registered articles, Return-Receipts, express articles, and, if there be one, the special list mentioned in paragraph 3 of Article X, are placed together in a separate package, which must be suitably enclosed and sealed so as to preserve its contents. 2.— To the outside of this pack-age is attached, by a string tied crosswise, the special envelope containing the Letter Bill. The package is then placed in the center of the mail. 3.— The presence in the mail of a package of registered articles, the description of which is given on the special list mentioned in 1111 paragraph 1 above, must be announced by placing at the head of the Letter Bill, either a special entry or the registration label or stamp in use in the country of origin. 4.— It is understood that theWrappings. mode of wrapping up and forwarding registered articles prescribed by paragraphs 1 and 2 above, applies only to ordinary relations. For important relations it appertains to the Administrations interested to prescribe, by mutual agreement, special arrangements, subject, in the one case as in the other, to exceptional measures to be taken by the chiefs of the exchange offices, when they have to ensure the transmission of registered articles which, from their nature, form, or bulk, could not be inserted in the mail. In such case, however, the dis-patching exchange offices indicate at the head of the Letter Bill the number of registered articles contained in the mail outside the special package or sack, among the ordinary correspondence, and enter on the lists, in the column “Observation”, the words *“en dehors”* (“outside”) opposite the entry of each of those articles. These articles are placed together, as far as possible, in pack-ages tied with a string, having labels attached bearing, in plain characters, the words *“Recommandés en dehors* (registered out-side) preceded by figures indicating the number of articles contained in each package. 5.— The ReturnReceipts areReturn receipts. placed in an envelope by the office delivering the registered articles to which the receipts relate. These envelopes bearing the inscription: “Aris *de reception; liar eau de poste de . . .
(Pays). . .”* (Return-receipt; Post office of . . . (country) . . .) are subjected to the formalities of registration, and dispatched to their destination as other registered articles. 1112 XII. *Indemnity for the loss of a Registered Article.* When the indemnity due for the loss of a registered article has been paid by one Administration, on behalf of another Administration which is responsible, the latter Administration is obliged to reimburse the amount within a period of three months after having been advised of the payment. This reimbursement is made either by means of a money-order, or a draft, or in specie current in the creditor country. When the reimbursement of the indemnity involves expenses, they are invariably borne by the debtor Office. XIII. *Making up the Mails.* 1.— As a general rule, the articles of which the mails consist must be classified and put up in bundles according to the nature of correspondence, separating the prepaid articles from those unpaid or insufficiently prepaid. 2.— Every mail, after having been tied with a string, is enclosed in strong paper of sufficient quantity to prevent any injury to the con-tents, then tied again with a string on the outside and sealed with wax or by means of a gummed paper label bearing an impression of the seal of the office. The mail is furnished with a printed address bearing, in small characters, the name of the dispatching office, and, in larger characters, the name of the office of destination: “From . . . for . . . .” 3.— If the size of the mail requires it, it is placed in a sack properly closed, sealed with wax or with lead, and labeled. 4.— The packages or sacks containing express articles sent must bear on the outside an indication directing the attention of the postal employees to these articles. 5.— If paper labels are used they must be pasted on blocks. 1113 6.— No sack may exceed 40 kilo-grams in weight. 7.— The sacks must be returnedReturn of sacks. empty to the dispatching office by the next mail, unless there be another arrangement between the corresponding offices. XIV. *Verification of the Mails.* 1.— The office of exchange whichVerification of mails. receives a mail ascertains whether the entries on the Letter Bill and on the list of registered articles, if there be one, are correct. The mails must be delivered in good condition. Nevertheless the receipt of a mail can not be refused on account of its bad condition. If it is a mail for another office than that which has received it, it must be packed anew, preserving however, as far as possible, the original packing. The repacking is preceded by a verification of the contents, if (here is reason to presume that they have not remained intact. 2.— When the office of exchangeCorrections of errors. detects errors or omissions, it immediately makes the necessary corrections on the Letter Bills or lists, taking care to strike out the erroneous entries by the stroke of a pen, in such a manner as to leave the original entries legible. 3.— These corrections are madeAcceptance. with the concurrence of two officers. Except in the case of an obvious error, they are accepted in preference to the original statement. 4.— A Bulletin of verification,Bulletin of verification.*Post*, p. 1154. in conformity with the Form C annexed to the present Regulations, is prepared by the receiving office and sent without delay, under official registration, to the dispatching office. At the same time a duplicate of the Bulletin of verification is sent by the receiving office to the Administration to which the dispatching office belongs. In the case contemplated in paragraph*Supra*. 1 of the present Article, a copy of the Bulletin of verification is inserted in the repacked mail. 1114 5.— The dispatching office, after examination, returns the Bulletin with any observations to which it may give rise. 6.— In case of the failure of a mail, of a registered article, of the Letter Bill, or of the special list, the fact is immediately authenticated, in the manner prescribed, by two officers of the receiving ex-change office, and reported to the dispatching exchange office by means of a Bulletin of verification. If the case requires it, the latter office may also be advised thereof by telegram at the expense of the office which sends the telegram. 7.— In case of the loss of a closed mail, the intermediary offices be-come responsible for the registered articles contained in the mail, within the limits of Article 8 of the Convention, provided the non-receipt of that mail has been reported to them as soon as possible. 8.— In case the receiving office has not forwarded, by the first mail, to the dispatching office a Bulletin of verification reporting errors or irregularities of any kind, the absence of that document is to be regarded as evidence of the receipt of the mail and of its contents, until the contrary is proved. XV. *Conditions applicable to Registered Articles.* 1.— Articles of correspondence addressed under initials and those which bear an address written in pencil are not admitted to registration. 2.— No special condition of form or fastening is prescribed for registered articles. Each Office has the right to apply to such articles the regulations established in its domestic service. 3.— Registered articles should bear a label in conformity with or analogous to Form D annexed to the present Regulations, indicating the name of the office of origin and the number of order under which the article is entered on the records of that office. 1115 Nevertheless, Administrations whose domestic regulations do not at present authorize the use of labels, are permitted to defer the execution of this measure, and to continue the use of stamps for designating registered articles. 4.— Registered articles markedTrade chargea to collect. with trade charges must bear a manuscript inscription, the impression of a stamp, or a label bearing the word: “*Remboursement*” (C. O. D.). 5.— Unpaid or insufficiently prepaidUnpaid and short paid articles. registered articles are for-warded to the addresses without charge, but the office which receives an article under these conditions, must report the ease to its Administration, in order that that Administration may advise the Administration to which the office of origin belongs. That Administration proceeds according to the Regulations in force in its domestic service. XVI. *Post-cards.* 1.— Post-cards must be forwardedPostal cards. without cover. The front is reservedGeneral provisions. for the stamps for prepayment, for indications relating to the postal service (registered, Return-receipt, etc.) and for the address of the addressee, which may be in manuscript or be given on a label pasted on the card, not exceeding two centimeters by five. Moreover, the sender has the option of indicating his name and address on the front or on the back either in writing, or by means of a stamp, autograph stamp, or by any other typographical process. Engravings or advertisements may be printed on the back. Except stamps for prepayment and the labels mentioned in paragraph 1 and paragraph 6 of the. present Article, it is forbidden to join or attach to post-cards any articles whatsoever. 2.— Post-cards may not exceedDimensions. the following dimensions: length, 14 centimeters; breadth, 9 centimeters. 3.— As far as possible, post-cardsInscription. issued specially tor circulation 1116 within the Postal Union must hear on the front, in the French language or with an interlinear translation in that language, the following title: Post-Card. *Universal Postal Union.* (Side reserved for the address.) 4.— The postage-stamp representing prepayment is placed in one of the upper corners of the front; the same applies to any additional stamp which may be attached. 5.— As a general rule, post-cards with paid reply must bear on the front, as printed title, on the first half: “Post-card with paid reply”; on the second half: “Reply Post-Card.” Each of the two halves must also comply with the other conditions prescribed for the single-post-card; they are folded one over the other and must not be closed in any manner whatsoever. 6.— The sender of a post-card with paid reply may indicate his name and address on the front of the “reply half”, either in writing or by pasting a label on it. 7.— The prepayment of the “re-ply halt ” by means of the postage-stamp of the country which issued the card is valid only when for-warded to a destination in that country. In the contrary case, it is subject to the rate applicable to unpaid letters. 8.— Single post cards and post-cards -with paid reply, issued by private establishments, are admit-ted to international circulation, provided the legislation of the country of origin allows it, and if they be in conformity with the post-cards issued by the Post-Office of that country, at least as regards their size and the consistency of the paper. 9.— Post-cards not fulfilling, as regards dimensions, external form, &c., the conditions prescribed by the present Article for articles of this category, are treated as letters. 1117 XVII. *Commercial Papers.* 1.— The following are consideredCommercial papers.Definition.*Ante*, p. 1082. as commercial papers and admitted as such at the reduced postage sanctioned by Article 5 of the Convention; all instruments or documents, written or drawn wholly or partly by hand which have not the character of an actual and personal correspondence, such as papers of legal procedure, deeds of all kinds drawn up by public functionaries, way bills or bills of lading, in-voices, the various documents of insurance companies, copies of or extracts from acts under private signature written on stamped or unstamped paper, scores or sheets of manuscript music, manuscripts of works or of newspapers for-warded separately, etc. 2.— Commercial papers are subject,Conditions. as regards form and conditions, to the stipulations prescribed for printed matter (Article XVIII). XVIII. *Printed Matter of every Kind.* 1.— The following are consideredPrinted matter.Definition. as printed matter, and admitted as such at the reduced postage sanctioned by Article 5 of the Convention, viz: newspapers and periodical works, books stitched or bound, pamphlets, sheets of music, visiting cards, address cards, proofs of printing with or without the manuscripts relating thereto, papers with raised points for the use of the blind, engravings, photo-graphs, pictures, drawings, plans, maps, catalogues, prospectuses, announcements and notices of various kinds, whether printed, engraved, lithographed, or auto-graphed, and in general, all impressions or reproductions obtained upon paper, parchment or cardboard, by means of printing, engraving, lithographing and auto-graphing, or any other mechanical process easy to recognize, except the copying-press and the type-writer. 1118 The mechanical processes designated by the names of chromography, polygraphy, hectography, papyrography, velocigraphy, etc., are considered as “easy to recognize”; but in order to pass at the reduced postage, reproductions obtained by means of these processes, must be mailed at the post office windows, and in the minimum number of twenty perfectly identical copies. 2.— The following are excluded from transmission at the reduced postage, viz: stamps or forms of prepayment, whether canceled or not, as well as all printed articles constituting the representative sign of a monetary value. 3.— Printed articles the text of which has been modified, after printing, either by hand or by means of a mechanical process, or which bear any marks whatever of a kind constituting a conventional language, cannot be forwarded at the reduced rate. 4.— As exceptions to the rule laid down by paragraph 3 preceding, it is permitted: *a*) to indicate on the outside of the article the name, business and residence of the sender; *b*) to add, by hand, on printed visiting cards, the address of the sender, his title, as well as conventional initials (p. f., etc.); *c*) to indicate or to change on the print itself, by hand or by a mechanical process, the date of dispatch, the signature or business and profession, as well as the residence of the sender; *d*) to add to the corrected proof the manuscript and to make in the proof the changes and additions relating to the correction, the form and the printing. In ease of want of space, these additions may be made on separate sheets; *e*) to correct also errors in printing on articles of printed matter other than proof; *f*) to cross out certain parts of printed text, in order to make them illegible; *g*) to make prominent by means of marks passages of the text to which it is desired to draw attention; 1119 *h*) to insert or correct in manuscript or by a mechanical process, figures, as well as the name of the traveler and the date of his visit, in price lists, offers for advertisements, stock quotations, and trade circulars; *i*) to indicate by hand, on notices relating to the sailings of vessels, the dates of these sailings; *k*) to indicate on cards of invitation and notices of meetings the name of the invited person, the date, the object and the place of meeting; *l*) to add a dedication on books, sheet-music, newspapers, photographs and engravings, as well as to attach thereto the invoice relating to the work itself; *m*) to indicate in manuscript on the back of booksellers’ order bulletins (printed and open, intended for orders for books, newspapers, engravings, pieces of music) the works desired or offered, and to cross out or underscore on the front the whole or part of the printed communications; *n*) to paint fashion-plates, maps, etc. 5.— It is forbidden to make additionsForbidden additions. in manuscript or by means of a mechanical process which would deprive the printed paper of its general character, and give to it the character of individual correspondence. 6.— Articles of printed matterMode of sending. must be either placed under bond, upon rollers, between boards, in covers open at both sides or at both ends, or in unclosed envelopes, or simply folded in such a manner as not to conceal the nature of the article, or lastly, tied with a string easy to unfasten. 7.— Address cards and allCards. printed matter presenting the form or consistency of an unfolded card, may be forwarded without band, envelope, fastening, or fold. 8.— Cards bearing the title “post-card”Postal cards not included. are not admitted at the rate for printed matter. XIX. *Samples.* 1.— Samples of merchandise areSamples. admitted to the advantage of the reduction of postage which is 1120 granted to them by Article 5 of the Convention only under the following conditions; 2.— They must be placed in bags, boxes, or removable envelopes, in such a manner as to admit of easy inspection. 3.— They must not have any salable value, nor bear any manuscript other than the name or the social position of the sender, the address of the addressee, a manufacturer’s or a trade mark, numbers of order, prices, and indications relating to weight and size, as well as to the quantity to be disposed of, or those which are necessary to precisely indicate the origin and nature of the merchandise. 4.— By mutual agreement be-tween the Administrations interested, that is to say between the Administrations of the country of origin and the country of destination,and of the country or countries, if any, performing the transit in open-mail or in closed mails, pack-ages of liquids, oils, fatty substances, dry powders coloring or not, as well as packages of live bees, may be admitted to transmission as samples of merchandise, provided they are put up in the following manner: 1st. Liquids, oils and fatty sub-stances easily liquefiable must be enclosed in glass bottles hermetically closed. Each bottle must be placed in a wooden box sufficiently filled with sawdust, cotton, or spongy matter in sufficient quantity to absorb the liquid in ease the bottle should break. Finally, the box itself must be enclosed in a case of metal, of wood with a screw-top, or of strong and thick leather. 2nd. Fatty substances which are not easily liquefiable, such as ointments, soft soap, resins, etc., the conveyance of which causes less inconvenience, must be in-closed in an inner cover (box, linen bag, parchment, etc.), which is placed in a second box of wood, metal or strong and thick leather. 3d. Dry powders, whether coloring. or not, must be placed in pasteboard boxes, which are in- 1121 closed in a linen bag, or parchment. XX. *Articles grouped together.* It is permitted to inclose in the same package samples of merchandise, printed matter and commercial papers, but subject to the following conditions: 1st, that each article taken singly does not exceed the limits which are applicable to it as regards weight and size; 2nd, that the total weight does not exceed 2 kilograms per package; 3d, that the minimum charge is 25 centimes if the package contains commercial papers, and 10 centimes if it consists of printed matter and samples. XXI. *Reforwarded Articles.* 1.— In execution of Article 14 of the Convention, and subject to the exceptions specified in paragraph 2 following, articles of every kind addressed, within the Union, to persons who have changed their residence, are treated by the delivering office as if they had been addressed directly from the place of origin to the place of the new destination. 2.— With regard to articles of the domestic service of one country of the Union, which enter, in consequence of reforwarding, into the service of another country of the Union, the following rules are observed: 1st. Articles unpaid or insufficiently prepaid for their first trans-mission are treated as international correspondence, and subjected by the delivering office to the charge applicable to articles of the same nature addressed directly from the country of origin to the country in which the addressee may be; 1122 2nd. Articles duly prepaid for their first transmission, and upon which the remainder of the postage relating to the further transmission has not been paid previous to reforwarding, are subjected, ac-cording to their nature, by the delivering office, to a charge equal to the difference between the amount of postage already paid and that which would have been levied if the articles had been originally dispatched to their new destination. The amount of this difference must be expressed in francs and centimes at the side of the postage-stamps, by the reforwarding office. In both cases, the charges contemplated above re-main to be collected from the addressees, even if, owing to successive reforwardings, the articles should return to the country of origin. 3.— When articles originally ad-dressed from one part to another of a country of the Union, and prepaid in cash, are reforwarded to another country, the reforwaiding office must indicate, on the article, the amount of postage so prepaid in cash. 4.— Missent articles of every kind are reforwarded without delay by the quickest route to their destination. 5.— Articles of every kind, ordinary or registered, which, bearing an incomplete or erroneous ad-dress, are returned to the senders in order that they may complete or correct the address, are not considered, when remailed with a completed or corrected address, as reforwarded correspondence, but as newly mailed articles, and become, in consequence, subject to a new charge. XXII. *Undelivered Articles.* 1.— Articles of every kind which have become undeliverable, from whatever cause, must be returned as soon as possible after the expiration of the period for keeping them required by the Regulations of the country of destination, and 1123 at latest at the expiration of six months in relations with countries beyond the sea, and of two months in other relations, through the intermediary of the respective offices of exchange, and in a special bundle labeled “*Rebuts*”, and bearing an indication of the country of origin of the articles. The periods of two months and six months are counted from the end of the month in which the articles reached the office of destination. 2.— Nevertheless, registered articles which become undeliverable are returned to ( he exchange office of the country of origin as if they were registered articles addressed to that country, except that opposite the descriptive entry in Table No. I of the Letter Bill, or in the separate list, the word “*Rebuts*” is entered in the column “ Observations ” by the returning office. 3.— As an exception, two corresponding Offices may, by mutual agreement, adopt a different mode of returning undeliverable articles, and may also dispense with the reciprocal return of certain printed matter considered to be without value. 4.— Before returning to the office of origin the articles which from any reason or any cause have not been delivered, the Office of destination must indicate in a clear and concise manner, in the French language.ou the back of the articles, the cause of non-delivery, in the following form : not known,refused, left, not claimed, deceased, etc. This indication is furnished by the impression of a stamp or by attaching a label. Each Office has the option of adding a translation, in its own language, of the cause of non-delivery, and other indications which it may deem necessary. XXIII. *Statistics of Transit Expenses.* 1.— The statistics to be taken once every three years, in execution of Articles 4 and 17 of the Convention, for the settlement of the expenses of transit within the Union and beyond the limits of the 1124 Union, are prepared according to the provisions of the following Articles, during the first twenty-eight days of the month of Mayor November (alternately) of the second year of each triennial period, and have a retroactive force dating from the first year. 2.— The statistics of November, 1893, will apply to the years 1892, 1893 and 1894; the statistics of May, 1896, will apply to the years 1895, 1896 and 1897, and so on. 3.— If during the period to which the statistics apply, a country having important relations should enter the Union, the countries of the Union whose situation with regard to the payment of transit expenses might be modified in consequence of this circumstance, have the option of demanding special statistics relating exclusively to the country recently admitted. 4.— The charges to be paid by the dispatching Office for territorial transit and maritime conveyance are fixed invariably, on the basis of the statistics, for the entire period which said statistics em-brace, except in the case provided for in the preceding paragraph. But whenever an important change takes place in the current of the correspondence, and provided that the change affects a period of six months, at least, the intermediary Offices come to an agreement to regulate between themselves the division of the charges, in proportion to the part taken by said Offices in the conveyance of the correspondence to which the charges relate. XXIV. *Articles in Open-Mail.* 1.— The Office serving as the intermediary for the transmission of articles exchanged in open-mail, either between two countries of the Union, or between a country of the Union and a country foreign to it, prepares beforehand, for each of its correspondents of the Union, a Table in conformity with Form E annexed to the present Regulations, in which it indicates, distinguishing if needful the different routes of transmission, the rates of 1125 payment by weight due to it for the conveyance within the Union of both categories of articles by means of the services at its disposal, as well as the rates of payment by weight to be paid, it the case demands it, by the Office itself to other Offices of the Union tor the further conveyance of the said articles within the Union. If needful, it communicates in due time with the Offices of the countries to be traversed, as to the routes the articles are to take and the rates to be applied thereto. 2.— When several routes, each involving different transit charges applicable to the routes which the intermediary Office uses, are open for the transmission of articles for one and the same country, the dis-patching Office pays the intermediary Office according to a single rate based upon the average of the different transit rates. 3.— A copy of Table E is for-warded by the said Office to the corresponding Office interested, and serves as the basis of a special account to be established between them, with reference to the intermediary conveyance within the Union of the articles in question. This account is prepared by the Office which receives the articles and is submitted to the dispatching Office for verification. 4.— The dispatching Office prepares, according to the particulars given in the Form E furnished by its correspondent, Tables in conformity with the Form F hereto annexed, intended to show, for each mail, the charges for intermediary conveyance of the articles, without distinction of origin, contained in the mail to be forwarded through the intermediary of the said corresponding Office. For this purpose, the dispatching ex-change office enters in a Table F, which it joins to its dispatch, the total weight, according to their nature, of the articles of this class which it delivers in open-mail to the corresponding exchange office, and that office, after verification, takes charge of the articles and forwards them to their destinations, mixed with its own in respect to the payment, if required, of charges for further conveyance. 1126 At the request of the Offices interested, it is necessary to distinguish in the Table F the origin of the articles subject to the maritime transit rates of 15 francs per kilogram of letters and post-cards and 1 franc per kilogram of other articles, to be divided between several Administrations. 5.— Any error in the statement of the exchange office which has dispatched the Table F is immediately notified to that office by means of a Bulletin of verification, notwithstanding the correction made in the Table itself. 6.— If there be no articles liable to a charge for intermediary or foreign conveyance, the Table F is not prepared, and the dispatching office enters at the head of the Letter Bill the words: “No Table F.” In case of the unexplained omission of this Table, the irregularity is likewise reported, by means of a Bulletin of verification, to the office at fault, and must be immediately corrected by the latter. XXV. *Closed Mails.* 1.— The articles exchanged in closed mails, between two Offices of the Union or between an Office of the Union and an Office foreign to the Union, across the territory or by means of the services of one or more Offices, forms the subject of a statement in conformity with Form G annexed to the present Regulations, which is prepared ac-cording to the following stipulations. 2.— As regards the mails from one country of the Union for another country of the Union, the dispatching exchange office enters in the Letter Bill for the receiving ex-change office, the net weight of the letters and post cards and that of the other articles, without distinction of the origin or destination of the articles. These en-tries are verified by the receiving office, which prepares, at the end of the statistical period, the statement above mentioned, in as many copies as there arc Offices interested, including the Office of the place of dispatch. 1127 3.— In the four days which fol-low the close of the statistical operations, the statements G are transmitted by the exchange offices which prepared them to the exchange offices of the debtor Ad-ministration for acceptance by them. The latter, after having accepted the statements, transmit them to the central Administration to which they are subordinate, which is charged with the duty of distributing them among the Offices interested. 4.— As regards the closed mails exchanged between a country of the Union and a country foreign to the Union, through the intermediary of one or more Offices of the Union, the exchange offices of the Union country prepare, for each mail dispatched or received, a statement G which they transmit to the Office of departure or entry; this latter prepares, at the end of the statistical period, a general statement in as many copies as there are Offices interested, including itself and the debtor Office of the Union. One copy of this statement is transmitted to the debtor Office, and one to each of the Offices which have participated in the conveyance of the mails. At the request of the Offices interested, the exchange offices must distinguish on the Letter Bill the origin and destination of the articles subject to maritime transit charges of 15 francs and 1 franc, to be divided among several Administrations. 5.— After each statistical period, the Administrations which have dispatched mails in transit send a list of such mails to the different Administrations which they have used as intermediaries. 6.— The mere storing, at a port, of closed mails brought by one vessel, and intended for dispatch by another, does not give rise to the payment of territorial transit charges to the Post-Office of the place where these mails are stored. 1128 XXVI. *Mails exchanged with Natal Vessels.* 1.— The establishment of an exchange, of closed mails, between a Post Office of the Union and naval squadrons or ships of war of the same nationality, must be notified, as far as possible in advance, to the intermediary Offices. 2.— The address of such mails should be as follows: From the post-office of..... For From the (nationality) naval squadron of (designation of the squadron) a..... From the (nationality) vessel (name of vessel) a..... For the post-office of (country) { the (nationality) naval squadron of (designation of the squadron) at..... the (nationality) vessel, (name of vessel) at..... or 3.— Mails destined for or sent from naval squadrons or ships of war are forwarded, unless a special route be indicated in the address, by the most rapid routes and under the same conditions as mails exchanged between post-offices. 4.— If the vessels are not at the place of destination when the mails addressed to them arrive there, the mails are held at the post office, until claimed by the addressee or reforwarded to another place. T fie reforwanding may be requested, either by the office of origin, or by the commander of the naval squadron or ship addressed, or finally by a Consul of the same nationality. 5.— Such of the mails in question as bear the endorsement “In care of the Consul of . . . .” are delivered to the Consulate of the country of origin. At the request of the Consul, they may be received back into the postal service and be reforwarded to the place of origin or to some other destination. 6.— Mails addressed to a ship of war are considered as being in transit until delivered to the commander of that ship, even when 1129 they were originally addressed in care of a post office or a Consul charged to serve as agent for intermediary conveyance; they are not therefore considered as having reached their address, until they have been delivered to that ship. 7.— It is incumbent on the Ad-ministration of the country to which the ships of war belong to prepare Tables G for the mails ex-changed. During the statistical period these mails must bear on the labels the following indications: *a*) the net weight of the letters and post cards; *b*) the net weight of other articles, and *c*) the route followed or to be followed. In case a mail addressed to a ship of war is reforwarded during a statistical period, the reforwarding office informs the office of the country to which the ship belongs. XXVII. *Account of Transit Expenses.* 1.— The Tables F and G are incorporated in a special account, in which is shown, in francs and centimes, the annual amount of transit payment accruing to each Office, by multiplying the totals by 13. In case the multiplier does not correspond with the periodicity of the service, or when a question arises as to exceptional dispatches made during the statistical period, the Administrations interested arrange for the adoption of an other multiplier. The duty of preparing this account devolves on the creditor Office which transmits it to the debtor Office. The multiplier agreed upon is used every time during the 3 years of one and the same statistical period. 2.— The balance resulting from the reciprocal accounts between two Offices is paid by the debtor Office to the creditor Office, in effective francs, and by means of bills of exchange drawn on a place in the creditor country at the option of the debtor Office The costs 1130 of payment, including the discount charges, if any, are borne by the debtor Office. 3.— The preparation, transmission, and payment of the accounts of transit expenses relating to a period of service must be effected with the least possible delay, and, at the latest, before the expiration of the first six months of the fol lowing period of service. In all cases, if the Office which has transmitted the account has not received during that period a correcting observation, the account is considered as duly accepted. This provision likewise applies to uncontested observations made by one Office relative to the accounts presented by another. When this term of six months has passed, the amounts due by one Office to another Office are subject to interest at the rate of 5 per cent, per annum, dating from the day of expiration of said term. The payments of transit expenses for the first and, if necessary, for the second year of each triennial period are made provisionally, at the end of the year, on the basis of the previous statistics, subject to a subsequent adjustment of the accounts according to the results of the new statistics. 4.— The Offices interested are, however, at liberty to make, by mutual agreement, other arrangements than those formulated in the present Article. XXVIII. *Exceptions in Matters of Weight.* As an exceptional measure, it is agreed that, the States which, in consequence of their domestic regulations are unable to adopt the decimal metrical system of weight, have the right to substitute for it the ounce avoirdupois (28.3465 grams), by assimilating a half-ounce to 15 grams, and two ounces to 50 grams, and to raise, if needful, the limit of the single rate of postage on newspapers to four ounces, but under the express condition that, in the latter case, the postage on newspapers be not less than 10 centimes, and that an 1131 entire rate of postage be charged for each copy of the newspaper, even though several newspapers be included in the same package. XXIX. *Applications for Ordinary Articles which have failed to reach their Destination.* 1.— Every application respectingMissing ordinary articles.Applications. an article of ordinary correspondence which has failed to reach its destination gives rise to the fol-lowing procedure: 1st. A form similar to the Form*Post,* p.1162. H hereto annexed is banded to applicant with the request to fill up, as exactly as possible, the portion which concerns him. 2nd. The office at which the application originates transmits the Form direct to the corresponding office. It is transmitted officially and without any written communication. 3d. The corresponding office causes the Form to be handed to the addressee or to the sender, as the case may be, with the request that particulars on the subject be furnished. 4th. With these particulars added the Form is sent back officially to the office which prepared it. 5th. In case the application proves to be well founded, it is transmitted to the Central Administration, to serve as a basis for further investigations. 6th. Unless there be an agreement to the contrary, the Form is drawn up in French or bears a French translation. 2.— Any Administration may require,Special offices. by notification addressed to the. International Bureau, that the exchange of applications, so far as that Administration is concerned, shall be effected through the intervention of the Central Administrations, or the intermediary of an office specially designated. XXX. *Withdrawal of Articles and Correction of Addresses.* 1.— For requests to have articlesWithdrawing articles or correcting addresses. returned or reforwarded, as well 1132 as for requests to have addresses corrected, the sender must use a form similar to Form J annexed to the present Regulations. In transmitting this request to the post office, the sender must establish his identity and produce, if necessary, the certificate of mailing. After identification, the responsibility for which is assumed by the country of origin, the following course is pursued: 1st. If the request is to be transmitted by mail, the Form, accompanied by a perfect facsimile of the envelope or address of the article, is forwarded direct, under registration, to the post office of destination; 2nd. If the request is to be made by telegraph, the Form is handed to the telegraph service which is charged to transmit its contents to the post office of destination; 2.— Upon receipt of Form J, or of the telegram taking its place, the office of destination institutes an inquiry for the articles indicated and takes such steps as may be necessary; If, however, the request for change of address has been made by telegraph, the office of destination simply retains the letter, and defers compliance with the request until the necessary facsimile arrives. If the inquiry is without result, if the article has already been delivered to the addressee, or if the request by telegraph is not explicit enough to allow the article indicated to be recognized with absolute certainty, the fact is immediately made known to the office of origin, which communicates it to the claimant. 3.— Unless there be an agreement to the contrary, Form J is drawn up in French or bears an interlinear translation in that language, and, in case the telegraph is used, the telegram is written in the French language. 4.— A simple correction of address (without change of the name or description of the addressee) may also be requested direct of the office of destination, that is to say, without conforming to the formali- 1133 ties prescribed for a change of address properly so called. 5.— Any Administration maySpecially designated offices. require, by means of a notification addressed to the International Bureau, that the exchange of applications, so far as that Administration is concerned, shall be effected through the intermediary of the Central Administrations or of an office specially designated. In cases where the exchange of applications is effected through the intermediary of the Central Administrations, requests sent directly by the office of origin to the office of destination must be taken into account to the extent that the article concerned shall be withheld from delivery until the arrival of the application from the Central Administration. The Administrations which availExpenses. themselves of the liberty given by the first section of the present paragraph, take upon themselves the expenses involved by the transmission in their domestic service, by mail or telegraph, of the communications to be exchanged with the office of destination. XXXI. *Use, for the Prepayment of Postage, of Postage-stamps presumed to be fraudulent.* 1.— Subject to the regulationsUse of fraudulent stamps. prescribed by the laws of each country, even in the cases where this reservation is not expressly stipulated in the provisions of the present Article, the following mode of procedure is employed for detecting the use of fraudulent post-age stamps for the prepayment of postage: *a*) When the presence of aManner of procedure. fraudulent postage- stamp (counterfeit, or one already used) on any article whatever is detected, at the time the mail is dispatched, by the post office of a country the legislation of which does not require the immediate seizure of the article, the stamp is not altered in any way, and the article, placed in an envelope addressed to the office of destination, is forwarded under official registration. 1134 *b*) This formality is notified, without delay, to the Administrations of the countries of origin and destination, by means of a notice in conformity with form K annexed to the present regulations. A copy of this notice is also transmitted to the post office of destination in the envelope which encloses the article bearing the supposed fraudulent postage stamp. *c*) The addressee is summoned for the purpose of verifying the offence. The delivery of the article takes place only in ease the addressee or his representative consents to make known the name and address of the sender, and to place at the disposal of the post office, alter having taken cognizance of its contents, the entire article if it is inseparable from the substance of the offence, or the part of the article (envelope, wrapper, portion of the letter, etc.) which contains the address and the postage stamp said to be fraudulent. *d*) The result of the investigation is incorporated in a deposition in conformity with Form L annexed to the present Regulations, in which are mentioned the incidents which have happened, such as non-appearance, refusal to receive the article, to open it, or to make known the sender, etc. This document is signed by the postal official and by the addressee of the article or his representative; if the latter refuses to sign the refusal is entered instead of, and in the place of the signature. The deposition is transmitted, with the vouchers relating thereto, through the intermediary of the Administration of the country of destination, to the. Postal Administration of the country of origin which, with the aid of these documents, proceeds, if necessary, to take notice of the offence, in accordance with its domestic legislation. XXXII. *Division of the Expenses of the International Bureau.* 1.— The ordinary expenses of the International Bureau must not exceed the sum of 125,000 francs 1135 annually, not including the special expenses to which the meeting of a Congress or a Conference may give rise. 2.— The Swiss Postal AdministrationAdvances. superintends the expenses of the International Bureau, makes the necessary advances, and prepares the annual account, which is communicated to all the other Administrations. 3.— For the apportionment ofApportionment. the expenses, the countries of the Union are divided into seven classes, each contributing in the proportion of a certain number of units, viz: 1st class - - 25 units. 2d “ - - 20 “ 3d “ - - 15 “ 4th “ - - 10 “ 5th “ - - 5 “ 6th “ - - 3 “ 7th “ - - 1 unit. 4.— These coefficients are multipliedUnit of expenses. by the number of countries of each class, and the total of the products thus obtained furnishes the number of units by which the total expenses is to be divided. The quotient gives the amount of the unit of expense. 5.— The countries of the UnionClassification of countries. are classified as follows, in view of the division of the expenses: 1st class: Germany, Austria-Hungary, United States of America, France, Great Britain, British India, British Colonies of Australasia, the whole of the other British Colonies and Protectorates exceptCanada, Italy, Russia, Turkey; 2d class: Spain; 3d class: Belgium, Brazil, Canada, Egypt, Japan, Netherlands, Roumania, Sweden, Spanish Colonies or Provinces beyond the sea, French Coloides, Netherlands East Indies; 4th class: Denmark, Norway, Portugal, Switzerland. Portuguese Colonies; 5th class: Argentine Republic, Bulgaria, Chili, Colombia, Greece, Mexico, Peru, Servia, Tunis; 6th class: Bolivia, Costa Rica, Dominican Republic. Ecuador, Guatemala, Haiti, Republic of Hondura, Luxemburg, Nicaragua, Paraguay, Persia, German Protec- 1136 torates, Salvador, Kingdom of Siam, Uruguay, Venezuela, Danish Colonies, Colony of Curaçao (or Netherlands West Indies), Colony of Surinam (or Netherlands Guiana); 7th class: Independent State of Congo, Hawaii, Liberia, Montenegro. XXXIII. *Communications to be addressed to the International Bureau.* 1.— The International Bureau serves as the intermediary for regular and general notifications which concern the international relations. 2.— The Administrations forming the Union must communicate to each other, specially, through the intermediary of the International Bureau: 1st. information relative to the surtaxes which they levy, by virtue of Article 5 of the Convention, in addition to the Union rate, whether for maritime, conveyance or for the expenses of extraordinary conveyance, as well as a list of the countries in relation to which these surtaxes are levied, and, if necessary, the designation of the routes which cause their collect ion. 2nd. Five complete sets of their postage-stamps. 3d. Notice whether the Administrations intend to use the option allowed to them to apply or not to apply certain general provisions of the Convention and of the present Regulations. 3.— Every modification adopted hereafter in regard to one or other of the three points above-mentioned, must be notified without delay in the same manner. 4.— The International Bureau likewise receives from all the Ad ministrations of the Union two copies of all the documents which they publish, whether relating to the domestic service or to the inter-national service. 5.— The correspondence ad-dressed by the Administrations of the Union to the International Bureau, and vice-versa, is assimilated, as regards freedom from postage, to the correspondence exchanged between the Administrations. 1137 XXXIV. *General Statistics.*Statistics. 1.— Each Administration transmitsYearly report. at the end of the month of July of each year, to the International Bureau, a series of statistical data as complete as possible, relating to the preceding year, in the form of tables in conformity with or analogous to forms M*Post,* pp. 1174–1182. and N annexed hereto. 2.— The operations of the servicePeriodical statements. which give rise to the keeping of records, form the subject of periodical statements, based upon the entries made. 3.— As regards all other operationsPeriodical count a. a count is made, during one week at least for daily exchanges, and during four weeks for ex-changes other than daily, leaving it optional with each Administration to make a separate count for each class of articles. 4.— There is reserved to eachAverage counts. Administration the right to make this count at periods which come nearest to the average of its postal traffic. 5.— The International Bureau isForms, etc. charged with the duty of printing and distributing the statistical Forms to be filled out by each Administration. It is likewise obliged to furnish to the Administrations which may make the request, all the necessary information relative to the rules to be followed in order to ensure, as far as possible, uniformity in the statistical operations. XXXV. *Duties of the International Bureau.* 1.— The International BureauDuties of International Bureau. prepares general statistics for each year. 2.— It publishes, by the aid ofDocuments. the documents which are put at its disposal, a special journal in the German, English and French languages. 3.— All the documents publishedDistribution. by the International Bureau are distributed to the Administrations of the Union in the proportion of the number of contributive units 1138 assigned to each by Article XXXII preceding. 4.— Any additional copies and documents which may be applied for by these Administrations are paid for separately, at prime cost. 5.— The International Bureau must, besides, hold itself always at the disposal of the members of the Union, for the purpose of furnishing them with any special in-formation they may require upon questions relating to the international postal service. 6.— The International Bureau makes known requests for the modification or interpretation of the stipulations which govern the Union. It notifies the results of each application, and no modification or resolution adopted is binding until two months, at least, after its notification. 7.— The International Bureau effects the balance ami liquidation of accounts of every kind between the Administrations of the Union which declare their wish to use the intermediary of that Bureau on the conditions described by Article XXXVI hereafter. 8.— The International Bureau prepares the business to be submitted to the Congresses or Conferences. It undertakes the necessary copying and printing, the editing and distribution of amendments, journals of proceedings, and other information. 9.— The Director of this Bureau attends the sessions of the Congresses or Conferences and takes part in the discussions, but without the power of voting. 10.— He publishes an annual Re-port on the work of the Bureau, which is communicated to all the Administrations of the Union. 11.— The official language of the International Bureau is the French language. 12.— The International Bureau is charged with the duty of publishing an alphabetical dictionary of all the cost offices of the world, with special indications of such of these offices as undertake services which have not yet become general. This dictionary is kept up to date by means of supplements, or in any other manner which the 1139 International Bureau may deem suitable. The dictionary mentioned in the present paragraph is furnished at prime cost to the Administrations which may apply for it. XXXVI. *Central Office of Settlement and Liquidation of Accounts between, the Administrations of the Union.* 1.— The International Bureau ofCentral office of accounts. the Universal Postal Union is charged with the duty of effecting the balance and liquidation of ac-counts of every kind relating to the international postal service between the Administrations of the countries of the Union which have the franc for their monetary unit or which have come to an agreement as regards the rate of conversion of their currency into metallic francs and centimes. The Administrations which intend to claim the aid of the International Bureau for this service of liquidation, arrange accordingly among themselves and with the Bureau. Notwithstanding its adhesion,Special accounts. each Administration retains the right to prepare, at its option, special accounts for different branches of the service, and to effect the settlement of them, to suit itself, with its correspondents, without using the intermediary of the International Bureau ; simply advising the Bureau, in accordance with the provision of the preceding paragraph, for which branches of the service and for which countries it intends to employ its services. At the request of the AdministrationsTelegraph accounts. interested, the telegraph accounts may also be reported to the international Bureau, to be included in the settlement of the balances. The Administrations which shallNotice of. have used the intermediary of the International Bureau for the balancing and liquidation of accounts, may cease to use this intermediary three months after giving notice to the Bureau to that effect. 2.— After having examined andDebt statement. accepted their accounts, the Administrations transmit to each other reciprocally an acknowledg- 1140 ment of their Debit, made out in francs and centimes, stating therein the nature, period, and result of the account. 3.— Each Administration transmits monthly, to the International Bureau, a Table showing the total credit due to it on individual ac-counts, as well as the total of the sums which are due to it from each of the contracting Administrations; each credit appearing in this Table must be substantiated by an acknowledgment from the debtor office. This Table should reach the International Bureau, on the 19th of each month, at the latest; other-wise its liquidation is liable to be deferred until the following month. 4.— The International Bureau ascertains, by comparing the acknowledgments, if the Tables are correct. Every correction which is necessary is notified to the Offices interested. The Debit of each Administration to another is stated in a re-capitulation; in order to ascertain the total amount of indebtedness of each Administration it is only necessary to add up the different columns of the recapitulation. 5.— The International Bureau incorporates the Tables and the recapitulations in a general balance- sh eet, showing: *a*) the total of the Debit and of the Credit of each Administration; *b*) the balance against or in favor of each Administration, representing the difference between the total of the Debit and the total of the Credit; *c*) the sums to be paid by some of the members of the Union to a single Administration, or vice-versa the sums to be paid by the latter to the former. The totals of the two categories of balances under *a* and *b* must necessarily be the same. It shall be arranged, as far as possible, that each Administration, in order to liquidate its indebtedness, shall have to make only one or two distinct payments. Nevertheless, an Administration which habitually finds a sum exceeding 500,000 francs due to it from another Administration, has the right to claim remittances on account. 1141 These remittances on account are entered, both by the creditor Administration and by the debtor Administration, at the foot of the Tables to be transmitted to the International Bureau (see § 3). 6.— The acknowledgments (seeSettlements. § 3) transmitted to the International Bureau with the Tables are classified by Administrations. They serve as the basis for settling the account of each of the Administrations interested. In this settlement should appear: *a*) the sums relating to the special accounts regarding the different exchanges: *b*) the total of the sums resulting from all the special accounts with respect to each of the Administrations interested; *c*) the totals of the sums due to all the creditor Administrations on account of each branch of the service, as well as their general total. This total should be equal to the total of the Debit which appears in the recapitulation. At the foot of the liquidation ac-count the balance is shown between the total of the Debit and the total of the Credit resulting from the Tables transmitted by the Ad-ministrations to the International Bureau (see § 3). The net amount of the Debit or of the Credit should be equal to the Debit balance or to the Credit balance carried into the general balance sheet. Moreover, the liquidation account determines the manner of settlement, that is to say, it indicates the Administrations to which payment must be made by the debtor Ad-ministration. The liquidation-accounts must be transmitted to the Administrations interested by the International Bureau, at the latest on the 22nd of each month. 7.— The Debit or Credit balancesAccount of balances. exceed i n g500 francs may be entered in the account for the following month, on condition however that the Administrations interested are in monthly communication with the International Bureau. These en-tries are stated in the recapitulations and in the liquidation-ac-counts for the creditor and debtor Administrations. The debtor Administration transmits, in that case 1142 to the creditor Administration an acknowledgment of the sum due, to be entered in the next table. XXXVII. *Language.* 1.— The Letter-Bills, Tables, Statements, and other Forms used by the Administrations of the Union in their reciprocal relations must, as a general rule, be drawn up in the French language, unless the Administrations iinterested arrange otherwise by direct agreement. 2.— As regards official correspondence, the present state of things is maintained, unless an-other arrangement should subsequently be agreed upon by common consent between the Administrations interested. XXXVIII. *Jurisdiction of the Union.* The following are considered as belonging to the Universal Postal Union: 1st. The German post offices established at Apia (Samoan Islands) and at Shanghai (China) as subordinate to the Postal Administration of Germany; 2nd. The principality of Liechtenstein, as subordinate to the Postal Administration of Austria; 3d. Iceland and the Faroe Islands, as forming part of Den-mark. 4th. The Spanish possessions on the North Coast of Africa, as forming part of Spain ; the Republic of Andorra and the postal establishments of Spain on the West Coast of Morocco, as subordinate to the Postal Administration of Spain. 5th. Algeria, as forming part of France; the principality of Monaco, and the French post offices establish ed at Tangier ( Morocco ), Shanghai (China), and at Zanzibar, as subordinate to the Postal Administration of France; Cambodia, Annam, and Tonquin, as assimilated, so far as regards the postal service, to the French Colony of Cochinchina. 1143 6th. The postal agencies which the Postal Administration of Gibraltar maintains at Tangier, Laraiche, Rabat, Casablanca, Satti, Mazagan and Mogador (Morocco); 7th. The post offices which the Administration of the British Colony of Hong-Kong maintains at Hoihow (Kiungchow), Canton, Swatow, Amoy, Foo-Chow, Ningpo, Shanghai,and Hankow (China); 8th. The Indian postal establishments of Aden, Zanzibar, Mus-cat, Persian Gulf, and Guadur, as subordinate to the Postal Administration of British India; 9th. The Republic of San Marino and the Italian post offices of Tunis and Tripoli in Barbary, as subordinate to the Postal Administration of Italy; 10th. The post offices which the Japanese Administration has established at Shanghai (China), Fusanpo, Genzhanshin, and Jinsen (Corea); 11th. The Grand Duchy of Fin-land, as forming an integral part of the Empire of Russia. XXXIX. *Propositions made in the Interval between the Meetings.* 1.— In the interval which elapsesChanges proposed. between the meetings, the Postal Administration of each country of the Union has the right to address to the other participating Administrations, through the intermediary of the International Bureau, propositions in regard to the stipulations of the present Regulations. 2.— Every proposition is subjectProcedure. to the following mode of procedure: A period of five months is allowed to the Administrations of the Union to examine the propositions and transmit to the Inter-national Bureau any observations, amendments, or counter propositions. The replies are tabulated by the International Bureau and communicated to the Administrations with an invitation to express their views. The Administrations which have not transmitted their vote within a period of six months, counting from the date of the second circular of the International Bureau notifying them of the observations made, are considered as not voting. 1144 3.— To become binding the propositions must obtain— 1st. Unanimity of votes if they relate to the addition of new Articles, or to the modification of the provisions of the present Article and those of Articles III, IV, V, XII, XXVII, XXX, XXXI, and XL. 2nd. Two-thirds of the votes, if they relate to the modification of the provisions of Articles I, II, VIII. IX, XI, XIV, XV, XVI, XVIII, XIX, XX, XXI, XXIII, XXIV, XXV, XXVI, XXVIII, XXXIV, XXXVI, XXXVII, and XXXVIII; Simply an absolute majority, if they relate to the modification of provisions other than those above-mentioned, or to the interpretation of the various provisions of the Regulations, except in the case of arbitration contemplated in Article 23 of the Convention. 4.— The resolutions adopted in due form are made binding by a simple notification from the Inter-national Bureau to all the Administrations of the Union. 5.— No modification or resolution adopted is binding until at least two months after its notification. XL. *Duration of the Regulations.* The present Regulations shall be put into execution on the day on which the Convention of the 4th of July, 1891, comes into force. They shall have the same duration as that Convention, unless they be renewed by mutual agreement between the parties interested. Done at Vienna, the 4th of July, 1891. Pour l’Allemagne et les protectorats Allemands.................................. Pour les États-Unis d'Amérique..... Pour la République Argentine..... Pour l'Autriche..... 1145 Pour la Hongrie..... Pour la Belgique..... Pour le Brésil..... Pour la République de Colombie..... Pour l'État Indépendant du Congo..... Pour le Danemark et les Colonies Danoises..... Pour l'Égypte..... Pour l'Espagne et les Colonies Espagnoles..... Pour la France..... Pour les Colonies Françaises..... Pour la Grande-Bretagne et diverses Colonies Britanniques..... Pour les Colonies Britanniques d'Australasie..... Pour le Canada..... Pour l’Inde Britannique..... Pour la Grèce..... Pour le Guatemala..... Pour la République d’Haïti..... Pour le Royaume d’Hawaï..... Pour la République du Honduras..... Pour l’Italie..... Pour le Japon..... Pour la République de Libéria..... Pour le Luxembourg..... Pour le Mexique..... Pour le Monténégro..... Pour le Nicaragua..... Pour la Norvège..... Pour le Paraguay..... Pour les Pays-Bas..... Pour les Colonies Néerlandaises..... Pour le Pérou..... Pour la Roumanie..... Pour la Russie..... 1146 Pour le Salvador..... Pour la Serbie..... Pour le Royaume de Siam..... Pour la République Sud-Africaine..... Pour la Suède..... Pour la Suisse..... Pour la Régence de Tunis..... Pour la Turquie..... Pour l’Uruguay..... Pour les États-Unis de Vénézuéla..... { Dr. v. Stephan. Sachse. Fritsch. { N. M. Brooks. William Potter. Carlos Calvo. { Obentraut. Dr. Hofmann. Dr. Lilienau. Habberger. { P. Heim. S. Schrimpf. Lichtervelde. { Luiz Bettim Paes Leme. P. M. Mattheef. G. Michelsen. { Stassin. Lichtervelde. Garant. De Craene. Lund. Federico Bas. { Montmarn. I. de Selves. Ansault. G. Gabrié. { S. A. Blackwood. H. Buxton Forman. { H. M. Kisch. { I. Georgantas. { Dr. Gotthelf Meyer. { Eugène Borel. { Emidio Chiaradia. Felice Salivetto. { Indo. Fujita. { Bd. de Stein. M. Koentzer. { C. Goedel. Mongensant. { L. Breton y Vedra. Obentraut. { Dr. Hofmann. Dr. Lillenau. Habberger. { Haberberger. { Th. Heyerdahl. { Hofstede. Baron van der Feltz. Johs. J. Perk. { D. O. Urea. { Génl. N. Semino. { Guelhermino Augusto de Barros. { Colonel A. Gorjean. S. Dimitrescu. { Général de Bséak. A. Skalkovsky. { Louis Kehlmann. { Svetozar I. Gvozditch. Et. V. Popovitch. { Luang Suriya Nuvatr. { H. Keuchenius. { E. von Krusenstjerna. { Ed. Höhn. C. Delessert. { Montmartin. { E. Petacci. A. Fahri. { Federico Susviela Guarch. José G. Busto. { Carlos Matzenauer. Le Ministère I. et R. des Affaires étrangères certifie que la présente copie est conforme à l’original dé-posé dans ses archives. Vienne, le 7 juillet 1891. Le Directeur de la Chancellerie du ministère I. et R. des Affaires étrangères. (Signé:) Mittag. The Imperial and Royal Minis-try of Foreign Affairs certifies that the present copy is in conformity with the original deposited in its archives. Vienna, July 7th, 1891. The director of the Chancellor’s office of the Imperial and Royal Ministry of Foreign Affairs. (Signed:) Mittag. ANNEXES.
(1147)1148 Form A.Return receipt. 1149Form AReturn receipt. 1150 Form B.Letter bill. 1151 Form B.Letter bill. 1152 Closed mails. 1153 II. Closed mails. 1154 Form C.Bulletin of verification. 1155 Form C.Bulletin of verification. 1156 Form D.Form E.Transit in open mail. 1157 Form D.Form E.Transit in open mail. 1158 Form F.Open mail transit. 1159 Fonn F.Open mail transit. 1160 Form G.Transit in closed mails. 1161 Form G.Transit in closed mails. 1162 Form H.Application for lost articles.By Hender. 1163 Form H.Application for Inst articles.By sender. 1164 Application for lost articles.By addressee. 1165 Application for lost articles.By addressee. 1166 Form J.Request for withdrawal or correction of address. 1167 Form J.Request for withdrawal or correction of address. 1168 Telegraphic requests. 1169 Telegraphic re-quests. 1170 Form K.Notice of supposed fraudulent stamps. 1171 Form K.Notice of supposed fraudulent stamps. 1172 Form L.Report on supposed fraudulent stamps. 1173 Form L.Reporten supposed fraudulent stamps. 1174 Form M.Annual statistics. 1175 Form M.Continued. 1176 Form M.Continued. 1177 Form M.Continued. 1178 Form M.Continued. 1179 Form N.Annual statistics by countries. 1180 Form N.Continued. 1181 Form N.Continued. 1182 Form N.Continued. January 19, 1892 Convention 28 Stat. 1183 CONVENTION—VENEZUELA. January 19, 1892. 1183 *Convention between the United States of America and the United StatesJanuary 19, 1892. of Venezuela, providing for a reference to arbitration of the claim of the Venezuela Steam Transportation Company against the Government of Venezuela. Signed at Caracas, January 19, 1892; ratification advised by the Senate, March 17, 1893; ratified by the President of Venezuela, June 30, 1894; ratified by the President of the United States, July 3, 1894; ratifications exchanged at Washington, July 28, 1894; proclaimed, July 30, 1894*. By the President of the United States. of America. A PROCLAMATION Whereas, a Convention between the United States of America andPreamble. the United States of Venezuela, providing for a reference to arbitration of the claim of the Venezuela Steam Transportation Company against the Government of Venezuela, was concluded and signed by their respective plenipotentiaries at the city of Caracas on the 19th day of January, in the year one thousand eight hundred and ninety-two, which Convention, being in the English and Spanish languages is, word for word, as follows:— The Government of the United States of America and the United States of Venezuela, being mutually desirous of removing all causes of difference between them in a manner honorable to both parties and in consonance with their just rights and interests, have resolved to submit to arbitration the claim of the “Venezuela Steam Transportation Company”, and have respectively named as their plenipotentiaries to conclude a Convention for that purpose:— The President of the United States of America, William L. Scruggs, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the United States at Caracas; And the President of the United States of Venezuela, Doctor Rafael Seijas, legal adviser for the Department of Foreign Relations; Who, after having exhibited their respective full powers, found in good and due form, have agreed upon the following Articles;— Article I., The high contracting parties agree to submit to arbitration the question whether any, and, if any, 1184 what indemnity shall be paid by the Government of the United States of Venezuela to the Govern merit of the United States of America for the alleged wrongful seizure, detention and employment in war or otherwise of the Steamships *Hero, Nutrias* and *San Fernando*, the property of the “Venezuela Steam Transportation Company,” a corporation existing under the laws of the State of New York, and a citizen of the United States, and the imprisonment of its officers, citizens of the United States. Article II., The question stated in Article I.,Appointment of Commissioners. shall be submitted to a board of three Commissioners, one to be appointed by the President of the United States of America, one by the President of the United States of Venezuela, and the third who shall not be either an American or a Venezuelan citizen, to be chosen by the two appointed as aforesaid; but if, within ten days from the time of their first meeting as hereinafter provided, they cannot agree upon the third Commissioner, the Secretary of State of the United States and the Venezuelan Minister at Washington shall forthwith request either the Diplomatic representative of Belgium or that of Sweden and Norway at that capital to name him subject to the restriction aforesaid. The Commissioners to be chosenAppointment. by the President of the United States of America and the President of the United States of Venezuela shall be appointed within a month from the date of the exchange of the ratifications of this Convention. In case of the death, resignationVacancies. or incapacity of any of the Commissioners, or in the event of any of them ceasing or omitting to act, the vacancy shall be filled in the same manner as is herein provided for the original appointment. Article III., The Commissioners appointed byCommission to meet in Washington. the President of the United States of America and the President of 1185 the United States of Venezuela shall meet in the city of Washington at the earliest convenient moment within three months from the date of the exchange of the ratifications of this Convention, and shall proceed to the selection of a third Commissioner. When such Commissioner shall have been chosen, either by agreement between the two first named, or in the alternate manner hereinbefore provided, the three Commissioners shall meet in the city of Washington at the earliest practicable moment within five months from the date of the exchange of the ratifications of this Convention, and shall subscribe, as their first act, a solemn declaration to examine and decide the claim submitted to them in accordance with justice and equity and the principles of international law. The concurrent judgment of any two of the Commissioners shall be adequate for the decision of any question that may come before them, and for the final award. Article IV., The Commissioners shall decide the claim on the Diplomatic correspondence between the two Governments relative thereto, and on such legal evidence as may be submitted to them by the high contracting parties within two months from the date of the first meeting of the full Commission. Their decision shall be rendered within three months at farthest from the date of such first meeting, and shall be final and conclusive. They shall hear one person as Agent in behalf of each Government and consider such arguments as either of such persons may present; and may, in their discretion, hear other counsel either in support of or in opposition to the claim. Article V., If the award shall be in favor of the United States of America, the amount of the indemnity, which shall be expressed in American gold, shall be paid in cash at the city of Washington, in equal annual sums, without interest, within 1186 five years from the date of the award, the first of the five payments to be made within eight months from that date. Each GovernmentExpenses. shall pay its own commissioner and agent, and all other expenses including clerk hire shall be borne by the two Governments in equal moieties. Article VI., This Convention shall be ratifiedRatification. by the President of the United States of America by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof; and by the President of the United States of Venezuela, with the approval of the Congress thereof; and the ratifications shall be exchanged at Washington as soon as possible. In witness whereof, the respectiveSignatures. plenipotentiaries have signed and sealed the present Convention in duplicate, in the English and Spanish languages. Done at Caracas this nineteenth day of January, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and ninety-two. [seal.] William L. Scruggs. [seal.] Rafael Seijas Mutuamente deseosos de removerContracting parties. toda causa de desavenencia entre si, de una manera honorífica para ambas partes y accorde con sus derechos é intereses, los Gobiernos de los Estados Unidos de América y de los Estados Un idos de Venezuela han resuelto someterá arbitramento la reclamación de la Compañía de Trasporte por vapor de Venezuela, y nombrado respectivamente como sus Plenipotenciarios para concluir á ese fin un convenio: El Presidente de los EstadosPlenipotentiaries. Unidos de América, al Señor William L. Scruggs, Enviado Extraordinario y Ministro Plenipotenciario de ellos en Caracas; Y el Presidente de los Estados Unidos de Venezuela, al ciudadano Doctor Rafael Seijas,. Consultor del Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores; Los cuales, después de haberse exhibido sus respectivos plenos poderes, hallados en buena y debida forma, han convenido en los artículos siguentes: Artículo Io. Las Altes Partes contratantesClaim of Venezuela Steam Transportation Company against Venezuela submitted to arbitration. convienen en someter á arbitramento la cuestión de si el Gobierno 1184 de los Estados Unidos de Venezuela debe pagar al Gobierno de los’ Estados Unidos de América alguna indemnización, y, en caso atirmativo, el quantum de ella por alegado injusto embargo, detención y empleo en guerra ó en otra cosa délos vapores Héroe, Nutriasy San Fernando, de la propriedad de la “Compañía de Trasporte por vapor de Venezuela,” corporación establecida con arreglo a las leyes del EstadodeNueva York, y ciudadano de los Estados Unidos, y por la prisión de sus empleados, ciudadanos de los Estados Unidos. Artículo 2o. La cuestión expresada en el artículo I” será sometida á una Junta de tres comisionados, elegidos uno por el Presidente de los Estados Unidos de América, otro por el Presidente de los Estados Unidos de Venezuela, y el tercero, que no debe ser ciudadano Americai.o ni Venezolano, por los dos así nombrados; mas, si dentro de diez dias contados desde el de su primera reunión, según lo dispuesto en adelante, no pudieren convenir en el tercer comisionado, entonces el Secretario de Estado de los Estados Unidos y el Ministro de Venezuela en Washington pedirán inmediatamente que lo nombre, con la restricción dicha, al Representante Diplomático de Bélgica ó al de Suecia y Noruega en aq uel la capí t al. Los Com i si on ados elegibles por el Presidente de los Estados Unidos de América y el Presidente de los Estados Unidos de Venezuela, serán nombrados dentro de un mes, contando desde la fecha del canje de las ratificaciones de este convenio. En caso de muerte, renunciad incapacidad de alguno de los comisionados y en el de cesar ó no entrar en sus funciones, se llenará la vacante del mismo modo que se dispone aquí respecto del primer nombramiento. Artículo 3o. Los Comisionados nombrados por el Presidente de los Estados Unidosde América yel Presidente 1185 de los Estados Unidos de Venezuela se reunirán en la ciudad de Washington, cuanto antes les sea posible, dentro de tres meses contados desde la fecha del canje de las ratificaciones de este convenio,Selection of third commissioner. y procederán á elegir el tercero. Elegido tal comisionado ó porMeeting of full commission. acuerdo entre los dos primeramente nombrados o del modo alternativo aquí antes dispuesto, los tres comisionados se reunirán en la ciudad de Washington lo más pronto que les fuere dable, dentro de cinco meses contaderos desde la fecha del canje de las ratificaciones de este convenio, y su primer acto será suscribir la solemne declaración de examinar y decidir la reclamación á ellos sometida conforme á justicia y equidad y á los principios del derecho internacional. El juicio acorde de dos cualesquieraJudgment of two commissioners binding. de los comisionados, bastará para la decisión de toda cuestión que se les presénte, y para el fallo definitivo. Artículo 4o. Los comisionados decidirán deEvidence to be received. la reclamación el mérito de la eorrespondencia diplomáticaque sobre ella ha mediado entre los dos Gobiernos, y de las pruebas legales que podrán someterles las Altas Partes contratantes dentro de dos meses contados desde la fecha de la primera junta de la Comisión plena. Su decisión será dada,Decision. cuando mas tarde, dentro de tres meses de la fecha de su primera reunión, y tendrá el carácter de definitiva y concluyente. DeberánAgents to be heard. oír á una persona que sirva de Agente á cada Gobierno y considerar los argumentos que ella presénte, y á su discreción podrán oír otro abogado en pro ó en contra de la reclamación. Artículo 5o. Si la sentencia fuere a favor dePayment of award. los Estados Unidos de América, el importe de la indemnización, que ha dé expresarse en oro Americano, será pagado en efectivo en la ciudad de Washington en porciones anuales iguales sin intere- 1186 sés, dentro de cinco años contados desde la fecha de la sentencia, debiendo efectuarse el primero de los cinco pagos dentro de ocho meses de aquella fecha. Cada Gobierno pagará su proprio comisionado; y la mitad de todos los demas gastos, inclusive el sueldo de secretario. Artículo 6o. Este convenio sera ratificado por el Presidente de los Estarlos Unidos de América, con el consejo y consentimiento de Senado de los misinos, y por el Presidente de los Estados Unidos de Venezuela con la aprobación del Congreso de ellos, y las ratificaciones se canjearán en Washington cuanto antes sea posible. En testimonio de lo cual los respectivos plenipotenciarios han firmado y sellado por duplicado el presente convenio en inglés y en español. Hecho en Caracas, á diez y nueve de Enero del año del Señor mil ochocientos noventa dos. [seal.] William L. Scruggs. [seal.] Rafael Seijas And whereas the said Convention has been duly ratified on bothExchange of ratifications. parts, and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Washington on the 28th day of July, one thousand eight hundred and ninety-four; Now, therefore, be it known that I, Grover Cleveland, President of Proclamation.the United States of America, have caused the said Convention to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States and the citizens thereof. In witness whereof I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this 30th day of July, in the year of our Lord, one thousand eight hundred and ninety-four, and [seal.] of the Independence of the United States the one hundred and nineteenth. Grover Cleveland By the President: W. Q. Gresham *Secretary of State*. June 7, 1893 Treaty 28 Stat. 1187 TREATY—NORWAY. June 7, 1893. 1187 *Treaty between the United States of America, and the Kingdom of NorwayJune 7, 1893. for the extradition of criminals. Concluded at Washington June 7, 1893; ratification advised by the Senate November 1, 1893; ratified by the President November 3, 1893; ratified by the King July 10, 1893; ratifications exchanged at Washington November 8, 1893; proclaimed November 9, 1893*. by the president of the united states of america. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas, a Treaty between the United States of America and thePreamble. Kingdom of Norway for the extradition of criminals was concluded and signed by their respective plenipotentiaries at the city of Washington on the seventh day of June, in the year one thousand eight hundred and ninety three, which Treaty is word for word as follows:— The United States of America and His Majesty the King of Sweden and Norway, being desirous to confirm their friendly relations and to promote the cause of justice, have resolved to conclude a new treaty for the extradition of fugitives from justice between the United States of America and the Kingdom of Norway, and have appointed for that purpose the following Plenipotentiaries: The President of the United States of America, W.Q.Gresham, Secretary of State of the United States, and His Majesty the King of Sweden and Norway, J. A. W. Grip, Bis Majesty’s Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary to the United States, who, after having communicated to each other their respective full powers, found in good and due form, have agreed upon and concluded the following articles: Article I. The Government of the United States and the Government of Norway mutually agree to deliver up persons who, having been charged with or convicted of any of the crimes and offenses specified in the following article, committed within the jurisdiction of one of the contracting parties, shall seek an asylum or be found within the territories of the other: Provided, that this shall only be done upon 1188 such evidence of criminality as, according to the laws of the place where the fugitive or person so charged shall be found, would justify his or her apprehension and commitment for trial if the crime or offense had been there committed. Article II. Extradition shall be granted forExtraditable crimes. the following crimes and offenses: 1. Murder, comprehending assassination,Murder, etc. parricide, infanticide, and poisoning; attempt to commit murder; manslaughter, when voluntary. 2. Arson.Arson.Robbery. 3. Robbery, defined to be the act of feloniously and forcibly taking from the person of another money or goods, by violence or putting him in fear; burglary. 4. Forgery, or the utterance ofForgery. forged papers; the forgery or falsification of official acts of Government, of public authorities, or of courts of justice, or the utterance of the thing forged or falsified. 5. The counterfeiting, falsifyingCounterfeiting, etc. or altering of money, whether coin or paper, or of instruments of debt created by national, state., provincial, or municipal governments, or of coupons thereof, or of bank notes, or the utterance or circulation of the same; or the counterfeiting, falsifying or altering of seals of state. 6. Embezzlement by public officers;Embezzlement, etc. embezzlement by persons hired or salaried, to the detriment of their employers; larceny. 7. Fraud or breach of trust by aBreach of trust, etc. bailee, banker, agent, factor, trustee, or other person acting in a fiduciary capacity, or director or member or officer of any company, when such act is made criminal by the laws of both countries and the amount of money or the value of the property misappropriated is not less than $200 or Kroner 740. 8. Perjury; subornation of perjury.Perjury. 1189 9. Rape; abduction; kidnapping. 10. Willful and unlawful destruction or obstruction of railroads which endangers human life. 11. Crimes committed at sea: (*a*) Piracy, by statute or by the law of nations. (*b*) Revolt, or conspiracy to revolt, by two or more persons on board a ship on the high seas against the authority of the master (*c*) Wrongfully sinking or destroying a vessel at sea, or attempting to do so. (*d*) Assaults on board a ship on the high seas with intent to do grievous bodily harm. 12. Crimes and offenses against the laws of both countries for the suppression of slavery and slave-trading. Extradition is also to take place for participation in any of the crimes and offenses mentioned in this Treaty, provided such participation may be punished, in the United States as a felony, and in Norway by imprisonment at hard labor. Article III. Requisitions for the surrender of fugitives from justice shall be made by the diplomatic agents of the contracting parties, or in the absence of these from the country or its seat of government, may be made by the superior consular officers. If the person whose extradition is requested shall have been convicted of a crime or offense, a duly authenticated copy of the sentence of the court in which he was convicted, or if the fugitive is merely charged with crime, a duly authenticated copy of the warrant of arrest in the country where the crime has been committed, and of the depositions or other evidence upon which such warrant was issued, shall be produced. 1190 The extradition of fugitives underProceedings. the provisions of this Treaty shall be carried out in the United States and in Norway, respectively, in conformity with the laws” regulating extradition for the time being in force in the state on which the demand for surrender is matte. Article IV. Where the arrest and detentionApplications for provisional arrests in the United States. of a fugitive are desired on telegraphic or other information in advance of the presentation of formal proofs, the proper course in the United States shall be to apply to a judge or other magistrate authorized to issue warrants of arrest in extradition cases and present a complaint on oath, as provided by the statutes of the United States. When, under the provisions ofIn Norway. this article, the arrest and detention of a fugitive are desired in the Kingdom of Norway, the proper course shall be to apply to the Foreign Office, which will immediately cause the necessary steps to be taken in order to secure the provisional arrest or detention of the fugitive. The provisional detention of a fugitiveDischarge on default of formal request. shall cease and the prisoner be released if a formal requisition for his surrender, accompanied by the necessary evidence of his criminality, has not been produced under the stipulations of this Treaty, within two mouths from the date of his provisional arrest or detention. Article V. Neither of the contracting partiesNeither country bound to deliver its own citizens. shall be bound to deliver up its own citizens or subjects under the stipulations of this Treaty. Article VI. A fugitive criminal shall not beNo surrender for political offenses. surrendered if the offense i n respect of which his surrender is demanded be of a political character, or if he proves that the requisition for his 1191 surrender has, in fact, been made with a view to try or punish him for an offense of a political character. No person surrendered by either of the high contracting parties to the other shall be triable or tried, or be punished, for any political crime or offense, or for any act connected therewith, committed previously to his extradition. If any question shall arise as to whether a case comes within the provisions of this article, the decision of the authorities of the Government on which the demand for surrender is made, or which may have granted the extradition, shall be final. Article VII. Extradition shall not be granted, in pursuance of the provisions of this Treaty, if legal proceedings or the enforcement of the penalty for the act committed by the person claimed has become barred by limitation, according to the laws of the country to which the requisition is addressed. Article VIII. No person surrendered by either of the high contracting parties to the other shall, without his consent, freely granted and publicly declared by him, be triable or tried or be punished for any crime or offense committed prior to his extradition, other than that for which he was delivered up, until he shall have had an opportunity of returning to the country from which be was surrendered. Article IX. All articles seized which are in the possession of the person to be surrendered at the time of his apprehension, whether being the proceeds of the crime or offense charged, or being material as evidence in making proof of the crime or offense, shall, solar as practicable and in conformity with the laws of the respective countries, be given up when the extradition takes place. Nevertheless, the rights of 1192 third parties with regard to such articles shall be duly respected. Article X. If the individual claimed by onePersons claimed by two or more countries. of the high contracting parties, in pursuance of the present Treaty, shall also be claimed by one or several other powers on account of crimes or offenses committed within their respective jurisdictions, his extradition shall be granted to the state whose demand is first received: Provided, that the Government from which extradition is sought is not bound by treaty to give preference otherwise. Article XI. The expenses incurred in the arrest,Expenses. detention, examination, and delivery of fugitives under this Treaty shall be borne by the state in whose name the extradition is sought: Provided, that the demanding government shall not be compelled to bear any expense for the services of such public officers of the government from which extradition is sought as receive a fixed salary; And, provided, that the charge for the services of such public officers as receive only fees or perquisites shall not exceed their customary fees for the acts or services performed by them had such acts or services been performed in ordinary criminal proceedings under the laws of the country of which they are officers. Article XII. The present Treaty shall takeEffect. effect on the thirtieth day after the date of the exchange of ratifications, and shall not operate Former treaty abrogated.retroactively. On the day on which it takes effect the Convention of March 21, 1860, shall, as between the governments of the United States and of Norway, cease to be in force except as to crimes therein enumerated and committed prior to that day. The ratifications of the presentExchange of ratifications. Treaty shall be exchanged at Wash- 1193 ington as soon as possible, and it shall remain in force for a period of six months after either of the contracting governments shall have given notice of a purpose to terminate it. In witness whereof, the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed the above articles, both in the English and the Norwegian languages, and have hereunto affixed their seals. Done in duplicate, at the city of Washington this seventh day of June, one thousand eight hundred and ninety-three. Walter Q. Gresham [seal.] J. A. W. Grip [seal.] Amerikas Forenede Stater ogContracting parties Hans Majestæt Kongen af Sverige og Norge, der dusker at bestyrke sit venskabelige Forhold og at befordre Justitspleien, har besluttet at indgaa en ny Traktat angaaende Udlevering af undvegne Forbrydere mellem Amerikas Forenede Stater og Kongeriget Norge og bar i det Öiemed udnævnt folgende Befuldmægtû gede. Amerikas Forenede Staters President,Plenipotentiaries. W. Q. Gresham, Amerikas Forenede Staters Statssecretair, og Hans Majestæt Kongen af Sverige og Norge, J. A. W. Grip, Hans Majestæts Envoyé extraordinaireog Ministre Plénipotentiaire i Amerikas Forenede Stater, der, efter at have meddelt hinanden sine respektive Fuldmagter, som befandtes i god og tilbörlig Orden, er blevne enige om og har afsluttet folgende Artikler: Artikel I. De Forenede Staters RegjeringReciprocal delivery of persons charged with crime. og Norges Regjering er enige om gjensidig at udlevere Personer, som er sigtede for eilet kjendte skyldige i nogen af de i den folgende Artikel opregnede Forbrydelser og Forseelser, begaaede inden den eneaf de kontraherende Patters Jurisdiction, og som söger Tilflugt eilet bliverantrufne inden den anden Parts Territorier, forudsat at der fremskaffeset saadant 1188 Bevis for Strafskyld, som overensstemmende med det Lands Love, hvor den Undvegne eller Sigtede antrieffes, vilde retfierdiggjore hans eller hendes Paagribelse og Fremstillelse for Retten, saa fremt Forbrydelsea eller Forseelsen der var bleven begaaet. Artikel II. Udlevering skal tilstaaes for folgende Forbrydelser og Forseelser: 1. Mord, derniider iiidbefattet Snigmord, Mord paa Formldre, Barnemord og Giftmord; Forsög paa Mord, forsmtligt Drab. 2. Mordbrand. 3. Röveri, hvorved skal forstaaes ulovlig Beimegtigel.se af Penge eller Gods fra en anden Person ved Anvendelseaf Void eller Trudsler; Indbrud. 4. Forfalskning eller üdgivelse af forfalskede Papirer; Eftergjöreise eller Forfalskning af Begjeringens, oftentlige Myndigheders eller lietternes embedsmasssige Aktstykker eller üdgivelse af den eftergjorte eller forfalskede Gjenstand. 5. Eftergjö re Ise, Forfalskning eller Forandring af Penge, det vmre sig Mynt eller Papirpenge, eller af Gjaddsbeviser, udstedte af Regjeringen, af en Stat, af en Provindseller Kommunebestyrelse, eller af dertil hörende Kupons, eller af Banknoter, eller Üdgivelse eller Bringen i Omlöb af samme; eller Eftergj0rel.se, Forfalskning eller Forandring af Statens Segl. 6. Underslag, begaaet af offen tlige Funktioniere!’ eller af leiede eller lönnede Personer til Skade for deres Princi paler; Tyveri. 7. Bedrageri eller Brud paa Tillid, forövet af en Depositar, Bankier, Agent, Faktor, Bestyrer eller anden Person, der handler i Egenskab af Tillidsmaud, eller af en Direktor for eller et Medlem af oiler en Betjeut ved et Interessentskab, naar saadan Handling er strafbar efter begge Landes Love, og Belobet af de Penge eller Vmrdien af de Gjenstande, der er svigagtig erhvervede eller modtagne, ikkeer mindre end 200 Dollars eller Kroner 740. 8. Mened; An stiftel se af Mened. 1189 9. Voldtægt; Bortförelse afRape, etc. Kvinde mod hendes Vilje; Berövelse af andres Frihed. 10. Forsætlig og ulovlig bevirketInjuries to railroads. Ödekeggelse eller II in drin g at Jernbane, naar samme er forbundet med Fare for Menneskeliv. 11. Forbrydelser begaaede paaCrimes committed at sea. Säen: (*a*) Söröveri iiblge Lov eller itolge Folkeretten. (*b*) Mytteri eller Sammenrottelse af to eller fiere Personer for at gjöre Mytteri ombord paa Skib i aaben So mod Skipperens Myndighed. (*c*) Uretmmssig Sænkniug eilet Odekeggelse af Fartöi i Söen eilet Forsög paa saadant. (*d*) Angreb paa Person ombord paa Skib i aaben So i Hensigt at tilfoie betydüg legemlig Skade. 12. Forbrydelser og ForseelserSlave trading, etc. mod begge Landes Love til Undertrykkelse af Slaveri og Slavehandel. Udlevering skal ligeledes findeAccessories. Stcd for Delagtighed i nogen af de i denne Traktat nævnte Forbrydelser og Forseelser, forsaavidt saadan Delagtighed bliver at strafie i de Forenede Stater soin “felony “ og i Norge med strengere Straf end Fængsel. Artikel III. Forlangende om Udlevering afRequisitions. uudvegne Forbrydere skal fremsicttes gjennem de kontraherende Barters diplomatiske Agentereller i disses Fravieer fra Landet eller den By, hvori Regjeringen har sit Siede, gjennem de överste Konsulartjenestemiend. Dersom den Person, hvis UdleveringCopy of warrant, sentence, etc. er forlangt, er kjendt skyldig i en Forbrydelse eller Forseelse, skal der fremkegges en tilbörlig bekrmftet Udskriftaf den Dom, ved hvilken han er kjendt skyldig, eller, dersom den Undvegne alene er sigtet for en Forbrydelse, skal der fremliegges en tilbiirlig bekrieftet Gjenpart af det Arrestdekret, som er udstedt i det Laud, i hvilketForbrydelsener begaaet, samt af de retslige Forklaringer eller andre Bevisligheder, i Hen hold til hvilke saadant Dekret er udstedt. 1190 Udlevering af nndvegne Forbrydere i Henhold til denne Traktats Bestcmmelser skal ske respektive i de Forenede Stater og i Norge overensstemmende med de Love, angaaende Udlevering, som paa den Tider gjmldendei den Stat, nos hvilken Udlevering bliver begpert. Artikel IV. Hvis en undvegen Forbryders Paagribelse og Famgsling begjteres enten telegrafisk eher gjennem anden Meddelelse, forinden de formeiige Beviser fremkegges, skal den rigtige Fremgangsmaade i de Forenede Stater viere at henvende sig til en Dommer eher anden Embedsmand, der er bemyndiget til at udstede Arrestordre i Udleveringstilfielde, og for harn at fremhegge en edelig Klage, saaledes som det er besternt i de Forenede Staters Love. For undvegen Forbryders Paagribelse og Fmngslingi Kongeriget Norge i Medför af denne Artikel skal den rigtige Fremgangsmaade viere at henvende sig til Udenrigsdepartementet, der ufortövet vil for an ledige, at der tages de növendige Skridt for at sikre sig den Undvegues forelöbige Paagribelse eher Famgsling. Den forelöbige Famgsling af en undvegen Forbryder skal ophöreog den Fiengslede döslades, dersom der ikke inden 2 Maaneder fra Dagen for bans forelöbige Paagribelse oller Famgsling overensstemmende med deuneTraktats Bestemmelser er tilveiebragt en formeiig Begjiering om hans Udlevering, ledsaget af det nödvendige Bevis for hans 8kyld. Artikel V. Ingen afdekontraherende Parter skal viere forpligtettili Henhold til denne Traktats Bestemmelser at udlevere sine egne Borgere eller Undersaatter. Artikel VI. En undvegen Forbryder skal ikke udleveres, hvis den Overtriedelse, for hvis Skyhl hans Udlevering er begjmrt,eraf politisk Art, el ler hvis hau godtgjör, at Begjieriugen om 1191 hans Udievering i Virkeligheden er fremsat i Hensigt at tiltale eller strafte ham for en Overtrscdelse at politisk Art. Ingen, der er udleveret fra denPolitical offenses prior to extradition. ene aide höie kontraherende Patter til den anden, skal kunne tiltales eller straffes for en politisk Forbry delse eller Overtrmdelse eller foren med en saadau forbunden Handling, naar denneer begaaet für hans Udievering. Hvisderopstaar Spörgsmaal om,Decision. hvorvidt en Sag indgaar under Bestemmelserne i denne Artikel, skal den Kegjerings Afgjörelse, for hvilken Begjteringeu om Udlevering er fremsat, eller som maatte have indrömmet Udleveringen, vtere endelig. Artikel VII. Udievering skal ikke tilstaaes iLimitation of time. Medtor af denne Traktats Bestemmelser, saafremtdermedHensyn til Paatale af eller Straf for den Hand ling, der er begaaet af den reklamerede Person, er indtraadt Præscription overensstemmende med Lovene i det Land, til hvilket Begjaeringen rettes. Artikel VIII. Ingen, der er udleveret fra denTrial only for offense for which surrendered. ene af de höie kontraherende Parter til den anden, maa uden bans eget frivillig og offentlig afgivne Sarntykke til tales eller straffes for nogen anden Forhrydelse eller Forseelse, der er begaaetfür bans Udievering, end den, for hvilken han er hieven udleveret, forinden ban har havt Leilighed til at vendetilbage til det Land, fra hvilket han blev udleveret. Artikel IX. Alle i Forvaring tagne Gjenstunde,Disposal of articled seized with person. som var i den Persons Besiddelse, som skal udleveres, paa den Tid, da han blev paagrebeu, hvad enten de bestaar i Edbytte af den Forbrydelse eller Forseelse, hvor for han er anklaget, eller det er Bevismateriale for dens Forövelse, skal saavidt muligt og overensstemmende med de respektive Landes Love, udleveres samtidig med Angjseldende. Dog skal Tre- 1192 diemands Rettigheder med Hensyn til saadanne Gjenstande tilbörlig respekteves. Artikel X. Hvis en Person, der er forlangt udleveret af en af de höie kontraherende Partei’ i Henhold til narvarende Traktat, ligeledes skulde blive forlangt udleveret af en eher fiere andre Magter paa Grund af Forbrydelser eher Forseelser, begaaede ideres respektive Jurisdiktioner, skal bans Udlevering indrömmes den Stat, hvis BegjaTing herom fürst indlöber, forudsat at ikke den Kegjering, hos hvem üdlevering er forlangt, ved Traktat er forpligtet til paa anden Maade at give nogen Fortrinet. Artikel XI. Udgifter bevirkede ved undvegne Forbryderes Paagribelse, Arrest, Afhörelse og Udlevering i Henhold til den ne Traktat skal basres af den Stat, i hvis Navn Udleveringen er begjiert; dog skal den reklamerende Kegjering ikke viere forpligtet til at yde Betaling for Bistand, ydet af saadanne offentlige Tjenestemamd under den Kegjering, hos bvilken Udlevering begjteres, som oppebterer fast Lon; heller ikke skal Beinlingen for Bistand, ydet af saadanne offentlige Tjenestemiend, der alene oppebierer Salier eller Sportler, overstige deres siedvanlige Godtgjörelse for de af dem udförte TjenesteHandlinger, saafremt disse Jiavde vmret udförte under en almindelig kriminel Ketsfortölgning efter Lovene i deres eget Land. Artikel XII. Nier viereude Traktat trmder i Kraft den 30te Dag efter Ratifikationernes Udvexling og skal ikke have tilbagevirkende Kraft. Fra den Dag, den trieder i Kraft, skal Konventionen af 21 de Marts 1860 ophöre at viere gjmldende mellem de Forenede Staters og Norges Regjeringcr, undtagen forsaavidt angaar de i den opregnede Forbrydelser, der er begaaede für naevnte Bag. Ratifikation eine ved komm ende denne Traktat skal udvexles i 1193 Washington saa snart som muligt, og den skal forblive i Kraft i et Tidsrum af G Maaneder efterat en af de kontraherende Regjeringer har givet tilkjende sin Hensigt at opluwe stimme. Til Bekrmftelse herpaa har deSignatures. respektive Befuldmmgtigede underskrevet ovenmevute Artikler, affattede baade i det engelske og i det norske Sprog, sampt herunder ftestet sine Segl. Givet in duplo i Washington paa den syvende Dag i Juni Et Tusinde Otte .Hundrede og Tre og Nitti. Walter Q. Gresham [seal.] J. A. W. Grip [seal.] And whereas the said Treaty has been duly ratified on both parts,Ratification. and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Washington on the eighth day of November, one thousand eight hundred and ninety-three: Now, therefore, be it known that I, Grover Cleveland, PresidentProclamation. of the United States of America, have caused the said Treaty to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States and the citizens thereof: In witness whereof I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this ninth day of November, in the year of our Lord, one thousand eight hundred and ninety-three, [seal.] and of the Independence of the United States the one hundred and eighteenth. Grover Cleveland By the President: W. Q. Gresham *Secretary of State*. January 8, 1894 January 25, 1894 Convention 28 Stat. 1194 1194 CONVENTION—NEWFOUNDLAND. January 8⁄25, 1894. *Parcels-Post Convention between the United States of America and Newfoundland*.January 8⁄25, 1894. For the purpose of making better postal arrangements between thePreamble. United States of America and Newfoundland, the undersigned, Wilson S. Bissell, Postmaster General of the United States of America and James O. Fraser, Postmaster General of Newfoundland, by virtue of authority vested in them, have agreed upon the following articles for the establishment of a Parcels-Post system of exchanges between the United States and Newfoundland. Article I. The provisions of this Convention relate only to parcels of mail matterExtent of Convention. to be exchanged by the system herein provided for, and do not affect the arrangements now existing under the Universal Postal Union Convention, which will continue as heretofore; and all the agreements hereinafter contained apply exclusively to mails exchanged under these articles. Article II. 1. There shall be admitted to the mails exchanged under this Convention,Articles admitted to the mails. articles of merchandise and mail matter—except letters, postcards, and written matter—of all kinds, that are admitted under any conditions to the domestic mails of the country of origin, except that no packet may exceed eleven
(11)pounds (or five
(5)kilograms) in weight, nor the following dimensions: Greatest length in any direction, three feet six inches; greatest length and girth combined, six feet; and must be so wrapped or enclosed as to permit their contents to be easily examined by postmasters and customs officers; and except that the following articles are prohibited admission to the mails exchanged under this Convention: Publications which violate the copyright laws of the country of destination;Articles prohibited. poisons, and explosive or inflammable substances; fatty substances, liquids and those which easily liquefy, confections and pastes; live or dead animals, except dead insects and” reptiles when thoroughly dried: fruits and vegetables, and substances which exhale a bad odor; lottery tickets, lottery advertisements, or lottery circulars; all obscene or immoral articles; articles which may in any way damage or destroy the mails or injure the persons handling them. 2. All admissible articles of merchandise mailed in one country forFreedom from inspection. the other, or received in one country from the other, shall be free from any detention or inspection whatever, except such as is required for collection of customs duties, and shall be forwarded by the most speedy means to their destination, being subject in their transmission to the laws and regulations of each country, respectively. Article III. 1. A letter or communication of the nature of personal correspondenceLetters must not accompany parcels. must not accompany, be written on, or enclosed with any parcel. 2. If such be found, the letter will be placed in the mails if separable,Rejection. and if the communication be inseparably attached, the whole package will be rejected. If, however, any such should inadvertently be for- 1195 warded, the country of destination will collect double rates of postage according to the Universal Postal Convention. 3. No parcel may contain packages intended for delivery at an addressAddress. other than that borne by the parcel itself. If such enclosed packages be detected, they must be sent forward singly, charged with new and distinct Parcel-Post rates. Article IV. 1. The following rates of postage shall in all cases be required to beRates of postage. *fully prepaid* with postage stamps of the country of origin, viz: 2. For a parcel not exceeding one pound in weight twelve
(12)cents; and for each additional pound, or fraction of a pound, twelve
(12)cents. 3. The parcels shall be promptly delivered to addressees at the post-officesDelivery. of address in the country of destination free of charge for postage; but the country of destination may, at its option, levy and collect from the addressee for interior service and delivery a charge the amount of which is to be fixed according to its own regulations, but which shall in no case exceed five
(5)cents for each parcel, whatever its weight. Article V. 1. The sender will, at the time of mailing the package, receive a certificateReceipt. of mailing from the post-office where the package is mailed on a form like Form 1 annexed hereto. 2. The sender of a package may have the same registered in accordanceRegistry. with the regulations of the country of origin. 3. An acknowledgment of the delivery of a registered article shallReturn receipt. be returned to the sender when requested; but either country may require of the sender prepayment of a fee therefor not exceeding five cents. 4. The addressees of registered articles shall be advised of the arrivalNotice to addressee. of a package addressed to them, by a notice from the post-office of destination. Article VI. 1. The sender of each parcel shall make a customs declaration, pastedCustoms declaration. upon or attached to the package, upon a special form provided for the purpose (see Form 2 annexed hereto) giving a general description of the parcel, an accurate statement of its contents and value, date of mailing, and the sender’s signature and place of residence, and. place of address. 2. The parcels in question shall be subject in the country of destinationCollection of duties. to all customs duties and all customs regulations in force in that country for the protection of its customs revenues; and the customs duties properly chargeable thereon shall be collected on delivery, in accordance with the customs regulations of the country of destination; but neither sender or addressee shall be subject to the payment of any charge for fines or penalties on account of failure to comply with any customs regulation. Article VII. Each country shall retain to its own use the whole of the postagesFees to be retained. registration and delivery fees, it collects on said parcels; consequently this Convention will give rise to no separate accounts between the two countries. Article VIII. 1. The parcels shall be considered as a component part of the mailsTransportation. exchanged *direct* between the United States and Newfoundland to be despatched to destination by the country of origin at its cost and by 1196 such means as it provides; but must be forwarded, at the option of the despatching office, either in boxes prepared expressly for the purpose or in ordinary mail sacks, marked “Parcels-Post,” and securely sealed with wax or otherwise, as may be mutually provided by regulations hereunder. 2. Each country shall promptly return *empty* to the despatching officeReturn of sacks, etc. by next mail, all such bags and boxes. 3. Although articles admitted under this Convention will be transmittedPacking. as aforesaid between the exchange offices, they should be so carefully packed as to be safely transmitted in the open mails of either country, both in going to the exchange office in the country of origin and to the office of address in the country of destination. 4. Each despatch of a Parcels-Post mail must be accompanied by aDescriptive list. descriptive list, in duplicate, of all the parcels sent, showing distinctly the list number of each parcel, the name of the sender, the name of the addressee with address of destination, and the declared contents and value; and must be enclosed in one of the boxes or sacks of such despatch (see Form 3 annexed hereto). Article IX. Exchanges of mails under this Convention from any place in eitherExchange offices. country to any place in the other, shall be effected through the post-offices of both countries already designated as exchange post-offices, or through such others as may be hereafter agreed upon; under such regulations relative to the details of the exchange as may be mutually determined to be essential to the security and expedition of the mails and the protection of the customs revenues. Article X. 1. As soon as the mail shall have reached the office of destination,Receipt of mail. that office shall check the contents of the mail. 2. In the event of the parcel bill not having been received a substituteParcel bill. should be at once prepared. 3. Any errors in the entries on the parcel bill which may be discovered,Errors. should, after verification by a second officer, be corrected and noted for report to the despatching office on a form “Verification certificate,” which should be sent in a special envelope. 4. If a parcel advised on the bill be not received, after the non-receiptNon receipt of parcels. has been verified by a second officer the entry on the bill should be canceled and the fact reported at once. 5. If a parcel be observed to be insufficiently prepaid, it must not beInsufficient postage. taxed with deficient postage, but the circumstance must be reported on the verification certificate form. 6. Should a parcel be received in a damaged or imperfect condition,Damaged parcels. full particulars should be reported on the same form. 7. If no verification certificate or note of error be received, a parcelCorrect mails. mail shall be considered as duly delivered, having been found on examination correct in all respects. Article XI. 1. If a parcel can not be delivered as addressed, or is refused, it mustFailure to deliver. be returned without charge directly to the despatching office of exchange, at the expiration of thirty days from its receipt at the office of destination; and the country of origin may collect from the sender for the return of the parcel, a sum equal to the postage when first mailed. 2. When the contents of a parcel which can not be delivered areDisposal of perishable articles. liable to deterioration or corruption, they may be destroyed at once if necessary, or if expedient, sold, without previous notice or judicial formality, for the benefit of the right person, the particulars of each sale being noticed by one post-office to the other. 1197 3. An order for redirection or reforwarding must be accompanied byRedirection, etc. the amount due for postage necessary for the return of the article to the office of origin, at the ordinary parcel rates. Article XII. The Post Office Department of either of the contracting countriesNo responsibility for loss or damage. will not be responsible for the loss or damage of any parcel, and consequently no indemnity can be claimed by the sender or addressee in either country. Article XIII. The Postmaster General of the United States of America and the Further regulations.Postmaster General of Newfoundland, shall have authority to jointly make such further regulations of order and detail as may be found necessary to carry out the present Convention from time to time; and may, by agreement, prescribe conditions for the admission to the mails of any of the articles prohibited by Article II of this Convention. Article XIV. This Convention shall take effect and operations thereunder shallDuration. begin on the first day of April, 1894; and shall continue in force until terminated by mutual agreement, but may be annulled at the desire of either Department, upon six months’ previous notice given to the other. Done in duplicate, and signed at Washington, the eighth day ofSignature. January, one thousand eight hundred and ninety-four, and at St. John’s the twenty-fifth day of January, one thousand eight hundred and ninety-four. [seal.] Wilson S. Bissell, *Postmaster General of the United States of America*. [seal.] Jas. Oliphant Fraser, *Postmaster General of Newfoundland*. The foregoing Parcels-Post Convention between the United States ofApproval. America and Newfoundland has been negotiated and concluded with my advice and consent, and is hereby approved and ratified. In testimony whereof, I have caused the Great Seal of the United States to be hereunto affixed. [seal.] Grover Cleveland. By the President: Walter Q. Gresham, *Secretary of State*. Washington, *March 13th, 1894*. T. O’Brien, Lt. Col., [seal.] *Gov. of Newfoundland*. The foregoing Parcels-Post Convention between the United States of America and Newfoundland has been negotiated and concluded with the approval of His Excellency Sir J. Terence O’Brien, Governor and Commander-in-Chief in and over the Island of Newfoundland and its Dependencies, in Council, in pursuance of the provisions of the Post Office Act 1891. In testimony whereof the Great Seal of the Island of Newfoundland is hereunto affixed, at St. John’s in the Island of Newfoundland this twenty-fifth day of January, Anno Domini, One thousand eight hundred and ninety-four. By His Excellency’s Command: R. Bond, *Colonial Secretary*. 1198 Form 1.Receipt. Form 2.Customs declaration. 1199 Form 2—Continued. Form 3.Parcel bill. February 3, 1894 Convention 28 Stat. 1200 1200 GREAT BRITAIN—BOUNDARY. February3, 1894. *Supplemental Convention between the United States of America and theFebruary 3, 1894. United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, extending, until December 31, 1895, the provisions of Article 1, of the Convention of July 30, 1892, relative to British Possessions in North America. Signed at Washington, February 3, 1891; ratification advised by the Senate, February 12, 1891; ratified by the President, February 15, 1894; ratified by Her Majesty the Queen, March 9, 1894; ratifications exchanged at Washington, March 28, 1894; proclaimed March 28, 1894*. by the president of the united states of america. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas, a Supplemental Convention between the United States ofPreamble.Vol. 27. p. 955. America and Great Britain, extending, until December 31, 1895, the provisions of Article 1 of the Convention of July 22, 1892 relative to British possessions in North. America, was concluded and signed by their respective plenipotentiaries at the city of Washington on the 3d day of February in the year one thousand eight hundred and ninety-four, which Supplemental Convention is word for word as follows: The Governments of the United States of America and of HerContracting parties. Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, being credibly advised that the labors of the Commission organized pursuant to the Convention which was concluded between the High Contracting Parties at Washington, July 22, 1892, providing for the delimitation of the existing boundary between the United States and Her Majesty’s possessions in North America in respect to such portions of said boundary line as may not in fact have been permanently marked in virtue of treaties heretofore concluded, can not be accomplished within the period of two years from the first meeting of the Commission as fixed by that Convention, have deemed it expedient to conclude a supplementary convention extending the term for a further period and for this purpose have named as their respective plenipotentiaries: The President of the United States, Walter Q. Gresham, SecretaryPlenipotentiaries. of State of the United States, and Her Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, His Excellency Sir Julian Pauncefote, G. C. B., G. U. M. G., Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary of Great Britain; Who, after having communicated to each other their respective full powers which were found to be in due and proper form, have agreed upon the following articles: Article I. The third paragraph of Article I of the Convention of July 22, 1892,Alaskan Boundary Commission.Time extended for final report. states that the respective Commissions shall complete the survey and submit their final reports thereof within two years from the date of their first meeting. The Joint Commissioners held their first meeting November 28, 1892; hence the time allowed by that Convention expires November 28, 1894. Believing it impossible to complete the required work within the specified period, the two Governments hereby mutually agree to extend the time to December 31, 1895. Article II. The present Convention shall be duly ratified by the President ofExchange of ratifications. the United States of America, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof, and by Her Britannic Majesty; and the ratifications shall be exchanged at Washington at the earliest practicable date. 1201 In faith whereof we, the respective Plenipotentiaries, have signedSignatures. this Convention and have hereunto affixed our seals. Done in duplicate at Washington, the 3d day of February, one thousand eight hundred and ninety-four. [seal] W. Q. Geesham. [seal] Julian Pauncefote. And whereas the said Supplemental Convention has been duly ratifiedRatification. on both parts, and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Washington on the 28th day of March, one thousand eight hundred and ninety-four: Now, therefore, be it known that I, Grover Cleveland, President ofProclamation. the United States of America, have caused the said Supplemental Convention to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States and the citizens thereof. In witness whereof I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this twenty-eighth day of March, in the year of our Lord, one thousand eight hundred and [seal.] ninety-four, and of the Independence of the United States the one hundred and eighteenth. Grover Cleveland By the President: Walter Q Geesham *Secretary of State*. May 4, 1894 April 22, 1894 Agreement 28 Stat. 1202 1202 AGREEMENT—RUSSIA. FUR SEALS. October May 4⁄April 22, 1894. *Agreement between the United States of America and the Imperial GovernmentMay 4,⁄April 22, 1894. of Russia for a Modus Vivendi in relation to the Fur-Seal Fisheries in Behring Sea and the North Pacific Ocean. Signed at Washington, May 4,⁄April 22, 1894; ratification advised by the Senate, May 9, 1891; proclaimed, May 12, 1891*. by the president of the united states of america. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas an agreement for a *modus vivendi* between the GovernmentPreamble. of the United States and the Imperial Government of Russia, in relation to the fur-seal fisheries in Behring Sea and the North Pacific Ocean, was concluded on the 4th. day of May. one thousand eight hundred and ninety-four, which agreement being in the English and French languages is word for word as follows: *Agreement between the Government*Modus vivendi* relating to fur-seal fisheries. of the United States and the Imperial Government of Russia for a modus vivendi in relation to the Fur-Seal Fisheries in Behring Sea and the North Pacific Ocean*. For the purpose of avoiding difficultiesTemporary agreement. and disputes in regard to the taking of fur-seal in the waters of Behring Sea and the North Pacific Ocean, and to aid in the preservation of seal life, the Government of the United States and the Imperial Government of Russia have entered into the following temporary agreement, with the understanding that it is not to create a precedent for the future, and that the contracting parties mutually reserve entire liberty to make choice hereafter of such measures as may be deemed best adapted for the protection of the fur-seal species, whether by means of prohibitive zones, or by the complete prohibition of pelagic sealing, or by appropriate regulation of seal-hunting in the high seas. 1. The Government of the UnitedProhibition of hunting fur seal in waters adjoining Russian coasts, by American citizens. States will prohibit citizens of the United States from hunting fur-seal within a zone of ten nautical miles along the Russian coasts of Behring Sea, and of the North Pacific Ocean, as well as within a zone of thirty nautical miles around 1203 the Komandorsky (Commander) Islands and Tulienew (Robben) Island, and will promptly use its best efforts to ensure the observance of this prohibition by citizens and vessels of the United States. 2. Vessels of the United States engaged in hunting fur-seal in the above-mentioned zones outside of the territorial waters of Russia may be seized and detained by the naval or other duly commissioned officers of Russia: but they shall be handed over as soon as practicable to the naval or other commissioned officers of the United States or to the nearest authorities thereof. In case of impediment or difficulty in so doing, the commander of the Russian cruiser may confine his action to seizing the ship’s papers of the offending vessels in order to deliver them to a naval or other commissioned officer of the United States, or to communicate them to the nearest authorities of the United States as soon as possible. 3. The Government of the United States agrees to cause to be tried by the ordinary courts, with all due guarantees of defense, such vessels of the United States as may be seized, or the ship’s papers of which may be taken, as herein prescribed, by reason of their engaging in the hunting of fur-seal within the prohibited zones outside of the territorial waters of Russia aforesaid. 4. The Imperial Russian Government will limit to 30.000 head the number of fur-seal to be taken during the year 1894, on the coasts of the Komandorsky (Commander) and Tulienew (Robben) Islands. 5. The present agreement shall have no retroactive force as regards the seizure of any seal-hunting vessel of the United States by the naval or other commissioned officers of Russia prior to the conclusion hereof. 6. The present agreement beingDuration. intended to serve the purpose of a mere provisional expedient to meet 1204 existing circumstances, may be terminated at will by either party upon giving notice to the other. In witness whereof, we, WalterSignatures. Q. Gresham, Secretary of State of the United States, and Prince Gregoire Cantacuzene, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of His Majesty the Emperor of all the Russias, have, on behalf of our respective Governments, signed and sealed this Agreement in duplicate, and in the English and French languages, in the City of Washington, this 4 May⁄22 April 1894. *Arrangement entre le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis et le Gouvernement Impérial de la Russie pour un modus vivendi concernant la pêche des phoques à fourrure dans la mer de Bering et l’Océan Pacifique du Nord*. Afin d’éviter toutes contentions et controverses au sujet de la pêche des phoques à fourrure dans les eaux de la mer de Bering et de l’Océan Pacifique du Nord, et pour aider à la préservation de l’espèce, le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis et le Gouvernement Impérial de Russie ont conclu l’arrangement provisoire suivant, sous la réserve qu’à aucun titre il ne puisse servir de précédent, et que les parties contractantes conservent leur entière liberté dans l’avenir quant aux choix des moyens qu’elles jugeront le plus propres à la préservation des phoques à fourrure, soit au moyen de zones prohibées, soit au moyen del’interdiction complete de la chasse pélagique du phoque ou de sa règlementation en pleine mer. 1. Le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis défendra aux citoyens des Etats-Unis de chasser le phoque à fourrure dans une zone de dix milles maritimes le long de la côte russe de la mer Bering et del’Ocean Pacifique du Nord, ainsi que dans une zone de trente milles maritimes 1203 autour des Isles Kommandorsky (Commander Islands) et de file Tulienew (Robben Island), et prendra sans retard les mesures necessaires pour faire respecter cette interdiction par les citoyens et les navires des Etats-Unis. 2. Les navires appartenant auxSeizure of offenders. Etats-Unis se livrant à la chasse aux phoques à fourrure dans les zones susmentionnées en dehors des eaux territoriales de la Russie, pourront être saisis et détenus par les officiers russes de la marine ou tout autre officier dûment autorisés à cet effet, mais ils devront être remis aussitôt que faire se pourra, aux officiers de la marine fédérale ou à tout autre officier autorisé à cet effet ou aux autorités des Etats-Unis, les plus proches. En cas d’empêchement ou de difficulté, le Commandant du croiseur russe pourra se borner à saisir les papiers de bord des navires en contravention afin de les remettre à un officier de la marine ou a tout autre officier autorisé à cet effet des Etats-Unis, ou pour les transmettre le plus tôt possible aux autorités des Etats-Unis les plus proches. 3. Le Gouvernement des Etats-UnisTrials. s’engage à faire juger parles tribunaux ordinaires et offrant toutes les garanties necessaires, les navires des Etats-Unis arrêtés ou ceux dont les papiers de bord seraient saisis de la manière prescrite dans le présent arrangement, comme s’étant livrés à la chasse aux phoques à fourrure dans la zone prohibée en dehors des eaux territoriales Russes. 4. Le Gouvernement ImpérialLimit of catch by Russia. limitera, à trente mille le nombre des phoques à fourrure qui pourront être tués pendant l’année 1894 sur les côtes des iles Kommandorsky et Tulienew (Commander and Robben’s Islande. 5. L’arrangement actuel n’auraNot retroactive. pas de force rétrospective quant à la saisie de navires des Etats-Unis employés il la chasse aux phoques, par les officiers de la marine ou par tout autre officier russe antérieurement à la conclusion du présent arrangement. 6. Le présent arrangement n’étant qu’un expédient essentiellement provisoire, pourra être ter- 1204 miné par l’une ou l’autre des deux parties eu le dénonçant. En foi de quoi nous Walter Q. Gresham, Secrétaire d’Etat des Etats-Unis, et Prince Grégoire Cantaeuzène, envoyé Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiaire de Sa Majesté l’Empereur de toutes les Rassies près les Etats-Unis, avons, au nom de nos Gouvernements respectifs, signés le présent arrangement en duplicata dans les langues anglaise et française, et y avons apposé nos sceaux, à Washington ce 4 Mai⁄22 Avril 1894. Walter Q. Gresham [seal] Prince Cantacuzene [seal] And whereas the Senate by their resolution of May 9, 1894, (two-thirdsRatification. of the Senators present concurring therein,) did advise and consent to the ratification of the same Now, therefore, be it known that I, Grover Cleveland, President ofProclamation. the United States of America, have caused the said Agreement to be made public to the end that the same and every part thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this twelfth day of May, in the year of Our Lord one thousand eight hundred and ninety-four, and of the Independence of the United States the one hundred and eighteenth. Grover Cleveland By the President: W. Q. Gresham *Secretary of State* [seal] February 28, 1893 Convention 28 Stat. 1205 CONVENTION—ECUADOR, February 28, 1893. 1205 *Convention between the United States of America tend the Republic ofFebruary 28, 1893. Ecuador, providing for the submission to arbitration of the claim of Julio R. Santos against the Government of Ecuador. Signed at Quito, February 28, 1893; ratification advised by the Senate, September 11, 1893; ratified by the President of the United States, September 16, 1893; ratified by the President of Ecuador, August 26, 1894; ratifications exchanged at Washington, November 6, 1894; proclaimed, November 7, 1894*. By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas, a Convention between the United States of America andPreamble. the Republic of Ecuador providing for the submission to arbitration of the claim of Julio R. Santos against the Government of Ecuador was concluded and signed by their respective plenipotentiaries at the city of Quito on the 28th day of February, in the year one thousand eight hundred and ninety-three, which Convention, being in the English and Spanish languages, is, word for word, as follows: The United States of America, and the Republic of Ecuador, being desirous of removing all questions of difference between them, and of maintaining their good relations, in a manner consonant to their just interests and dignity, have decided to conclude a convention, and for that purpose have named as their respective Plenipotentiaries, to wit: The President of the United States; Rowland Blennerhassett Mahany, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the United States to Ecuador; and The President of Ecuador; Honorato Vazquez, Plenipotentiary *ad hoc*, of that Republic; who, having communicated to each other their respective Full Powers, found in good and due form, have agreed upon the following articles: Article I. The two governments agree to refer to the decision of an arbitrator, to be designated in the man- 1206 ner hereinafter provided, the claim presented by the Government of the United States against that of the Republic of Ecuador, in behalf of Julio R. Santos, a native of Ecuador, and naturalized as a citizen of the United States in the year 1874; the said claim being for injuries to his person and property, growing out of his arrest and imprisonment by the authorities of Ecuador, and other acts of the said authorities in the years 1884 and 1885. Article II. 1. In order to secure the servicesBritish representative in Quito to be arbitrator. of a competent and impartial arbitrator, it is agreed that the Government of Her Britannic Majesty be requested to authorize its diplomatic representative in Quito, to act in that capacity; or in case of his absence from the country, that this permission be given his successor. 2. In case of the failure of theSubstitution. diplomatic representative of Her Britannic Majesty’s Government, or of the successor of the said representative, to act as such arbiter, then the said representative, or his successor, be requested to name an arbitrator who shall not be a citizen either of the United States or of Ecuador. 3. Any vacancy in the office ofVacancy. Arbitrator, to be tilled in the same manner as the original appointment. Article III. 1. As soon as may be after theCase to be submitted in ninety days. designation of the Arbitrator, not to exceed the period of ninety days, the written or printed case of each of the contracting parties, accompanied by the documents, the official correspondence and other evidence on which each relies, shall be delivered to the Arbitrator, and to the agent of the other party; and within ninety days after such delivery and exchange of the cases of the two parties, either party may, in like manner, deliver to the Arbitrator, and to the agent of the other side, Counter case.a counter-case to the documents and evidence presented by the 1207 other party, with such written or printed argument as may, by each, be deemed proper. And each government shall furnish upon the request of the other, or its agent, such papers in its possession as may be deemed important to the just determination of the claim. 2. Within the last named period of ninety days, the Arbitrator may also call for such evidence as he may deem proper, to be furnished within the same period; and shall also receive such oral and documentary evidence as each Government may offer. Each government shall also furnish, upon the requisition of the Arbitrator, all documents in its possession, which may be deemed by him as material to the just determination of the claim. 3. Within sixty days after the last mentioned period of ninety days, the Arbitrator shall render his opinions and decisions in writing, and certify the same to the two Governments. These decisions and opinions shall embrace the following points, to wit: (*a*) Whether, according to the evidence adduced, Julio R. Santos, by his return to and residence in Ecuador, did or did not, under the provisions of the Treaty of Naturalisation between the two Governments, concluded May 6, 1872, forfeit his United States citizenship as to Ecuador, and resume the obligations of the latter country. (*b*) If he did not so forfeit his United States citizenship, whether or not it was shown by the evidence adduced, that Julio R. Santos has been guilty of such acts of unfriendliness and hostility to the Government of Ecuador, as, under the Law of Nations, deprived him of the consideration and protection due a neutral citizen of a friendly Nation. Article IV. 1. In case either one or the other of the points recited in clauses (*a*) and (*b*) of the last preceding article, should be decided in favor of the contention of the Government of Ecuador, said Government shall be held to no further responsibility to that of the United States for 1208 arrest, imprisonment, and other acts of the authorities of Ecuador towards Julio It. Santos, during the years. 1884 and 1885. 2. On the other hand, shouldAward if decision in favor of claimant. the Arbitrator decide the above recited points against the contention of Ecuador, he shall, after a careful examination of the evidence touching the injuries and losses to the person and property of the said Santos, which shall have been laid before him concerning the arrest and imprisonment of said Santos, and other acts of the authorities of Ecuador towards him, during the years 1884 and 1885, award such damages for said injuries and losses as may be just and equitable: which shall be certified to the two Governments and shall be final and conclusive. Article V. 1. Both Governments agree toAward final. treat the decisions of the Arbitrator and his award as final and conclusive. 2. Should a pecuniary indemnityPayment of indemnity. be awarded, it shall be specified in the gold coin of the United States, and shall be paid to the Government thereof within sixty days after the beginning of the first session of the Congress of Ecuador, held subsequent to the rendition of the award, and the said award shall bear interest at six per centum from the date of its rendition. 3. The Government of Ecuador, however, reserves the right to pay, before the expiration of the above stated time, the whole amount to the Government of the United States, with interest at six per centum from the date of the announcement of the award till the date of the payment thereof. Article VI. 1. Each government shall payExpenses of and counsel. its own agent and counsel, if any, for the expenses of preparing and submitting its case to the arbitrator. 2. All other expenses, includingOther expenses. reasonable compensation to the Secretary, if any, of the Arbitra- 1209 tor, shall be paid upon the certificates of the Arbitrator, by the two Governments in equal moieties. Article VII. The present convention shall be ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof; by the Congress of Ecuador and by the President thereof; and the ratifications exchanged at Washington as soon as possible. In faith whereof, the Plenipotentiaries have signed and sealed this Convention in duplicate, in the City of Quito, this twenty eighth day of February, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and ninety three. Los Estados Unidos de AméricaContracting parties. y la República del Ecuador, deseando alejar todo motivo de desavenencia entre si y mantener sus buenas relaciones, de acuerdo con sus justos intereses y dignidad, han decidido celebrar una Convención, y, con tal objeto, han nombrado sus respectivos Plenipotenciarios, á saber: El Presidente de los EstadosPlenipotentiaries. Unidos á Rowland Blennerhassett Mahany, Enviado Extraordinario y Ministro Plenipotenciario de los Estados Unidos en el Ecuador, y El Presidente del Ecuador á Honorato Vázquez, Plenipotenciario *ad hoc* de dicha República, quienes, habiéndose manifestado sus respectivos Plenos Poderes, y, hallándolos en buena y debida forma, han acordado los siguientes artículos: Artículo I. Los dos Gobiernos acuerdan so-meterClaim of Julio R. Santos against Ecuador submitted to arbitration. á la decisión de un Arbitro, designado de la manera que luego 1206 se indicará, la reclamación presentada por el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos contra el de la República del Ecuador respecto de Julio R. Santos, nativo del Ecuador y ciudadano naturalizado en los Estados Unidos en el año de 1874, reclamación por daños á su persona .y bienes á causa de su arresto y prisión por las autoridades del Ecuador y otros actos de las mismas autoridades en los años de 1884 y 1885. Artículo II. 1. Para asegurar los servicios de un Arbitro imparcial y competente, se ha convenido que se suplique al Gobierno de Su Majestad Británica, autorice á su representante diplomático en Quito para que actúe con ese cáracter, y en el caso de ausencia de éste, dé igual permiso á su sucesor. 2. En caso de impedimento del representante diplomático del Gobierno de Su Majestad Británica ó del sucesor de dicho representante para actuar como Arbitro, se solicitará del mismo representante ó su sucesor nombre un Arbitro, que no sea ciudadano de los Estados Unidos ni del Ecuador. 3. Cualquiera vacante que ocurriere en el cargo de Arbitro, se llenará de la misma manera que queda indicada. Artículo III. 1. Tan pronto como se pueda, después de designado el Arbitro, y dentro del período de noventa dias, se entregarán al Arbitro y al agente de la otra Parte, el memorial impreso ó escrito de las Partes contratantes, acompañado de los documentos, Incorrespondencia oficial y demás pruebas que lo apoyen; y dentro de noventa dias después de tal entrega y cambio de los alegatos de ambas Partes, puede cada una de ellas entregar de la misma manera, al Arbitro y al agente de la otra Parte una réplica á los documentos y pruebas presentados por la otra Parte, así como cualquier otra alegación escrita ó impresa, del 1207 modo que cada una juzgue conveniente. Cada Gobierno, á peticiónPapers. de uno á otro, ó de su agente, suministrará los documentos que poseyese y que se juzgaren importantes para la justa decisión del reclamo. 2. Dentro del dicho período deEvidence called for by arbitrator. noventa dias puede también el Arbitro pedir las pruebas que juzgare necesarias, las que se le suministrarán dentro del mismo período: re cibirá también las pruebas orales ó documentados que cada uno de los Gobiernos quisiere presentar. Cada Gobierno proporcionará también, á petición del Arbitro, to-dos los documentos que poseyese, que á juicio de éste fueren pertinentes parala justa determinación del reclamo. 3. Dentro de sesenta dias despuésDecision. del último período mencionado de noventa dias, el Arbitro dará por escrito sus opiniones y decisiones, notificándolas á los dos Gobiernos. Estas opiniones y decisiones comprenderán los siguientes puntos, á saber: (*a*) Si conforme á la prueba aducida,Citizenship of claimant. Julio R. Santos, por su regreso al Ecuador y residencia en él, ha perdido ó nó, al tenor de lo con venido en el tratado de naturalización entre los dos Gobiernos, ajustado el 6 de Mayo de 1872, respecto del Ecuador su ciudadanía de los Estados Unidos y reasumido sus obligaciones para con el Ecuador. (*b*) Si en caso de no haber perdidoLiability for alleged acts. su ciudadanía de los Estados Unidos, se ha comprobado ó nó que Julio R. Santos fué culpable de tales actos de enemistad y hostilidad hácia el Gobierno del Ecuador que, según el derecho internacional, le han privado de la. consideración y protección debidas á un ciudadano neutral de una Nación amiga. Artículo IV. 1. En caso de que uno úotro de losResponsibility to cease if decision for Ecuador. puntos expresados en las cláusulas (*a*) y’ (*b*) del artículo anterior, se decidieren en favor de lo que sostiene el Gobierno del Ecuador, dicho Gobierno quedará para en adelante libre de toda responsabilidad para con el de los Estados 1208 Unidos, por el arresto, prisión y otros actos de las autoridades del Ecuador respecto de Julio li. Santos, durante los años de 1884 y 1885. 2. En caso contrario, si el Arbitro decidiere los puntos arriba indicados, contra lo que sostiene el Ecuador, después de cuidadoso examen de las pruebas que se hubieren presentado sobre los perjuicios y pérdidas en la persona y bienes de dicho Santos por el arresto y prisión del expresado Santos y otros actos de las autoridades del Ecuador, respecto de él, durante los años de 1884 y 1885,—determinará el resarcimiento de los expresados perjuicios y pérdidas, de la manera más justa y equitativa, lo cual se comunicará á los dos Gobiernos y será definitivo y concluyente. Artículo V. 1. Los dos Gobiernos convienen en tener las decisiones y sentencia del Arbitro como finales y concluyentes. 2. Si se sentenciare indemnización pecuniaria, se especificará que ha de ser en moneda de oro de los Estados Unidos, y se pagará á ese Gobierno dentro de sesenta días, contados desde la primera sesión del Congreso del Ecuador, subsiguiente á la notificación de la sentencia, sentencia que determinará el interés del seis por ciento desde la fecha de su promulgación. 3. Sin embargo, el Gobierno del Ecuador se reserva el derecho de pagar al Gobierno de los Estados Unidos, antes de la espiración del tiempo arriba indicado, el total de la cantidad con el interés del seis por ciento desde la fecha de la notificación de la sentencia hasta la fecha del pago. Artículo VI. 1. Cada Gobierno pagará, á su agente y consejero, si lo hubiere, los gastos de preparación y curso de este asunto ante el Arbitro. 2. Todos los demás gastos, inclusa una razonable gratificación al Secretario del Arbitro, si lo hu- 1209 hiere, se pagarán conforme al certificado del Arbitro por los dos Gobiernos y por partes iguales. Artículo VII. La presente Convención seráRatification. ratificada por el Presidente de los Estados Unidos, por y con autorización y consentimiento del Senado de dichos Estados Unidos; por el Presidente del Ecuador, prévia la aprobación del Congreso de dicha República, y las ratificaciones se canjearán en Washington, á la brevedad posible. En fié de lo cual, los PlenipotenciariosSignatures. han firmado y sellado esta Convención por duplicado, en la ciudad de Quito á veintiocho de Febrero del año de Nuestro Señor de mil ochocientos noventa y tres. [seal] Rowland Blennerhassett Mahany [seal] Honorato Vázquez And whereas the said Convention has been duly ratified on bothExchange of ratifications. parts, and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Washington on the 6th day of November, one thousand eight hundred and ninety-four; Now, therefore, be it known that I, Grover Cleveland, President ofProclamation. the United States of America, have caused the said Convention to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States and the citizens thereof. In witness whereof I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 7th day of November, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and ninety-four [seal.] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and nineteenth GROVER CLEVELAND By the President: W. Q. GRESHAM *Secretary of State* March 17, 1894 Convention 28 Stat. 1210 1210 CONVENTION—CHINA. March 17, 1894. *Convention between the United States of America and the Empire of China.March 17, 1894. Emigration between the two countries. Signed at Washington March 17, 1891; ratification advised by the Senate August 13, 1891; ratified by the President August 22, 1891; ratified by the Emperor of China in due form; ratifications exchanged at Washington December 7, 1894; proclaimed December 8, 1891*. By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas, a Convention between the United States of America andPreamble. China, concerning the subject of emigration between those two countries, was concluded and signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at the City of Washington on the 17th day of March, one thousand eight hundred and ninety-four, which Convention is word for word as follows: Whereas, on the 17th day of November A. D. 1880, and of Kwanghsii,Contracting parties.Vol. 22, p. 826. the sixth year, tenth moon, fifteenth day, a Treaty was concluded between the United States and China for the purpose of regulating, limiting, or suspending the coming of Chinese laborers to, and their residence in, the United States; And whereas the Government of China, in view of the antagonism and much deprecated and serious disorders to which the presence of Chinese laborers has given rise in certain parts of the United States, desires to prohibit the emigration of such laborers from China to the United States; And whereas the two Governments desire to cooperate in prohibiting such emigration, and to strengthen in other ways the bonds of friendship between the two countries; And whereas the two Governments are desirous of adopting reciprocal measures for the better protection of the citizens or subjects of each within the jurisdiction of the other; Now, therefore, the President of the United States has appointedPlenipotentiaries. Walter Q. Gresham, Secretary of State of the United States, as his Plenipotentiary, and His Imperial Majesty, the Emperor of China has appointed Yang Yii, Officer of the second rank, Sub-Director of the Court of Sacrificial Worship, and Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary to the United States of America, as his Plenipotentiary; and the said Plenipotentiaries having exhibited their respective Full Powers found to be in due and good form, have agreed upon the following articles: Article I. The High Contracting Parties agree that for a period of ten years,Coming of Chinese laborers to United States prohibited for ten years. beginning with the date of the exchange of the ratifications of this Convention, the coming, except under the conditions hereinafter specified, of Chinese laborers to the United States shall be absolutely prohibited. Article II. The preceding Article shall not apply to the return to the UnitedReturn of certain laborers permitted. States of any registered Chinese laborer who has a lawful wife, child, or parent in the United States, or property therein of the value of one 1211 thousand dollars, or debts of like amount due him and pending settlement. Nevertheless every such Chinese laborer shall, before leavingDescription; certificate. the United States, deposit, as a condition of his return, with the collector of customs of the district from which he departs, a full description in writing of his family, or property, or debts, as aforesaid, and shall be furnished by said collector with such certificate of his right to return under this Treaty as the laws of the United States may now or hereafter prescribe and not inconsistent with the provisions of this Treaty; and should the written description aforesaid be proved to be false, the right of return thereunder, or of continued residence after return, shall in each case be forfeited. And such right of return to theReturn to be in one year. United States shall be exercised within one year from the date of leaving the United States; but such right of return to the United States may be extended for an additional period, not to exceed one year, in cases where by reason of sickness or other cause of disability beyond his control, such Chinese laborer shall be rendered unable sooner to return—which facts shall be fully reported to the Chinese consul at the port of departure, and by him certified, to the satisfaction of the collector of the port at which such Chinese subject shall laud in the United States. And no such Chinese laborer shall be permitted to enter the United States by land or sea without producing to the proper officer of the customs the return certificate herein required. Article III. The provisions of this Convention shall not affect the right at presentClasses permitted to enter. enjoyed of Chinese subjects, being officials, teachers, students, merchants or travellers for curiosity or pleasure, but not laborers, of coming to the United States and residing therein. To entitle such ChineseCertificate. subjects as are above described to admission into the United States, they may produce a certificate from their Government or the Government where they last resided vised by the diplomatic or consular representative of the United States in the country or port whence they depart. It is also agreed that Chinese laborers shall continue to enjoy the privilegeTransit permitted. of transit across the territory of the United States in the course of their journey to or from other countries, subject to such regulations by the Government of the United States as may be necessary to prevent said privilege of transit from being abused. Article IV. In pursuance of Article III of the Immigration Treaty between theProtection of persons and property. United States and China, signed at Peking on the 17th day of November, 1880, (the 15th day of the tenth month of Kwanghsii, sixth year) it is hereby understood and agreed that Chinese laborers or Chinese of any other class, either permanently or temporarily residing in the United States, shall have for the protection of their persons and property all rights that are given by the Jaws of the United States to citizens of the most favored nation, excepting the right to become naturalized citizens.Naturalization. And the Government of the United States reaffirms its obligation, as stated in said Article III, to exert all its power to secure protection to the persons and property of all Chinese subjects in the United States. Article V. The Government of the United States, having by an Act of the Congress,Registry of Chinese in United States.Vol. 27, p. 25.*Ante*, p. 7. approved May 5, 1892, as amended by an Act approved November 3, 1893, required all Chinese laborers lawfully within the limits of the United States before the passage of the first named Act to be registered 1212 as in said Acts provided, with a view of affording them better protection, the Chinese Government will not object to the enforcement of such acts, and reciprocally the Government of the United States recognizes the right of the Government of China to enact and enforce similar laws Registry in China.or regulations for the registration, free of charge, of all laborers, skilled or unskilled, (not merchants as defined by said Acts of Congress), citizens of the United States in China, whether residing within or without the treaty ports. And the Government of the United States agrees that within twelveList of United States citizens in China to be furnished. months from the date of the exchange of the ratifications of this Convention, and annually, thereafter, it will furnish to the Government of China registers or reports showing the full name, age, occupation and number or place of residence of all other citizens of the United States, including missionaries, residing both within and without the treaty ports of China, not including, however, diplomatic and other officers of the United States residing or travelling in China upon official business, together with their body and household servants. Article VI. This Convention shall remain in force for a period of ten years beginningDuration. with the date of the exchange of ratifications, and, if six months before the expiration of the said period of ten years, neither Government shall have formally given notice of its final termination to the other, it shall remain in full force for another like period of ten years. In faith whereof, we, the respective plenipotentiaries, have signed this Convention and have hereunto affixed our seals. Done, in duplicate, at Washington, the 17th day of March, A. D.Signatures. 1894. WALTER Q. GRESHAM [seal.] YANG YÜ [seal.] And whereas the said Convention has been duly ratified on bothExchange of ratifications. parts, and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Washington on the 7th day of December one thousand eight hundred and ninety-four. Now, therefore, be it known that I, Grover Cleveland, President ofProclamation. the United States of America, have caused the said Convention to be made public to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States and the citizens thereof. In witness whereof I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 8th day of December, in the year of our Lord, one thousand eight hundred and [seal.] ninety-four, and of the Independence of the United States the one hundred and nineteenth. GROVER CLEVELAND By the President: W. Q. GRESHAM *Secretary of State*. August 24, 1894 Convention 28 Stat. 1213 CONVENTION—MEXICO—BOUNDARY. August 24, 1894. 1213 *Convention between the United States of America and the United StatesAugust 24, 1894. of Mexico, to extend further for two years from October 1J, 1894, the period fixed by Article VIIÏ of the Convention of July 29, 1882., providing for an international boundary surrey to relocate the existing frontier line west of the Rio Grande. Concluded at Washington, August 24, 1894; ratification advised by the Senate, August 27, 1894; ratified by the President of the United States, September 1, 1894; ratified by the President of Mexico, Octobers, 1894; ratifications exchanged at Washington, October 11, 1894; proclaimed, October 18, 1894*. By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas, a Convention between the United States of America andPreamble. the United States of Mexico, further extending for two years from October 11, 1894, the period fixed by Article VIII of the Convention ofVol. 22 p.986. July 29, 1882, between those two countries, providing for an international boundary survey to relocate the existing frontier line between them west of the Rio Grande, was concluded and signed by their respective plenipotentiaries at the city of Washington on the 24th day of August, in the year one thousand eight hundred and ninety four, which Convention is word for word as follows:— Whereas the United States of America and the United States of Mexico desire to comply fully with the provisions of the Convention concluded and signed at Washington, July 29, 1882, providing for an international boundary survey to relocate the existing frontier line between the two countries west of the Rio Grande; And whereas the time fixed by Article VIII of that Convention for the termination of the labors of the International Boundary Commission, as extended by article II of the Convention concluded and signed between the two high contracting parties February 18, 1889, will expire October 11, 1894; And whereas the two high contracting parties deem it expedient to agree upon a further extension of the time stipulated in Article II of the Convention aforesaid, to the end that the International Boundary Commission may be enabled to finish all its work and so render a report accompanied by a final map 1214 of the topography on both sides of the line, they have appointed for this purpose their respective plenipotentiaries, to wit: The President of the UnitedPlenipotentiaries. States of America, Walter Q. Gresham, Secretary of State of the United States of America, and The President of the United States of Mexico, Matias Romero, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the United States of Mexico in Washington, Who, after having communicated to each other their respective full powers, found in good and due form, have agreed upon and concluded the following article: Article I. The period fixed by Article VIIITime extended for completing boundary survey.Vol. 22, p. 986.Vol. 26, p. 1493. of the aforesaid Convention of July 29, 1882, between the United States of America and the United States of Mexico, which was extended for five years from the date of the exchange of the ratifications of the Convention of February 18, 1889, between the same high contracting parties and which will terminate October 11, 1894, is hereby further extended for a period of two years from that date. This Convention shall be ratifiedRatification. by the high contracting parties in conformity with their respective constitutions and its ratifications shall be exchanged in Washington, as soon as possible. In faith whereof, we, the undersigned, in virtue of our respective full powers, have signed this Convention, in duplicate, in the English and Spanish languages and have thereunto affixed our respective seals. Done at the City of Washington,Signatures. the 24th day of August in the year one thousand eight hundred and ninety-four. Deseando los Estados Unidos deContracting parties. América y los Estados Unidos Mexicanos dar pleno cumplimiento á las estipulaciones de la Convención concluida y firmada en Washington el 29 de Julio de 1882 que proveyó á un reconocimiento de la frontera internacional á fin de marear de nuevo la linea divisoria entre los dos países al Oeste del Rio Bravo del Norte; Y expirando el 11 de Octubre de 1894 el plazo fijado por el artículo VIII de esa Convención para el término de los trabajos de la Comisión Internacional de Límites, con la prórroga convenida por el Artículo II de la Convención concluida y firmada entre las dos Altas Partes Contratantes el 18 de Febrero de 1889, Y considerando conveniente las dos Altas Partes Contratantes prorrogar de nuevo el plazo estipulado en el Artículo II de la Convención citada, á fin de que la Comisión Inter nacional de Límites pueda terminar sus trabajos y rendir un informe acompañado de un plano final de la topografía de 1214 ambos lados de la línea, han nombrado, con este objeto, sus respectivos Plenipotencionarios, á saber: El Presidente de los Estados Unidos de América á Waíter Q. Gresham, Secretario de Estallo de los Estados Unidos de América, y El Presidente de los Estados Unidos Mexicanos á Matías Romero, Enviado Extraordinario y Ministro Plenipotenciario de los Estados Unidos Mexicanos en Washington, Quienes, después de haberse cambiado sus respectivos plenos poderes, encontrándolos en buena y debida forma, y puestos, de acuerdo entre sí, han convenido en el artículo siguiente: Artículo I. El plazo fijado por el Artículo VIII de la Convención citada de 29 de Julio de 1882, firmada entre los Estados Unidos de América y los Estallos Unidos Mexicanos, que fue prorrogado por cinco años contados desde la fecha del cange de ratificaciones de la Convención de 18 de Febrero de 1889, celebrada entre las mismas Altas Partes Contratantes, y que terminará el 11 de Octubre de 1894, se prorroga por la presente por un período de dos años contados desde esta última fecha. Esta Convención será ratificada por las dos Altas Partes Contratantes de acuerdo con sus respectivas Constituciones, y las ratificaciones se cangearán en Washington, tan pronto como sea posible. En fé de lo cual nosotros, los infrascritos. en virtud de nuestros plenos poderes, hemos firmado esta Convención por duplicado en las lenguas Inglesa y Española, y hemos puesto nuestros respectivos sellos. Dada en la Ciudad de Washington, ú 24 de Agosto del año de mil ochocientos noventa y cuatro Walter Q. Gresham [seal] M. Romero. [seal] And whereas the said Convention has been duly ratified on bothExchange of ratifications. parts, and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Washington on the 11th day of October, one thousand eight, hundred and ninety-four; 1215 Now, therefore, be it known that I, Grover Cleveland, President ofProclamation. the United States of America, have caused the said Convention to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States and the citizens thereof. In witness whereof I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this eighteenth day of October, in the year of our Lord, one thousand eight hundred and ninety-four, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and nineteenth. GROVER CLEVELAND By the President: W. Q. GRESHAM *Secretary of State*. PROCLAMATIONSof the PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES.
(1217)PROCLAMATIONS. 1 May 8, 1893 Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America Proclamation [No. 1.] By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas it is provided by section 13 of the act of Congress of March 3, 1891,May 8, 1893. entitled “An Act to amend title sixty, chapter three, of the Preamble.Vol. 26, p. 1110.Revised Statutes of the United States, relating to copyrights,” that said act “shall only apply to a citizen or subject of a foreign state or nation when such foreign state or nation permits to citizens of the United States of America the benefit of copyright on substantially the same basis as its own citizens; or when such foreign state or nation is a party to an international agreement which provides for reciprocity in the granting of copyright, by the terms of which agreement the United States of America may, at its pleasure, become a party to such agreement:” And whereas it is also provided by said section that “the existence of either of the conditions aforesaid shall be determined by the President of the United States by proclamation made from time to time as the purposes of this act may require:” And whereas satisfactory official assurances have been given that in Denmark the law permits to citizens of the United States the benefit of copyright on substantially the same basis as to the subjects of Denmark: Now, therefore, I, Grover Cleveland, President of the United StatesCopyright benefits extended to subjects of Denmark. of America, do declare and proclaim that the first of the conditions specified in section 13 of the act of March 3, 1891, now exists and is fulfilled in respect to the subjects of Denmark. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington, this eighth day of May, one thousand eight hundred and ninety-three, and of the Independence [seal.] of the United States the one hundred and seventeenth. Grover Cleveland By the President: W. Q. Gresham *Secretary of State*. 2 June 30, 1893 Digitization Vendor Proclamation [No. 2.] Executive Mansion,June 30, 1893. *Washington, D. C., June 30, 1893*. Whereas the distrust and apprehension concerning the financial situationPreamble. which pervade all business circles, have already caused great loss and damage to our people, and threaten to cripple our merchants, stop the wheels of manufacture, bring distress and privation to our farmers, and withhold from our workingmen the wage of labor:
(1219)1220 And, whereas, the present perilous condition is largely the result of a financial policy which the Executive Branch of the Government finds embodied in unwise laws which must be executed until repealed by Congress: Now, therefore, I, Grover Cleveland, President of the United States,Convening Congress August 7, 1893. in performance of a constitutional duty, do by this proclamation, declare that an extraordinary occasion requires the convening of both houses of the Congress of the United States at the Capitol in the city of Washington on the seventh day of August next, at twelve o’clock noon, to the end that the people may be relieved through legislation from present and impending danger and distress. All those entitled to act as members of the Fifty-Third Congress are required to take notice of this proclamation and attend at the time and place above stated. Given under my hand and the seal of the United States at the city of Washington on the thirtieth day of June, in the year of our [seal.] Lord, one thousand, eight hundred and ninety-three, and of the Independence of the United States, the one hundred and seventeenth. Grover Cleveland By the President Alvey A. Adee *Acting Secretary of State*. 3 July 17, 1893 Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America Proclamation [No. 3.] By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas an Act of Congress amendatory of an Act in relation toJuly 17, 1893. aiding vessels wrecked or disabled in the waters conterminous to the Preamble.Vol. 26, p. 120.United States and the Dominion of Canada, was approved May 24, 1890,—the said Act being in the following words:— " “Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled, That an Act entitled ‘An act to aid vessels wrecked or disabled in the waters conterminous to the United States and the Dominion of Canada,’ approved June nineteenth, eighteen hundred and seventy-eight, be, and the same is hereby, amended so that the same will read as follows: “‘That Canadian vessels and wrecking appurtenance may render aid and assistance to Canadian or other vessels and property wrecked, disabled, or in distress in the waters of the United States contiguous to the Dominion of Canada: *Provided*, That this act shall not take effect until proclamation by the President of the United States that the privilege of aiding American or other vessels and property wrecked, disabled, or in distress in Canadian waters contiguous to the United States has been extended by the Government of the Dominion of Canada to American vessels and wrecking appliances of all descriptions. This act shall be construed to apply to the Welland Canal, the canal and improvement of the waters between Lake Erie and Lake Huron, and to the waters of the St. Mary’s River and canal: *And provided further*, That this act shall cease to be in force from and after the date of the proclamation of the President of the United States to the effect that said reciprocal privilege has been withdrawn, revoked, or rendered inoperative by the said Government of the Dominion of Canada;’” " And Whereas an act of Congress making appropriation for the legislative, executive and judicial expenses of the Government for the 1221 fiscal year ending June thirtieth, eighteen hundred and ninety-four, and for other purposes, approved March 3, 1893, further amended theVol. 27, p. 683. act of May 24, 1890, as follows: " “That an act approved May twenty-fourth eighteen hundred and ninety, entitled ‘An act to amend an act entitled “An act to aid vessels wrecked or disabled in waters coterminous to the United States and the Dominion of Canada,’” approved June nineteenth, eighteen hundred and seventy-eight, be, and is hereby, amended by striking out the words ‘the Welland Canal;’”" And Whereas by an Order in Council dated May 17, 1893, the Government of the Dominion of Canada has proclaimed an act entitled “An act respecting aid by United States wreckers in Canadian waters,” to take effect June 1, 1893, said act reading as follows:— " “Her Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate and House of Commons of Canada, enacts as follows: “1. United States vessels and wrecking appliances may salve any property wrecked, and may render aid and assistance to any vessels wrecked, disabled, or in distress, in the waters of Canada contiguous to the United States. “2 Aid and assistance include all necessary towing incident thereto. “3. Nothing in the customs or coasting laws of Canada shall restrict the salving operations of such vessels or wrecking appliances. “4. This act shall come into force from and after a date to be named in a proclamation by the Governor-General, which proclamation may be issued when the Governor in Council is advised that the privilege of salving any property wrecked or of aiding any vessels wrecked, disabled, or in distress, in United States waters contiguous to Canada, will be extended to Canadian vessels and wrecking appliances to the extent to which such privilege is granted by this act to United States vessels and wrecking appliances. “5. This act shall cease to be in force from and after a date to be named in a proclamation to be issued by the Governor-General to the effect that the said reciprocal privilege has been withdrawn, revoked or rendered inoperative with respect to Canadian vessels or wrecking appliances in United States water contiguous to Canada;” " And Whereas said proclamation of the Governor-General of Canada was communicated to this Government by Her Britannic Majesty’s Ambassador on the 2d day of June last:— Now, therefore, being thus satisfied that the privilege of aidingCanadian vessels, etc., permitted to aid wrecks, etc., in United States waters contiguous to Canada. American or other vessels and property wrecked, disabled, or in distress, in Canadian waters contiguous to the United States has been extended by the Government of the Dominion of Canada to American vessels and wrecking appliances of all descriptions, I, Grover Cleveland, President of the United States of America, in virtue of the authority conferred upon me by the aforesaid act of Congress, approved May 24, 1890, do proclaim that the condition specified in the legislation of Congress aforesaid now exists and is fulfilled and that the provisions of said act of May 24, 1890, whereby Canadian vessels and wrecking appliances may render aid and assistance to Canadian and other vessels and property wrecked, disabled or in distress, in the waters of the United States contiguous to the Dominion of Canada, including the Canal and improvement of the waters between Lake Erie and Lake Huron and the waters of the Saint Mary’s River and Canal, are now in full force and effect. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be hereunto affixed. Done at the City of Washington this seventeenth day of July in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and ninety-three and of the Independence of the United States the one hundred and [seal.] eighteenth. Grover Cleveland By the President: W. Q. Gresham *Secretary of State*. 4 July 20, 1893 Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America Proclamation 1222 [No. 4.] By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas it is provided by section 13 of the act of Congress of March 3, 1891,July 20, 1893. entitled “An Act to amend title sixty, chapter three, of the Revised Preamble.Vol. 26, p. 1110.Statutes of the United States, relating to copyrights”, that said act “shall only apply to a citizen or subject of a foreign state or nation when such foreign state or nation permits to citizens of the United States of America the benefit of copyright on substantially the same basis as its own citizens; or when such foreign state or nation is a party to an international agreement which provides for reciprocity in the granting of copyright, by the terms of which agreement the United States of America may, at its pleasure, become a party to such agreement”; And whereas it is also provided by said section that “the existence of either of the conditions aforesaid shall be determined by the President of the United States by proclamation made from time to time as the purposes of this act may require”; And whereas satisfactory official assurances have been given that in Portugal the law permits to citizens of the United States the benefit of copyright on substantially the same basis as to the subjects of Portugal: Now, therefore, I, Grover Cleveland, President of the United StatesCopyright benefits extended to subjects of Portugal. of America, do declare and proclaim that the first of the conditions specified in section 13 of the act of March 3, 1891, now exists and is fulfilled in respect to the subjects of Portugal. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington, this 20th day of July, in the year of Our Lord one thousand eight hundred and ninety-three, and of the Independence of the United States the one hundred and [seal.] eighteenth. Grover Cleveland By the President: W. Q. Gresham *Secretary of State*. 5 August 19, 1893 Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America Proclamation [No. 5.] By the President of the United States of America: A PROCLAMATION. Whereas, pursuant to section ten of the act of Congress approvedAugust 19, 1893. March third, eighteen hundred and ninety-three, entitled “An act Preamble.Vol. 27, p. 640.making appropriations for current and contingent expenses, and fulfilling treaty stipulations with Indian tribes, for fiscal year ending June thirtieth, eighteen hundred and ninety-four” the Cherokee Nation of Indians, by a written agreement made on the seventeenth Agreement with Cherokee Indians ceding Cherokee Outlet.day of May, eighteen hundred and ninety-three, has ratified the agreement for the cession of certain lands, hereinafter described, as amended by said act of March third, eighteen hundred and ninety-three, and thereby ceded, conveyed, transferred, relinquished and surrendered all its title, claim, and interest of every kind and character in and to that part of the Indian Territory bounded on the west by the one hundredth degree (100°) of west longitude; on the north by the State of Kansas; on the east by the ninety-sixth degree (96°) of west longitude; and on the south by the Creek Nation, the Territory of Oklahoma 1223 and the Cheyenne and Arapahoe Reservation created or defined byCherokee Outlet. Executive order dated August tenth, eighteen hundred and sixty-nine: *Provided*, That any citizen of the Cherokee Nation, who, prior to the first day of November, eighteen hundred and ninety-one, was a bona fide resident upon and further had, as a farmer and for farming purposes, made permanent and valuable improvements upon any part of the land so ceded and who has not disposed of the same, but desires to occupy the particular lands so improved as a homestead and for farming purposes, shall have the right to select one-eighth of a section of land, to conform however to the United States surveys; such selection to embrace, as far as the above limitation will admit, such improvements. The wife and children of any such citizen shall have the same right of selection that is above given to the citizen, and they shall have the preference in making selections to take any lands improved by the husband and father that he can not take until all of his improved land shall be taken; and that any citizen of the Cherokee Nation not a resident within the land so ceded, who, prior to the first day of November, eighteen hundred and ninety-one, had for farming purposes made valuable and permanent improvements upon any of the land so ceded, shall have the right to select one-eighth of a section of land to conform to the United States surveys; such selection to embrace, as far as the above limitation will admit, such improvements; but the allotments so provided for shall not exceed seventy
(70)in number, and the land allotted shall not exceed five thousand and six hundred (5,600) acres; and such allotments shall be made and confirmed under such rifles and regulations as shall be prescribed by the Secretary of the Interior, and when so made and confirmed shall be conveyed to the allottees respectively by the United States in fee simple, and from the price to be paid to the Cherokee Nation for the cession so made there shall be deducted the sum of one dollar and forty cents ($1.40) for each acre so taken in allotment; and *Provided* That D. W. Bushyhead, having made permanent or valuable improvements prior to the first day of November, eighteen hundred and ninety-one, on the lands so ceded, he may select a quarter section of the lands ceded, whether reserved or otherwise, prior to the opening of said lands to public settlement; but he shall be required to pay for such selection, at the same rate per acre as other settlers, into the Treasury of the United States in such manner as the Secretary of the Interior shall direct; and Whereas, It is provided in section ten of the aforesaid act of Congress, approved March third, eighteen hundred and ninety-three: " That “said lands, except the portion to be allotted as provided in said agreement, shall, upon the payment of the sum of two hundred and ninety-five thousand seven hundred and thirty-six dollars, herein appropriated, to be immediately paid, become and be taken to be and treated as a part of the public domain. But in any opening of the same to settlement, sections sixteen and thirty-six in each township, whether surveyed or unsurveyed, shall be, and are hereby reserved for the use and benefit of the public schools to be established within the limits of such lands, under such conditions and regulations as may be hereafter enacted by Congress. * * * * “Sections thirteen, fourteen, fifteen, sixteen, twenty-one, twenty-two, twenty-three, twenty-four, twenty-five, twenty-six, twenty-seven, twenty-eight and the east half of sections seventeen, twenty and twenty-nine, all in township numbered twenty-nine north, of range numbered two east of the Indian Meridian, the same being lands reserved by Executive order dated July twelfth, eighteen hundred and eighty-four, for use of and in connection with the Chilocco Indian Industrial School, in the Indian Territory, shall not be subject to public settlement, but shall until the further action of Congress, continue to be reserved for the purposes for which they were set apart in the said Executive order. And the President of the United States, in any order or proclamation which he shall make for the opening of the lands for settlement, may 1224make such other reservations of lauds for public purposes as he mayCherokee Outlet. deem wise and desirable. “The President of the United States is hereby authorized, at any time within six months after the approval of this act and the acceptance of the same by the Cherokee Nation as herein provided, by proclamation, to open to settlement any or all of the lands not allotted or reserved, in the manner provided in section thirteen of the act of Vol. 25, p. 1005.Congress approved March second, eighteen hundred and eighty-nine, entitled ‘An act making appropriations for the current and contingent expenses of the Indian Department and for fulfilling treaty stipulations with various Indian tribes, for the year ending June thirtieth, eighteen hundred and ninety, and for other purposes’, (Twenty-fifth United States Statutes, page ten hundred and five); and also subject to the Vol. 26, p. 81.provisions of the act of Congress approved May second, eighteen hundred and ninety, entitled ‘An act to provide a temporary government for the Territory of Oklahoma to enlarge the jurisdiction of the United States court in the Indian Territory, and for other purposes’; also, subject to the second proviso of section seventeen, the whole of section Vol. 26, p. 1026.eighteen of the act of March third, eighteen hundred and ninety-one, entitled ‘An act making appropriations for the current expenses of the Indian Department, and for fill filling treaty stipulations with various Indian tribes, for the year ending June thirtieth, eighteen hundred and ninety two, and for other purposes’; except as to so much of said acts and sections as may conflict with the provisions of this act. Each settler on the lauds so to be opened to settlement as aforesaid shall, before receiving a patent for his homestead, pay to the United States for the lands so taken by him, in addition to the tees provided by law, the sum of two dollars and fifty cents per acre for any land east of ninety-seven and one half degrees west longitude, the sum of one dollar and a half per acre for any land between ninety seven and one-half degrees west longitude and ninety-eight and one half degrees west longitude, and the sum of one dollar per acre for any land west of ninety-eight and one-half degrees west longitude, and shall also pay interest upon the amount so to be paid for said land from the date of entry to the date of final payment therefor at the rate of four per centum per annum. “No person shall be permitted to occupy or enter upon any of the lands herein referred to, except in the manner prescribed by the proclamation of the President opening the same to settlement; and any person otherwise occupying or entering upon any of said lands shall forfeit all right to acquire any of said lands. The Secretary of the Interior shall, under the direction of the President, prescribe rules and regulations, not inconsistent with this act, for the occupation and settlement of said lands, to be incorporated in the proclamation of the President, which shall be issued at least twenty days before the time fixed for the opening of said lands;” and " Whereas, by a written agreement, made on the twenty-first day ofAgreement with Tonkawa Indians. October, eighteen hundred and ninety-one, the Tonkawa tribe of Indians, in the Territory of Oklahoma, ceded, conveyed, and forever relinquished to the United States all their light, title, claim and interest of every kind and character, in and to the lands particularly described in Article I of the agreement, *Provided*, That the allotments of land to said Tonkawa tribe of Indians theretofore made, or to be made under said agreement and the provisions of the general allotment act Vol. 24, p. 388.Vol. 26, p. 794.approved February eight, eighteen hundred and eighty seven and an act amendatory thereof, approved February twenty-eighth, eighteen hundred and ninety-one, shall be confirmed, and *Provided*, That in all cases where the allottee has died since land has been set off and scheduled to such person, the law of descent and partition in force in Oklahoma Territory shall apply thereto, any existing law to the contrary notwithstanding; and Whereas, by a certain other agreement with the Pawnee tribe ofAgreement with Pawnee Indiana. Indians, in said Territory, made on the twenty-third day of November, 1225eighteen hundred and ninety-two, said tribe ceded, conveyed, released, relinquished, and surrendered to the United States all its title, claim, and interest, of every kind and character, in and to the lands particularly described in Article I of the agreement, *Provided*, That the allotments made or to be made to said Indians in the manner and subject to the conditions contained in said agreement, shall be continued; and Whereas, it is provided in section thirteen of the net of Congress, accepting, ratifying and confirming said agreements with the Tonkawa Indians and the Pawnee Indians, specified in sections eleven and twelve of the same act, approved March third, eighteen hundred andVol. 27, p. 644. ninety-three, entitled “An act making appropriations for current and contingent expenses, and fulfilling treaty stipulations with Indian tribes for fiscal year ending June thirtieth, eighteen hundred and ninety-four”, " “That the lands acquired by the agreements specified in the two preceding sections are hereby declared to be a part of the public domain. Sections sixteen and thirty-six in each township, whether surveyed or unsurveyed, are hereby reserved from settlement for the use and benefit of public schools, as provided in section ten relating to lands acquired from the Cherokee Nation of Indians And the lands so acquired by the agreements specified in the two preceding sections not so reserved shall be opened to settlement by proclamation of the President at the same time and in the manner and subject to the same conditions and regulations provided in section ten relating to the opening of the lands acquired from the Cherokee Nation of Indians. And each settler on the lands so to be opened as aforesaid shall, before receiving a patent for his homestead, pay to the United States for the lands so taken by him, in addition to the fees provided by law, the sum of two dollars and fifty cents per acre; and shall also pay interest upon the amount so to be paid for said land from the date of entry to the date of final payment at the rate of four per centum per annum”: and " Whereas, the thirteenth section of the act approved March second,Vol. 25, p. 1005.Vol. 26, p. 81. eighteen hundred and eighty-nine, the act approved May second, eighteen hundred and ninety, and the second proviso of section seventeen, and the whole of section eighteen of the act approved MarchVol. 26, p. 1026. third, eighteen hundred and ninety-one, are referred to in the tenth section of the act approved March third, eighteen hundred and ninety-three,Vol. 27, p. 642. and thereby made applicable in the disposal of the lands in the “Cherokee Outlet” hereinbefore mentioned, the provisions of which acts, so far as they affect the opening to settlement and the disposal of said lands, are more particularly set forth hereinafter in connection with the rules and regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Interior for the occupation and settlement of the lands hereby opened, according to said tenth section; and, Whereas, the lands acquired by the three several agreements hereinbeforeDivision of lands ceded into counties. mentioned have been divided into counties by the Secretary of the Interior, as required by said last mentioned act of Congress, before the same shall be opened to settlement, and lands have been reserved for county-seat purposes to be entered under sections twenty-three[R. S., secs. 2387–8, p. 437](/us/rs/s2387/8/p437). hundred and eighty-seven and twenty three hundred and eighty-eight of the Revised Statutes of the United States as therein required as follows, to wit: For County K, the southeast quarter of section twenty-three and theCounty K. northeast quarter of section twenty-six, township twenty-eight north, range two east of the Indian Meridian, excepting four acres reserved for the site of a court house to be designated by lot and block upon the official plat of survey of said reservation for county-seat purposes hereafter to be issued by the Commissioner of the General Land Office; said reservation to be additional to the reservations for parks, schools and other public purposes required to be made by section 22, of the actVol. 26, p. 92. of May 2, 1890. 1226 For County L, the southwest quarter of section one, and the southeastCounty L. quarter of section two, township twenty-five north, range six west of the Indian Meridian, excepting four acres reserved for the site of a court house to be designated by lot and block upon the official plat of survey of said reservation for county-seat purposes hereafter to be issued by the Commissioner of the General Land Office; said reservation to be additional to the reservations for parks, schools and other Vol. 26, p. 92.public purposes required to be made by section 22, of the act of May 2, 1890. For County M, the south half of the northeast quarter and the northCounty M. half of the southeast quarter of section twenty-three, and the south half of the northwest quarter and the north half of the southwest quarter of section twenty-four, township twenty-seven north, range fourteen west of the Indian Meridian, excepting one acre reserved for Government use for the site of a land-office, and four acres to be reserved for the site of a court house, which tracts are to be contiguous and to be designated by lot and block upon the official plat of survey of said reservation for county seat purposes, hereafter to be issued by the Commissioner of the General Land Office; said reservations to be additional to the reservations for parks, schools, and other public purposes Vol. 26, p. 92.County N.required to be made by section 22, of the act of May 2, 1890. For County N, the south half of section twenty-five, township twenty-three north, range twenty-one west of the Indian Meridian, excepting one acre reserved for Government use for the site of a land-office, and four acres to be reserved for the site of a court house, which tracts are to be contiguous and to be designated by lot and block upon the official plat or survey of said reservation for county-seat purposes, hereafter to be issued by the Commissioner of the General Land Office; said reservations to be additional to the reservations for parks, schools, Vol. 26, p. 92.and other public purposes required to be made by section 22, of the act of May 2, 1890. For County O, the southeast quarter of section seven, and the southwestCounty O. quarter of section eight, township twenty-two north, range six west of the Indian Meridian, excepting one acre reserved for Government use for the site of a land office, and four acres to be reserved for the site of a court house, which tracts are to be contiguous and to be designated by lot and block upon the official plat of survey of said reservation for county-seat purposes hereafter to be issued by the Commissioner of the General Land Office; said reservations to be additional to the reservations for parks, schools, and other public Vol. 26, p. 92.County P.purposes required to be made by section 22 of the act of May 2, 1890. For County P, the northeast quarter of section twenty two and the northwest quarter of section twenty-three, township twenty-one north, range one west of the Indian Meridian, excepting one acre reserved for Government use for the site of a land-office, and four acres reserved for the site of a court house, which tracts are to be contiguous and to be designated by lot and block upon the official plat of survey of said reservation for county-seat purposes hereafter to be issued by the Commissioner of the General Land Office; said reservations to be additional to the reservations for parks, schools, and other public Vol. 26, p. 92.purposes required to be made by section 22, of the act of May 2, 1890; and, For County Q, the southeast quarter of section thirty-one, the westCounty Q. half of the southwest quarter of section thirty-two, township twenty-two north, range five east, lot four of section five, and lot one of section six, township twenty-one north, range five east of the Indian Meridian, excepting four acres reserved for the site of a court house to be designated by lot and block upon the official plat of survey of said reservation for county-seat purposes hereafter to be issued by the Commissioner of the General Land Office; said reservation to be additional to the reservations for parks, schools, and other public purposes required Vol. 26, p. 92.to be made by section 22, of the act of May 2, 1890. 1227 Whereas, it is provided by act of Congress for temporary GovernmentHighways.Vol. 26, p. 92. of Oklahoma, approved May second, eighteen hundred and ninety, section twenty-three (Twenty-six Statutes, page ninety-two) that there shall be reserved public highways four rods wide between each section of land in said Territory, the section lines being the center of said highways; but no deduction shall be made, where cash payments are provided for in the amount to be paid for each quarter section of land by reason of such reservation; and Whereas, all the terms, conditions, and considerations required by said agreements made with said Nation and tribes of Indians and by the laws relating thereto, precedent to opening said lands to settlement, have been, as I hereby declare, complied with: Now, Therefore, I, Grover Cleveland, President of the United States,Lands ceded by Cherokees, Tonkawas and Pawnees, open to settlement, Sept. 16, 1893. by virtue of the power in me vested by the Statutes hereinbefore mentioned, and by other the laws of the United States, and by said several agreements, do hereby declare and make known that all the lands acquired from the Cherokee Nation of Indians, the Tonkawa tribe of Indians, and the Pawnee tribe of Indians, by the three several agreements aforesaid, will at the hour of twelve o’clock noon (central standard time) on Saturday the sixteenth day of the month of September A. D., eighteen hundred and ninety-three, and not before, be opened to settlement under the terms of and subject to all the conditions, limitations, reservations, and restrictions contained in said agreements, the Statutes above specified, the laws of the United States applicable thereto and the conditions prescribed by this Proclamation, saving and excepting landsLands excepted. described and identified as follows, to wit: The lands set apart for the Osage and Kansas Indians, being a tract of country bounded on theOsage and Kansas Indiana. north by the State of Kansas, on the east by the ninety-sixth degree of west longitude, on the south and west by the Creek country and the main channel of the Arkansas river; the lands set apart for the Confederated Otoe and Missouria tribes of Indians, described as follows, toConfederated Otoe and Missouri a Indians. wit: township twenty-two north, range one east; township twenty-three north, range one east; township twenty-two north, range two east; township twenty-three north, range two east: township twenty-two north, range three east; and that portion of township twenty-three north, range three cast, lying west of the Arkansas river; and the lands set apart for the Ponca tribe of Indians, described as follows, to wit: township twenty-four north, range one east; township twenty-fivePonca Indians. north, range one east; fractional township twenty-four north, range two east; fractional township twenty-five north, range two east, fractional township twenty-four north, range three east; fractional township twenty-five north, range three east; fractional township twenty-four north, range four east; fractional township twenty-five north, range four east, the said fractional townships lying on the right bank of the Arkansas river, excepting also the lands allotted to the Indians as in said agreements provided, excepting also the lands reserved by Executive Orders dated April eighteenth, eighteen hundred and eighty-two, and January seventeenth, eighteen hundred and eight-three (known as Camp Supply MilitaryCamp Supply. Reservation), described as follows, to-wit: Township twenty four north, range twenty-two west, the south half of township twenty-five north, range twenty-two west, and the southwest quarter of township twenty-five north, range twenty-one west; excepting also one acre of land in each of the reservations for county-seat purposes, in Counties M, N, O and P, which tracts are hereby reserved for Government useLand office and court house sites. as sites for land offices, and four acres in each reservation for county seat purposes hereinbefore named, which tracts are hereby reserved as sites for court houses, and excepting also the reservations for the use of and in connection with the Chilocco Indian Industrial School, andChilocco Indian School. for county-seat purposes hereinbefore described; excepting also the saline lands covered by three leases made by the Cherokee Nation prior to March 3, 1893, known as the Eastern, Middle and WesternSaline reserves.Vol. 22, p. 349. Saline reserves, under authority of the act of Congress of August 7, 12281882 (22 Stat., 349), said lands being described and identified as follows:Eastern Saline Reserve. the *Eastern Saline Reserve* embracing all of section 6, lots 3 and 4 of section 4, the south half of the northeast quarter, the south half of the northwest quarter, the north half of the southwest quarter and lots 1, 2, 3 and 4 of section 5, and the northeast quarter of the northwest quarter and lots 1 and 2 of section 7, township 25 north, range 9 west; all of sections 6, 7, 8, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32 and 33, the southwest quarter, the southwest quarter of the northwest quarter and lots 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 of section 5, the southwest quarter, the southwest quarter of the northwest quarter, the southwest quarter of the southeast quarter, and lot 1 of section 9, the west halt of the southwest quarter of section 15, the west half, the southeast quarter, the west half of the northeast quarter and the southeast quarter of the northeast quarter of section 16, the west half, the west half of the southeast quarter and the southeast quarter of the southeast quarter of section 22, the west half, the west half of the southeast quarter, the northeast quarter of the southeast quarter, and the southwest quarter of the northeast quarter of section 26, the northwest quarter, the north half of the southwest quarter, the west half of the northeast quarter, and the northeast quarter of the northeast quarter of section 34, and the northwest quarter of the northwest quarter of section 35, township 26 north, range 9 west; all of section 31, the southwest quarter of the southeast quarter, the southeast quarter of the southwest quarter and lot 4 of section 30, and lots 3 and 4 of section 32, township 27 north, range 9 west; all of sections 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 10 and 11, the southeast quarter, the south half of the northeast quarter, the east half of the southwest quarter, the southeast quarter of the northwest quarter and lots 1, 2 and 3 of section 5, the east half, the southwest quarter and the east half of the northwest quarter of section 8, the north half, the north half of the southwest quarter, the southwest quarter of the southwest quarter, and the northwest quarter of the southeast quarter of section 12, the northwest quarter, the northwest quarter of the northeast quarter, the north half of the southwest quarter, and the southwest quarter of the southwest quarter of section 14, the north half, the southeast quarter and the north half of the southwest quarter of section 15, and the northeast quarter and the north half of the northwest quarter of section 16, township 25 north, range 10 west; all of sections 1, 2, 3, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 33, 34, 35 and 36, the south half of the northeast quarter, the southeast quarter of the northwest quarter, the southeast quarter, the east half of the southwest quarter and lots 1, 2 and 3 of section 4, the east half, the southwest quarter, the east half of the northwest quarter, and the southwest quarter of the northwest quarter of section 9, the southeast quarter of the southeast quarter of section 17, the east half of the northeast quarter and the east half of the southeast quarter of section 20, the southeast quarter and the east half of the northeast quarter of section 29, and the east half and the southeast quarter of the southwest quarter of section 32, of township 26 north, range 10 west; all of sections 22, 26, 27, 34, 35 and 36, the east half of the northeast quarter and the east half of the southeast quarter of section 21, the southwest quarter, the west half of the southeast quarter, the south half of the northwest quarter and lots 1 and 6 of section 23, the southwest quarter, the west half of the southeast quarter, the southeast quarter of the southeast quarter, the south half of the northwest quarter and lot 1 of section 25, the east half of section 28, and the east half and the southeast quarter of the southwest quarter of section 33, township 27 north, Middle Saline Reserve.range 10 west; the *Middle Saline Reserve* embracing the southwest quarter of the northeast quarter, the southeast quarter of the northwest quarter, the west half of the southeast quarter, the east half of the southwest quarter, and lots 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 of section 6, and the northwest quarter of the northeast quarter, the northeast quarter of 1229the northwest quarter and lot 1 of section 7, township 26 north, range 18 west; the southwest quarter of the southeast quarter, the southeast quarter of the southwest quarter and lot 7 of section 6, the west half of the northeast quarter, the east half of the northwest quarter, the west half of the southeast quarter, the east half of the southwest quarter and lots 1, 2, 3 and 4 of section 7, the west half of the northeast quarter, the east half of the northwest quarter, the west half of the southeast quarter, the east half of the southwest quarter and lots 1, 2, 3 and 4 of section 18, the west half of the northeast quarter, the cast half of the northwest quarter, the west half of the southeast quarter, the east half of the southwest quarter and lots 1, 2, 3 and 4 of section 19, the northwest quarter of the northeast quarter, the northeast quarter of the northwest quarter and lots 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7 and 8 of section 30, and the west half of the northeast quarter, the east half of the northwest quarter, the west half of the southeast quarter, the east half of the southwest quarter and lots 1, 2, 3 and 4 of section 31, township 27 north, range 18 west; all of sections 1 to 6 inclusive, the north half of the north half of sections 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12, and the north half of the northeast quarter, the northeast quarter of the northwest quarter and lot 1 of section 7, township 26 north, range 19 west; all of sections 7 to 36 inclusive, the south half of the south half of sections 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5, and the south half of the southeast quarter, the southeast of the southwest quarter and lot 7 of section 6, township 27 north, range 19 west; all of sections 1 and 2, the south half of the northeast quarter, the southeast quarter, and lots 1 and 2 of section 3, the north half of the northeast quarter of section 10, and the north half of the north half of sections 11 and 12, township 26 north, range 20 west; all of sections 11, 12, 13, 14, 23, 24, 25, 26, 35 and 36, the south half of the southeast quarter and lot 7 of section 1, the southwest quarter of the southwest quarter and lot 6 of section 2, the south half of the southeast quarter of section 3, and the east half of sections 10, 15, 22, 27 and 34, township 27 north, range 20 west: and the *Western Saline Reserve* embracing all of sections 18, 19,Western Saline Reserve. 30 and 31, township 29 north, range 20 west; and all of sections 13, 14, 23, 24, 25, 26, 35 and 36, township 29 north, range 21 west; excepting also that section 13, in each township which has not been otherwise reserved or disposed of, is hereby reserved for university, agriculturalAgricultural, etc. colleges. college, and normal school purposes, subject to the action of Congress; excepting also that section 33 in each township which has not been otherwise reserved or disposed of, is hereby reserved for public buildings;Public buildings. excepting also sections sixteen and thirty six in each township which are reserved by law for the use and benefit of the public schools;School lands. excepting, also, all selections and allotments made under the law and the agreements herein referred to, the lands covered by said selections and allotments to be particularly described and identified; said descriptions to be furnished by the Commissioner of the General Land Office, and posted in the several booths hereinafter referred to as those where certain preliminary declarations are to be made prior to the day named in this proclamation as that when the strip will be open to settlement. Said lands so to be opened as herein proclaimed, shall be entered uponRegulations for opening. and occupied only in the manner and under the provisions following, to wit: A strip of land, one hundred feet in width, around and immediately within the outer boundaries of the entire tract of country, to be opened to settlement under this proclamation, is hereby temporarily set apart for the following purposes and uses, viz: Said strip, the inner-boundary of which shall be one hundred feet from the exterior boundary of the country known as the Cherokee Outlet, shall be open to occupancy in advance of the day and hour named for the opening of said country, by persons expecting and intending to make settlement pursuant to this proclamation. Such occupancy shall not be regarded as trespass, or in violation of this proclamation, or of the law 1230under which it is made; nor shall any settlement rights be gained thereby. The Commissioner of the General Land Office shall, under the directionBooths for registration. of the Secretary of the Interior, establish on said one hundred foot strip booths, to be located as follows: one in Tp. 29 N., R. 2 E.; one in Tp. 29 N., R. 2 W.; one in Tp. 29 N., R. 4 W.; one in Tp. 29 N., R. 8 W.; one in Tp. 29 N., R. 12 W.; one in Tp. 20 N., R. 3 E.; one in Tp. 20 N., R. 2 W.; one in Tp. 20 N., R. 7 W.; and one in Tp. 20 N., R. 26 W., and shall place in charge thereof three officers to each booth, who shall be detailed from the General Land Office. Said booths shall be open for the transaction of business on and after Monday the eleventh day of the month of September, A. D., eighteen hundred and ninety-three, from 7 a. m. to 12 m. and 1 p. m. to 6 p. m., each business day, until the same shall be discontinued by the Secretary of the Interior, who is hereby authorized to discontinue the same at his discretion. Declaration for homestead entry.Each party desiring to enter upon and occupy as a homestead any of the lands hereby opened to settlement will be required to first appear at one of the before-mentioned booths and make a declaration in writing to be signed by the party in the presence of one of the officers in charge thereof, which shall be certified by such officer, according to the form hereto attached and made a part hereof (marked A), showing his or *Post*, p. 1237.her qualifications to make homestead entry for said lands, whereupon a certificate will be issued by the officers in charge of the booth to the *Post*, p. 1238.party making the declaration which shall be of the form hereto attached and made a part hereof (marked D). Where a party desires to file a soldier’s declaratory statement in personSoldier’s entry. he will be required to make a declaration which shall be of the form hereto attached and made a part hereof (marked B), the same to be *Post*, p. 1238.made, and subscribed before one of the officers in charge of the booth and certified by such officer, independently of the affidavit (form 4–546) to be filed when he presents the certificate of form D, there given him, to the district officers. Where a party desires to file a declaratory Declarations by agent.statement through an agent, it will be necessary for him previously to make the affidavit ordinarily required (form 4–545) before some officer authorized to administer oaths, and place the same in the hands of the agent, who, before being permitted to enter upon the lands to be opened in said “Outlet” for the purpose of making the desired filing, will be required to appear before the officers in charge of some one of the booths, to present the said affidavit of the party authorizing him to act as such agent, and to make a declaration in writing to be subscribed by him in the presence of one of such officers, which shall be certified by such officer, according to the form hereto attached and made a part hereof *Post*, p. 1238.(marked C), whereupon a certificate of form D will be given him by said officer. The agent should be provided with affidavits of form 4–545 made in duplicate—one for presentation to the officers in charge of the booth, and the other for presentation to the district officers, when formal filing is to be made. Each party desiring to enter upon said lands for the purpose of settlingDeclaration for town-lot entry. upon a town lot, will be required to first appear at one of the before-mentioned booths, and make a declaration in writing to be signed by the party in the presence of one of the officers in charge thereof, which shall be certified by such officer, according to the form hereto *Post*, p. 1239.attached and made a part hereof (marked E), whereupon a certificate will be issued by the officers in charge of the booth to the party making *Post*, p. 1239.the declaration which shall be of the form hereto attached and made a part hereof (marked F). The said declarations made before the officers in charge shall be givenRecord, etc., of declaration. consecutive numbers beginning at number one at each booth and the certificate issued to the party making the declaration shall be given the same number as is given the declaration. The declaration shall be carefully preserved by the officers in charge of the booths, and when the booths are discontinued said declarations shall be transmitted, 1231 together with the duplicate affidavits, form 4–545, hereinbefore required to be presented in case of agents proposing to act for soldiers in filing declaratory statements, to the General Land Office for filing as a part of the records pertaining to the disposal of said lands. The certificate will be evidence only that the party named therein isCertificates. permitted to go in upon the lands opened to settlement by this proclamation at the time specified herein and the certificate of form 1) must be surrendered when application to enter or file is presented to the district officers and the party’s right to make a filing, homestead entry or settlement shall be passed upon by the district land officers at the proper time and in the usual manner. The holder of such certificate will be required when he makes his homestead affidavit, or, if a soldier or soldier’s agent, when he files a declaratory statement at the district office, to allege under oath before the officers taking such homestead affidavit, or to whom said declaratory statement is presented for filing, that all the statements contained in the declaration made by him, upon which said certificate is based, are true in every particular, such oath to be added to affidavit of form 4–102, as shown on form hereto attached, and made a part hereof, (marked 102 d). After the hour and day hereinbefore named when said lands will be Holders of certificates only permitted to enter.opened to settlement, all parties holding such certificates (form D or F), will be permitted to occupy or enter upon the land so opened, and parties holding a certificate of form D may initiate a homestead claim, either by settlement upon the land or by entry or filing at the proper district office; but no person not holding any such certificate shall be permitted to occupy or enter upon any of said lands until after the booths shall have been discontinued by direction of the Secretary of the Interior. Until then, the officers of the United States are expressly charged to permit no party without a certificate to occupy or enter upon any of said lands. The following rules and regulations have been prescribed by theRegulations for occupation, etc.Vol. 27, p. 640. Secretary of the Interior under the direction of the President as provided by section ten of said act of March third, eighteen hundred and ninety-three, for the occupation and settlement of the lands hereby opened, to wit: The thirteenth section of the act approved March second, eighteen hundred and eighty-nine, the act approved May second eighteen hundredVol. 25, p. 1005. and ninety, the second proviso of section seventeen, and the whole of section eighteen of the act approved March third, eighteen hundredVol. 26, p. 81.Vol. 26, p. 1026. and ninety-one, are by section ten of the act of March third, eighteen hundred and ninety-three, made applicable in disposing of the lands under said section ten, and said lands are thereby rendered subject to disposal under the homestead and town-site laws only, with certain modifications, which laws, as so modified, contain provisions, substantially as follows: 1. Any party will be entitled to initiate a homestead claim to a tractHomestead entries. of said lands, who is over twenty-one years of age or the head of a family; who is a citizen of the United States, or has declared his intention to become such; who has not exhausted his homestead right either by perfecting a homestead entry for one hundred and sixty acres of land under any law, excepting what is known as the commuted provision of the homestead law, contained in section two thousand three hundred and one of the United States Revised Statutes, or by[R. S. sec. 2301, p. 421](/us/rs/s2301/p421). making or commuting a homestead entry since March second, eighteen hundred and eighty-nine; who has not entered, since August thirty, eighteen hundred and ninety, under the land laws of the United States, or filed upon, a quantity of land, agricultural in character, and not mineral, which with the tracts sought to be entered in any case, would make more than three hundred and twenty acres; who is not the owner in fee simple of one hundred and sixty acres of land in any State or Territory; and who has not entered upon or occupied the lands hereby opened in violation of this the President’s proclamation opening the 1232 same to settlement and entry. (See section 2289 U. S. R. S.; act of March 2, 1889, 25 Stat., 854; section 13 of the act of March 2, 1889, 25 Stat., 1005; act of August 30, 1890, 20 Stat., 391; section 20, act of May 2, 1890, 26 Stat., 91; and section 10, act of March 3, 1893, 27 Stat., 640). 2. Each entry shall he in a compact body, according to the rectangularForm and limit. subdivisions of the public surveys, and in a square form, as nearly as reasonably practicable, consistently with such surveys, and no person shall be permitted to enter more than one quarter section in quantity of said lands. (See section 13, act of March 2, 1889, 25 Stat., 1005). 3. Parties who own and reside upon land (not acquired by themAdditional entries. under the homestead law), not amounting in quantity to a quarter section, may, if otherwise qualified, enter other land lying contiguous to their own to an amount which shall not, with the land already owned by them, exceed in the aggregate 160 acres. (See section 2289, U. S. R. S.). 4. Any party, who has made a homestead entry prior to March second, eighteen hundred and eighty-nine, for less than one quarter section of land and who still owns and occupies the land so entered, may, if otherwise qualified, enter an additional tract of land lying contiguous to the land embraced in the original entry, which shall not, with the land first entered, exceed in the aggregate one hundred and sixty acres, but such additional entry will not be permitted, or if permitted will be canceled, if the original entry should fail, for any reason prior to patent, or should appear to be illegal or fraudulent. The final proof of residence and cultivation made on the original entry, together with the payment of the prescribed price for the land, will be sufficient to entitle the party to a final certificate for the land so entered without further proof. (See section 5 of the act of March 2, 1889, 25 Stat., 854). 5. Parties who have complied with the conditions of the law with regard to a homestead entry for less than one hundred and sixty acres of land made prior to March second, eighteen hundred and eighty-nine, and have had the final papers issued therefor, may, if otherwise qualified, make an additional entry, by legal subdivisions, of so much land as, added to the quantity previously so entered, shall not exceed one hundred and sixty acres. Parties making entry under the provisions set forth in this paragraph will be required to reside upon and cultivate the land embraced therein for the prescribed period and to submit proof of residence and cultivation of a like character with that required in ordinary homestead entries before the issuance of a final certificate. (See section 6, act of March 2, 1889, 25 Stat., 854). 6. Any officer, soldier, seaman or marine who served for not less Soldiers’ entries.than ninety days in the Army or Navy of the United States during the War of the Rebellion and who was honorably discharged and has remained loyal to the Government, or, in case of his death, his widow, or in case of her death or remarriage, his minor orphan children, by a guardian duly appointed and officially accredited at the Department of the Interior, may either in person, or by agent, file a declaratory statement for a tract of land and have six months thereafter within which to make actual entry and commence residence and improvements upon the land. (See sections 2304, 2307, and 2309 U. S. R. S.). 7. Every person entitled under the preceding paragraph to enter a homestead, who, or whose deceased husband or father in case of the widow or minor children, may have, prior to June twenty-second, eighteen hundred and seventy-four, entered, under the homestead laws, a quantity of land less than one hundred and sixty acres, may, if otherwise qualified, enter so much land as, when added to the quantity previously entered, shall not exceed one hundred and sixty acres, but the party must make affidavit that the entry is made for actual settlement and cultivation, and the proof of such settlement and cultivation, prescribed by existing homestead laws and regulations thereunder, will be required to be produced before the issue of final certificate. (See 1233section 2306 U. S. R. S., and section 18 of the act of May 2, 1890, 26 Stat., 90). 8. Parties may initiate claims under the homestead law either byInitiation of claims. settlement on the land or by entry at the district office; in the former case, the party will have three months after settlement within which to file his application for the tract at the district office; in the latter case, the party will have six months after entry at that office, within which to establish residence and begin improvements upon the land. (See sections 2290 and 2297, U. S. R. S.; and section 3, of the act of May 14, 1880, 21 Stat., 140). 9. The homestead affidavits required to be filed with the applicationExecution of homestead affidavits. must be executed before the register or receiver of the proper district land office (see section 2290, U. S. R. S.), or before any other officer who may be found duly qualified at the time to administer such oaths according to the provisions of the act of Congress of May 26, 1890, 26 Stat., 121. 10. Parties applying to make homestead entry will be required toFees. tender with the application the legal fee and commissions which are as follows: for an entry of over eighty acres a fee of ten dollars, and for an entry of eighty acres or less a fee of five dollars, and, in both cases, in addition, commissions, of two per cent upon the Government price of the land, computed at the rate of $1.25 per acre, the ordinary minimum price of public lands under the general provisions of section 2357, U. S. R. S. (See sections 2238 and 2290 U. S. R. S.) 11. Homestead applicants appearing in great number at the localReceiving applications. office to make entry at the time of opening will be required to form in line in order that their applications may be presented and acted upon in regular order. 12. Soldiers’ declaratory statements can only be made by the partiesSoldier’s applications. entitled or by their agents in person, and will not be received if sent by mail. A party acting as agent and appearing in line, as contemplated under the eleventh paragraph, will be allowed to make one entry or filing in his individual character, if he so desires, and to file one declaratory statement in his representative character as agent, if such he shall be, and thereupon he will be required to step out of line, giving place to the next person in order, and, if he desires to make any other filings, to take his place at the end of the line and await his proper turn before doing so, and thus to proceed in order until all the filings desired by him shall be made. 13. Section two thousand three hundred and one of the Revised StatutesCommutation not permitted.[R. S. sec. 2301, p. 421](/us/rs/s2301/p421). of the United States providing for commutation of homestead entries is not applicable to said lands. (See section 18 of the act of May 2, 1890, 26 Stat., 90). 14. Proof of five years’ residence, cultivation, and improvement, andFinal proof. the payment prescribed by the statute, as hereinbefore mentioned must be made, before a party will be entitled to a patent under the homestead law, and such proof is required to be made within seven years from the date of the entry. Commissions equal to two per cent, upon the Government price for the land, computed at 81.25 per acre under sections 2357 U. S. R. S., must also be tendered with the final proof. Interest at four per cent, per annum on the purchase price of the land must be paid from the date of the entry to date of final payment of purchase money. (See sections 2238 and 2291 U. S. R. S.,; and sections 10 and 13 of the act of March 3, 1893. 27 Stats. 640). 15. The parties named in paragraph six of these regulations areDeductions for Army or Navy service. entitled to have the term of service in the Army or Navy, under which the claim is made, not exceeding four years, deducted from the period of five years’ residence or cultivation required as stated in the preceding paragraph, or if the party was discharged from service on account of wounds or disabilities incurred in the line of duty, the whole term of enlistment not exceeding four years, way be deducted. (See section 2305 U. S. R. S.). 1234 16. Where a homestead settler dies before the consummation of hisProvisions on death of settler. claim, the widow, or, in case of her death, the heirs or devisee may continue settlement or cultivation, and obtain title upon requisite proof at the proper time. If the widow proves up, title will pass to her; if she dies before proving up and the heirs or devisee make the proof, the title will vest in them, respectively. (See section 2291 U. S. R. S.). 17. Where both parents die, leaving infant children, the homestead may be sold for cash for the benefit of such children, and the purchaser will receive title from the United States. (Sec section 2292. U.S. R. S.). 18. In case of the death of a person after having entered a homestead, the failure of the widow, children, or devisee of the deceased to fulfill the demands of the letter of the law as to residence on the lands, will not necessarily subject the entry to forfeiture on the ground of abandonment. If the land is cultivated in good faith the law will be considered as having been substantially complied with. 19. Town site claims may be initiated upon said lands, under theTown sites. statutes, by two methods, which are separate and distinct in character—the regulations under the first method are hereinafter set forth in para graphs twenty, twenty-one and twenty-two, and under the second method in paragraphs twenty-three to twenty-eight, inclusive. Provision is further made for town-site entries in cases where lands entered under the homestead law are required for town-site purposes as set forth in paragraph thirty. 20. Parties having founded or who desire to found a city or town onFiling plat. the public lands, must file with the recorder of the county in which land is situate a plat thereof, describing the exterior boundaries of the land according to the lines of public surveys. Such plat must state the name of the city or town, exhibit the streets, squares, blocks, lots and alleys, and specify the size of the same, with measurements and area of each municipal subdivision, the lots in which shall not exceed 4,200 square feet, with a statement of the extent and general character of the improvements. The plat and statement must be verified by the oath of the party acting for and in behalf of the occupants and inhabitants of the town or city. Within one month after filing the plat with the recorder of the county a verified copy of said plat and statement must be sent to the General Land Office, accompanied by the testimony of two witnesses that such town or city has been established in good faith, and a similar map and statement must be filed with the Register and receiver of the proper district office. Thereafter the President may cause the lots embraced within the limits of such city or town to be offered at public sale to the highest bidder subject to a minimum of ten dollars for each lot; and such lots as may not be disposed of at public sale shall thereafter be liable to private entry at such minimum, or at such reasonable increase or diminution thereafter as the Secretary of the Interior may order from time to time, after at least three months’ notice, in view of the increase or decrease in the value of the municipal property. Any actual settler upon any lot and upon any additional lot upon which he may have substantial improvements, shall be entitled to prove up and purchase the same as a preemption, at such minimum, at any time before the day fixed for the public sale. (See section 2382 U. S. R. S.) 21. In case the parties interested shall fail or refuse, within twelve Sale of lots on failure to file plat.months after founding a city or town, to file in the General Land Office a transcript map, with the statement and testimony, as required in paragraph twenty, the Secretary of the Interior may cause a survey and plat to be made of said city or town, and thereafter the lots will be sold at an increase of fifty per cent, on the minimum price of 810 per lot. (See section 2384 U. S. R. S.). 22. When lots vary in size from the limitation of 4200 square feet, and the lots, buildings, and improvements cover an area greater than 640 acres, such variance as to size of lots or excess in area will prove no bar to entry, but the price of the lots may be increased to such rea-1235sonable amount as the Secretary of the Interior may by rule establish. (See section 2385 U. S. R. S.). 23. Under the second method lands actually settled upon andEntries. occupied as a townsite, and therefore not subject to entry under the homestead laws, may be entered as a townsite, at the proper district land office. (See section 2387 U. S. R. S.). 24. If the town is incorporated, the entry may be made by the corporate authorities thereof through the mayor or other principal officer duly authorized so to do. If the town is not incorporated, the entry may be made by the judge of the county court for the county in which said town is situated. In either case the entry must be made in trust for the use and benefit of the occupants thereof, according to their respective interests. The execution of such trust as to the disposal of lots and the proceeds of sales is to be conducted under regulations prescribed by the territorial laws. Acts of trustees not in accordance with such regulations are void. (See sections 2387 and 2391 U. S. R. S.). 25. The officer authorized to enter a town-site may make entry at once, or he may initiate an entry by filing a declaratory statement of the purpose of the inhabitants to make a town-site entry of the land described. The entry or declaratory statement shall include only such land as is actually occupied by the town, and the title to which is in the United States, and its exterior limits must conform to the legal subdivisions of the public lands. (See sections 2388 and 2389 U. S. R. S.) 26. The amount of land that may be entered under this method isLimitation. proportionate to the number of inhabitants. One hundred and less than two hundred inhabitants may enter not to exceed 320 acres; two hundred and less than one thousand inhabitants may enter not to exceed 640 acres; and where the inhabitants number one thousand and over, an amount not to exceed 1280 acres may be entered; and for each additional one thousand inhabitants, not to exceed five thousand in all, a further amount of 320 acres may be allowed. When the number of inhabitants of a town is less than one hundred, the town-site shall be restricted to the land actually occupied for town purposes by legal subdivisions. (See section 2389 U. S. R. S.) 27. Where an entry is made of less than the maximum quantity of land allowed for town-site purposes, additional entries may be made of contiguous tracts occupied for town purposes, which, when added to the previous entry or entries, will not exceed 2,560 acres; but no additional entry can be allowed which will make the total area exceed the area to which the town may be entitled by virtue of its population at date of additional entry. (See sec. 4 of the act of March 3, 1877, 19 Stat., 392.) 28. The land must be paid for at the Government price per acre, andPayment and proof. proof must be furnished relating—1st. To municipal occupation of the land; 2d, Number of inhabitants; 3d, Extent and value of town improvements; 4th, Date when land was first used for town-site purposes; 5th, Official character and authority of officer making entry; 6th, If an incorporated town, proof of incorporation, which should be a certified copy of the act of incorporation; and 7th, That a majority of the occupants or owners of the lots within the town desire that such action be taken. Thirty days’ publication of notice of intention to make proof must be made and proof of publication furnished. (See section 23S7 U. S. R. S.) 29. All surveys for town-sites on said lands shall contain reservationsSurveys. for parks (of substantially equal area if more than one park) and for schools and other public purposes embracing in the aggregate not less than ten nor more than twenty acres, and patents for such reservations, to be maintained for such purposes, will be issued to the towns respectively when organized as municipalities. (See section 22, act of May 2, 1890, 26 Stat., 92.) 30. In case any of said lands which may be entered under the homesteadConflict between town-site and homestead entries. laws by a person who is entitled to perfect his title thereto under such laws, are required for town-site purposes, the entryman may 1236 apply to the Secretary of the Interior to purchase the lands embraced in said homestead, or any part thereof not less than a legal subdivision for town-site purposes. The party must tile, in the district office with his application, a plat of the proposed town-site, and evidence of his qualifications to perfect title under the homestead law, and of his compliance with all the requirements of the law and the instructions thereunder, and must deposit with the Secretary of the Interior the sum of ten dollars per acre for all the lands embraced in such town-site, except the lands to be donated and maintained for public purposes as mentioned in the preceding paragraph. (See section 22, act of May 2, 1899, 26 Stat., 92.) Notice, moreover, is hereby given that it is by law enacted that noEntry in be only in manner prescribed. person shall be permitted to occupy or enter upon any of the lands herein referred to, except in the manner prescribed by this proclamation; and any person otherwise occupying or entering upon any of said lands shall forfeit all right to acquire any of said lands, and that the officers of the United States will be required to enforce this provision. And further notice is hereby given that four land districts haveLand districts established. been established in Oklahoma Territory with boundaries as follows: The Perry district bounded and described as follows: Beginning atPerry district. the middle of the main channel of the Arkansas river, where the same is intersected by the northern boundary of Oklahoma Territory; thence west to the northwest corner of township 29 north, range 2 west of the Indian Meridian; thence south on the range line between ranges 2 and 3 west to the southwest corner of lot 3 of section 31, township 20 north, range 2 west; thence east to the southeast corner of lot 4 of section 36, township 20 north, range 4 east; thence south on the range line between ranges 4 and 5 east to the middle of the main channel of the Cimarron river; thence down said river in the middle of the main channel thereof to the western boundary of the Creek Country; thence north to the northwest corner of the Creek Country; thence east on the northern boundary of said Creek Country to the middle of the main channel of the Arkansas river; thence up said river in the middle of the main channel thereof to the place of beginning; the local Office.Enid district.land office of which will be located at the town of Perry in County P. The Enid district bounded and described as follows: Beginning at the northeast corner of township 29 north, range 3 west of the Indian Meridian; thence west to the northwest corner of township 29 north, range 8 west; thence south on the range line between ranges 8 and 9 west to the southwest corner of lot 3 of section 31, township 20 north, range 8 west; thence east to the southeast corner of lot 4 of section 36, township 20 north, range 3 west; thence north on the range line between ranges 2 and 3 west to the place of beginning; the local land Office.Alva district.office of which will be located at the town of Enid in County O. The Alva district, bounded and described as follows: Beginning at the northeast corner of township 29 north, range 9 west of the Indian Meridian; thence west to the northwest corner of township 29 north, range 16 west; thence south on the range line between ranges 16 and 17 west to the southwest corner of lot 3 of section 31, township 20 north, range 16 west; thence east to the southeast corner of lot 4 of section 36, township 20 north, range 9 west; thence north on the range line between ranges 8 and 9 west to the place of beginning; the local land Office.Woodward district.office of which will be located at the town of Alva in County M. The Woodward land district bounded and described as follows: Beginning at the northeast corner of township 29 north, range 17 west of the Indian Meridian; thence west to the northwest corner of township 29 north, range 26 west; thence south to the southwest corner of lot 3 of section 32, township 20 north, range 26 west; thence east to the southeast corner of lot 4 of section 36, township 20 north, range 17 west; thence north on the range line between ranges 16 and 17 west to the Office.place of beginning; the local land office of which will be located at the town of Woodward in County N. 1237 And further notice is hereby given that the line of ninety-seven andEstablishment of meridians. one-half degrees west longitude, named herein, for the purpose of disposing of the land hereby opened to settlement, is held to fall on the west line of sections two, eleven, fourteen, twenty three, twenty-six, and thirty-five of the townships in range three west of the Indian Meridian, and the line of ninety-eight and one-half degrees of west longitude is held to fall on the line running due north and south through the centres of sections four, nine, sixteen, twenty-one, twenty-eight and thirty-three of the townships in range twelve west of the Indian Meridian, and said lines have been so laid down upon the township plats on file in the General Land Office. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this nineteenth day of August in the year of our Lord, one thousand eight hundred and [seal.] ninety-three and of the Independence of the United States the one hundred and eighteenth. Grover Cleveland By the President: W. Q. Gresham *Secretary of State*. Forms. Declaration for homestead entry. 1238 Declaration for soldier’s entry. Declaration for soldier’s entry. Declaration for soldier’s entry by agent. 1239 Declaration for town site entry. Certificate permitting holder to settle on a town lot. Affidavit that applicant did not enter upon land before time of opening. 6 September 28, 1893 Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America Proclamation 1240 [No. 6.] By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas, it is provided by section twenty-four of the Act of Congress,September 28, 1893. approved March third, eighteen hundred and ninety-one, Preamble.Vol. 26, p. 1103.entitled, “An act to repeal timber-culture laws, and for other purposes,” “That the President of the United States may, from time to time, set apart and reserve, in any State or Territory having public land bearing forests, in any part of the public lands wholly or in part covered with timber or undergrowth, whether of commercial value or not, as public reservations, and the President shall, by public proclamation, declare the establishment of such reservations and the limits thereof;” And Whereas, the public lands in the State of Oregon, within the limits hereinafter described, are in part covered with timber, and it appears that the public good would be promoted by setting apart and reserving said lands as a public reservation. Now, Therefore, I, Grover Cleveland, President of the United States,Forest reservation, Oregon. by virtue of the power in me vested by section twenty-four of the aforesaid Act of Congress, do hereby make known and proclaim that there is hereby reserved from entry or settlement and set apart as a Public Reservation, all those certain tracts, pieces or parcels of land lying and being situate in the State of Oregon, and particularly described as follows, to-wit: Beginning at the meander corner at the intersection of the range lineBoundaries. between Ranges six
(6)and seven
(7)East, Township two
(2)North, Willamette Meridian, Oregon, with the mean high-water mark on the south bank of the Columbia River in said State; thence north easterly along said mean high-water-mark to its intersection with the township line between Townships two
(2)and three
(3)North; thence easterly along said township line to the north east corner of Township two
(2)North, Range eight
(8)East; thence southerly along the range line between Ranges eight
(8)and nine
(9)East, to the southwest corner of Township two
(2)North, Range nine
(9)East; thence westerly along the township line between Townships one
(1)and two
(2)North, to the northwest corner of Township one
(1)North, Range nine
(9)East; thence southerly along the range line between Ranges eight
(8)and nine
(9)East, to the southwest corner of Township one
(1)North, Range nine
(9)East; then easterly along the Base Line to the northeast corner of Township one
(1)South, Range ten
(10)East; thence southerly along the range line between Ranges ten
(10)and eleven
(11)East, to the southeast corner of Township four
(4)South, Range ten
(10)East; thence westerly along the township line between Townships four
(4)and five
(5)South, to the southwest corner of Township four
(4)South, Range nine
(9)East; thence southerly along the west boundary of Township five
(5)South, Range nine
(9)East, to its intersection with the west boundary of the Warm Springs Indian reservation; thence southwesterly along said Indian reservation boundary to the southwest corner of said reservation; thence south easterly along the south boundary of said Indian reservation to a point on the north line of Section three (3), Township twelve
(12)South, Range nine
(9)East, where said boundary crosses the township line between townships eleven
(11)and twelve
(12)South, Range nine
(9)East; thence easterly to the northeast corner of Township twelve
(12)South, Range
(9)East; thence southerly along the range line between Ranges nine
(9)and ton
(10)East, to the southeast corner of Township thirteen
(13)South, Range nine
(9)East; thence westerly along the Third
(3rd)Standard Parallel South, to the north east corner of Township fourteen
(14)South, Range nine
(9)East; thence southerly along the range line between Ranges nine
(9)and ten
(10)East, to the south east corner of Township fifteen
(15)South, Range nine
(9)East; thence easterly 1241 along the Third
(3rd)Standard Parallel South, to the north-eastForest reservation, Oregon. corner of Township sixteen
(16)South, Range nine
(9)East; thence southerly along the range line between Ranges nine
(9)and ten
(10)East, to the southeast corner of Township twenty
(20)South, Range nine
(9)East; thence easterly along the Fourth
(4th)Standard Parallel South, to the northeast corner of Township twenty-one
(21)South, Range nine
(9)East; thence southerly along the range line between Ranges nine
(9)and ten
(10)East, to the southeast corner of Township twenty-three
(23)South, Range nine
(9)East; thence westerly along the township line between Townships twenty-three
(23)and twenty-four
(24)South, to the southeast corner of Township twenty-three
(23)South, Range six
(6)East; thence southerly along the range line between Ranges six
(6)and seven
(7)East, to the southwest corner of Township twenty-five
(25)South, Range seven
(7)East; thence westerly along the Fifth
(5th)Standard Parallel South, to the point for the north west corner of Township twenty-six
(26)South, Range seven
(7)East; thence southerly along the surveyed and unsurveyed west boundaries of Townships twenty-six (26), twenty-seven (27), twenty-eight (28), twenty-nine
(29)and thirty
(30)South, to the southwest corner of Township thirty
(30)South, Range seven
(7)East; thence westerly along the unsurveyed Sixth
(6th)Standard Parallel South, to the point for the northwest corner of Township thirty-one
(31)South, Range, seven and one half
(74)East: thence southerly along the surveyed and unsurveyed west boundaries of Townships thirty-one (31), thirty-two
(32)and thirty-three
(33)South, Range seven and one-half
(74)East, to the southwest corner of Township thirty-three
(33)South, Range seven and one-half
(74)East; thence easterly along the township line between Townships thirty-three
(33)and thirty-four
(34)South, to the northeast corner of Township thirty-four
(34)South, Range six
(6)East; thence southerly along the east boundaries of Townships thirty-four
(34)and thirty-five
(35)South, Range six
(6)East, to the point of intersection of the east boundary of Township thirty-five
(35)South, Range six
(6)East, with the west shore of Upper Klamath Lake; thence along said shore of said lake to its intersection with the range line between Ranges six
(6)and seven
(7)East, in Township thirty-six
(36)South; thence southerly along the range line between Ranges six
(6)and seven
(7)East, to the southeast corner of Township thirty-seven
(37)South, Range six
(6)East; thence westerly along the township line between Townships thirty-seven
(37)and thirty-eight
(38)South, to the south west corner of Township thirty-seven
(37)South, Range four
(4)East: thence northerly along the range line between Ranges three
(3)and four
(4)East, to the northwest corner of Township thirty-six
(36)South, Range four
(4)East; thence easterly along the Eighth
(8th)Standard Parallel South, to the southwest corner of Township thirty-five
(35)South, Range four
(4)East; thence northerly along the range line between Ranges three
(3)and four
(4)East, to the southwest corner of Township thirty-one
(31)South, Range four
(4)East; thence westerly along the township line between Townships thirty-one
(31)and thirty-two
(32)South, to the southwest corner of Township thirty-one
(31)South, Range one
(1)East: thence northerly along the surveyed and unsurveyed Willamette Meridian to the north west corner of Township twenty
(20)South, Range one
(1)East; thence easterly along the Township line between Townships nineteen
(19)and twenty
(20)South, to the northeast corner of Township twenty
(20)South, Range one
(1)East; thence northerly along the range line between Ranges one
(1)and two
(2)East, to the northwest corner of Township eighteen
(18)South, Range two
(2)East; thence easterly along the township line between Townships seventeen
(17)and eighteen
(18)South, to the southeast corner of Township seventeen
(17)South, Range, two
(2)East; thence northerly along the range line between Ranges two
(2)and three
(3)East, to the southwest corner of Town- 1242 ship seventeen
(17)South, Range three
(3)East; thence easterlyForest reservation, Oregon. along the surveyed and unsurveyed township line between Townships seventeen
(17)and eighteen
(18)South, to the point for the southeast corner of Township seventeen
(17)South, Range four
(4)East; thence northerly along the surveyed and unsurveyed range line between Ranges four
(4)and five
(5)East, subject to the proper easterly or westerly offsets on the Third (3rd), Second
(2nd)and First
(1st)Standard Parallels South, to the northwest corner of Township five
(5)South, Range five
(5)East; thence easterly along the township line between Townships four
(4)and five
(5)South, to the south east corner of Township four
(4)South, Range six
(6)East; thence northerly along the range line between Ranges six
(6)and seven
(7)East, to the northwest corner of Township four
(4)South, Range seven
(7)East; thence easterly along the township line between Townships three
(3)and four
(4)South, to the southwest corner of Section thirty-four (34), Township three
(3)South, Range seven
(7)East; thence northerly along the surveyed and unsurveyed section line between Sections thirty-three
(33)and thirty-four (34), twenty-seven
(27)and twenty eight (28), twenty-one
(21)and twenty-two (22), fifteen
(15)and sixteen (16), nine
(9)and ten
(10)and three
(3)and four (4), to the northwest corner of Section three
(3)of said Township and Range; thence easterly along the surveyed and unsurveyed township line between townships two
(2)and three
(3)South, to the point for the south east corner of Township two
(2)South, Range eight
(8)East; thence northerly along the unsurveyed range line between Ranges eight
(8)and nine
(9)East, to the southeast corner of Township one
(1)South, Range eight
(8)East; thence westerly along the township line between Townships one
(1)and two
(2)South, to the south east corner of Section thirty-four (34), Township one
(1)South, Range eight
(8)East; thence northerly along the section line between Sections thirty-four
(34)and thirty-five (35), twenty-six
(20)and twenty-seven
(27)and twenty-two
(22)and twenty-three
(23)to the northeast corner of Section twenty-two (22); thence westerly along the section line between Sections fifteen
(15)and twenty-two
(22)to the southeast corner of Section sixteen (10); thence northerly on the section line between Sections fifteen
(15)and sixteen
(16)to the point for the northeast corner of Section sixteen (16); thence westerly along the section line between Sections nine
(9)and sixteen
(16)to the, southeast corner of Section eight (8); thence northerly along the section line between Sections eight
(8)and nine
(9)and four
(4)and five
(5)to the northwest corner of Section four (4), Township one
(1)South, Range eight
(8)East; thence easterly along the Base Line to the southeast corner of Section thirty-three (33), Township one
(1)North, Range eight
(8)East; thence along the unsurveyed section lines northerly to the point for the northeast corner of Section thirty-three, (33), westerly to the point for the northeast corner of Section thirty-two (32), northerly to the point for the northeast corner of Section eight (8), westerly to the point for the southwest corner of Section six (9); thence northerly along the unsurveyed range line between Ranges seven
(7)and eight
(8)East, to the point for the northwest corner of Township one
(1)North, Range eight
(8)East; thence westerly along the unsurveyed township line between Townships one
(1)and two
(2)North, to the northwest corner of Township one
(1)North, Range seven
(7)East; thence northerly along the surveyed and unsurveyed range line between Ranges six
(6)and seven
(7)East, to the meander corner at its intersection with the mean high-water-mark on the south bank of the Columbia River, the place of beginning. Excepting from the force and effect of this proclamation all landsPrior valid entries excepted. which may have been, prior to the date hereof, embraced in any legal entry or covered by any lawful filing duly of record in the proper United States Land Office, or upon which any valid settlement has been made pursuant to law, and the statutory period within which to make entry or filing of record has not expired; and all mining claims 1243 duly located and held according to the laws of the United States and rules and regulations not in conflict therewith; Provided that this exception shall not continue to apply to any particular tract of land unless the entryman, settler or claimant continues to comply with the law under which the entry, filing, settlement or location was made. Warning is hereby expressly given to all persons not to enter or makeReserved from settlement. settlement upon the tract of land reserved by this proclamation. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington, this twenty eighth day of September, in the year of our Lord, one thousand, eight hundred and [seal.] ninety-three, and of the Independence of the United States the one hundred and eighteenth. Grover Cleveland By the President Alvey A. Adee *Acting Secretary of State*. 7 September 28, 1893 Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America Proclamation [No. 7.] By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas, it is provided by section twenty-four of the Act of Congress,September 28, 1893. approved March third, eighteen hundred and ninety-one, entitled, Preamble.Vol. 26, p. 1103.“An act to repeal timber-culture laws, and for other purposes,” “That the President of the United States may, from time to time, set apart and reserve, in any State or Territory having public land bearing forests, in any part of the public lands wholly or in part covered with timber or undergrowth, whether of commercial value or not, as public reservations, and the President shall, by public proclamation, declare the establishment of such reservations and the limits thereof;” And Whereas, the public lands in the State of Oregon, within the limits hereinafter described, are in part covered with timber, and it appears that the public good would be promoted by setting apart and reserving said lands as a public reservation; Now, Therefore, I, Grover Cleveland, President of the United States,Forest reservation, Oregon. by virtue of the power in me vested by section twenty-four of the aforesaid Act of Congress, do hereby make known and proclaim that there is hereby reserved from entry or settlement and set apart as a Public Reservation, all those certain tracts, pieces or parcels of land lying and being situate in the State of Oregon, and within the boundaries particularly described as follows, to-wit: Beginning at the northeast corner of Section twenty-seven (27), TownshipBoundaries. thirty-nine
(39)South, Range one
(1)East, Willamette Meridian; thence westerly along the surveyed and unsurveyed section line to the northwest corner of Section twenty-five (25), Township thirty nine
(39)South, Range one
(1)West; thence southerly along the section line to the southwest corner of Section thirty-six (36), said township and range; thence westerly along the Ninth
(9th)Standard Parallel South to the northwest corner of Section one (1), Township forty
(40)South, Range one
(1)West: thence southerly along the section line to the southwest corner of Section thirteen (13), said township and range; thence easterly along the surveyed and unsurveyed section line to the point for the southeast corner of Section fourteen (14), Township forty
(40)South, Range one
(1)East; thence northerly along the surveyed and unsurveyed section line to the north east corner of Section thirty-five (35), Township thirty-nine
(39)South, Range one
(1)East; thence westerly to the northwest corner of said Section thirty-five (35); thence 1244 northerly to the north east corner of Section twenty-seven (27), said township and range, the place of beginning. Excepting from the force and effect of this proclamation all landsPrior valid entries excepted. which may have been, prior to the date hereof, embraced in any legal entry or covered by any lawful filing duly of record in the proper United States Land Office, or upon which any valid settlement has been made pursuant to law, and the statutory period within which to make entry or filing of record has not expired; and all mining claims duly located and held according to the laws of the United States and rules and regulations not in conflict therewith; Provided that this exception shall not continue to apply to any particular tract of land unless the entryman, settler or claimant continues to comply with the law under which the entry, filing, settlement or location was made. Warning is hereby expressly given to all persons not to enter or makeReserved from settlement. settlement upon the tract of land reserved by this proclamation. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington, this twenty eighth day of September, [seal.] in the year of our Lord, one thousand, eight hundred and ninety-three, and of the Independence of the United States the one hundred and eighteenth. Grover Cleveland By the President Alvey A. Adee *Acting Secretary of State*. 8 November 3, 1893 Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America Proclamation [No. 8.] By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION.November 3, 1893. While the American people should every day remember with praisePreamble. and thanksgiving the divine goodness and mercy which have followed them since their beginning as a nation, it is fitting that one day in each year should be especially devoted to the contemplation of the blessings we have received from the band of God, and to the grateful acknowledgment of His loving kindness. Therefore, I, Grover Cleveland, President of the United States, doDesignating Thursday, November 30, as Thanksgiving Day. hereby designate and set apart Thursday, the thirtieth day of the present month of November, as a day of Thanksgiving and praise to be kept and observed by all the people of our land. On that day let us forego our ordinary work and employments, and assemble in our usual places of worship where we may recall all that God has done for us, and where from grateful hearts our united tribute of praise and song may reach the Throne of Grace. Let the re union of kindred and the social meeting of friends lend cheer and enjoyment to the day, and let generous gifts of charity for the relief of the poor and needy prove the sincerity of our thanksgiving. Witness my hand and the seal of the United States, which I have caused to be hereto affixed. Done at the City of Washington on the third day of November, in [seal.] the year of our Lord, eighteen hundred and ninety-three, and of the Independence of the United States the one hundred and eighteenth. Grover Cleveland By the President: W. Q. Gresham *Secretary of State*. 9 April 9, 1894 Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America Proclamation 1245 [No. 9.] By the President of the United States of America.April 9, 1894. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas an Act of Congress entitled “An Act to give effect to thePreamble. Award rendered by the Tribunal of Arbitration at Paris, under the Treaty between the United States and Great Britain, concluded at*Ante*, p.52. Washington, February 29, 1S92, for the purpose of submitting to arbitration certain questions concerning the preservation of the fur-seals,” was approved April 6, 1894, and reads as follows: Whereas the following articles of the award of the Tribunal of Arbitration constitutedFur-seal regulations. under the treaty concluded at Washington the twenty-ninth of February, eighteen hundred and ninety-two, between the United States of America and Her Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland were delivered to the Agents of the respective Governments on the fifteenth day of August, eighteen hundred and ninety-three: Article 1. The Governments of the United States and Great Britain shall forbid their citizens and subjects respectively to kill, capture, or pursue at any time, and in any manner whatever, the animals commonly called fur seals, within a zone of sixty miles around the Pribilov Islands, inclusive of the territorial waters. The miles mentioned in the preceding paragraph are geographical miles, of sixty to a degree of latitude. Article 2. The two Governments shall forbid their citizens and subjects respectively to kill, capture or pursue, in any manner whatever, during the season extending, each year, from the first of May to the thirty-first of July, both inclusive, the fur seals on the high sea, in the part of the Pacific Ocean, inclusive of the Bering Sea, which is situated to the north of the thirty-fifth degree of north latitude, and eastward of the one hundred and eightieth degree of longitude from Greenwich till it strikes the water boundary described in Article 1 of the Treaty of eighteen hundred and sixty-seven between the United States and Russia, and following that line up to Berings Straits. Article 3. During the period of time and in the waters in which the fur-seal fishing is allowed, only sailing vessels shall be permitted to carry on or take part in fur-seal fishing operations. They will however be at liberty to avail themselves of the use of such canoes or undecked boats, propelled by paddles, oars, or sails, as are in common use as fishing boats. Article 4. Each sailing vessel authorized to fish for fur seals must be provided with a special license issued for that purpose by its Government, and shall be required to carry a distinguishing flag to be prescribed by its government. Article 5. The masters of the vessels engaged in fur-seal fishing shall enter accurately in their official log book the date and place of each fur-seal fishing operation, and also the number and sex of the seals captured upon each day. These entries shall be communicated by each of the two Governments to the other at the end of each fishing season. Article 6. The use of nets, firearms and explosives shall be forbidden in the fur-seal fishing. This restriction shall not apply to shotguns when such fishing takes place outside of Behring Sea, during the season when it may be lawfully carried on. 1246 Article 7. The two Governments shall take measures to control the fitness of the men authorizedFur-seal regulations—Continued. to engage in fur-seal fishing; these men shall have been proved fit to handle with sufficient skill the weapons by means of which this fishing may be carried on. Article 8. The regulations contained the preceding articles shall not apply to Indians dwelling on the coast of the territory of the United States or of Great Britain, and carrying on fur-seal fishing in canoes or undecked boats not transported by or used in connection with other vessels and propelled wholly by paddles, oars or sails and manned by not more than five persons each in the way hitherto practiced by the Indians, provided such Indians are not in the employment of other persons and provided that, when so hunting in canoes or undecked boats, they shall not hunt fur seals outside of territorial waters under contract for the delivery of the skins to any person. This exemption shall not be construed to affect the municipal law of either country, nor shall it extend to the waters of Behring Sea or the waters of the Aleutian Passes. Nothing herein contained is intended to interfere with the employment of Indians as hunters or otherwise in connection with fur sealing vessels as heretofore. Article 9. The concurrent regulations hereby determined with a view to the protection and preservation of the fur seals, shall remain in force until they have been, in whole or in part, abolished or modified by common agreement between the Governments of the United States and of Great Britain. The said concurrent regulations shall be submitted every five years to a new examination, so as to enable both interested governments to consider whether, in the light of past experience, there is occasion for any modification thereof. *Now therefore be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America, in Congress assembled*, That no citizen of the United States, or person owing the duty of obedience to the laws or the treaties of the United States, nor any person belonging to or on board of a vessel of the United States, shall kill, capture, or pursue, at any time, or in any manner whatever, outside of territorial waters, any fur seal in the waters surrounding the Pribilov Islands within a zone of Correction.*Ante*, p. 64.sixty geographical miles (sixty to a degree of latitude) around said Islands, exclusive of the territorial waters. Sec. 2. That no citizen of the United States, or person above described in Section 1 of this Act, nor any person belonging to or on board of a vessel of the United States, shall kill, capture, or pursue, in any manner whatever, during the season extending from the first day of May to the thirty-first day of July, both inclusive, in each year, any fur seal on the high seas outside of the zone mentioned in section one, and in that part of the Pacific Ocean, including Behring Sea, which is situated to the north of the thirty fifth degree of north latitude and to the east of the one hundred and eightieth degree of longitude from Greenwich till it strikes the water boundary described in article one of the treaty of eighteen hundred and sixty-seven, between the United States and Russia, and following that line up to Behring Straits. Sec. 3. No citizen of the United States or person above described, in the first section of this Act, shall, during the period and in the waters in which by section two of this Act the killing of fur seals is not prohibited, use or employ any vessel, nor shall any vessel of the United States be used or employed, in carrying on or taking part in fur-seal fishing operations, other than a sailing vessel propelled by sails exclusively, and such canoes or undecked bouts, propelled by paddles, oars, or sails as may belong to, and be used in connection with, such sailing vessels; nor shall any sailing vessel carry on or take part in such operations without a special license obtained from the government for that purpose, and without carrying a distinctive flag prescribed by the government for the same purpose. Sec. 4. That every master of a vessel licensed under this act to engage in fur-seal fishing operations shall accurately enter in his official log book the date and place of every such operation, and also the number and sex of the seal captured each day; and on coming into port, and before landing cargo, the master shall verify, on oath, such official log book as containing a full and true statement of the number and character of his fur-seal fishing operations, including the number and sex of seals captured; and for any false statement willfully made by a person so licensed by the United States in this behalf he shall be subject to the penalties of perjury; and any seal skins found in excess of the statement in the official log book shall be forfeited to the United States. Sec. 5 That no person or vessel engaging in fur-seal fishing operations under this Act shall use or employ in such operations, any net, firearm, airgun, or explosive: *Provided however*, That this prohibition shall not apply to the use of shotguns in such operations outside of Behring Sen during the season when the killing of fur seals is not there prohibited by this Act. Sec. 6. That the foregoing sections of this Act shall not apply to Indians dwelling on the coast of the United States, and taking fur seals in canoes or undecked boats 1247 propelled wholly by paddles, oars, or sails, and not transported by or used in connectionFur-seal regulations—Continued. with other vessels, or manned by more than five persons, in the manner heretofore practiced by the said Indians: *Provided, however*, that the exception made in this section shall not apply to Indians in the employment of other persons, or who shall kill, capture, or pursue fur seals outside of territorial waters under contract to deliver the skins to other persons, nor to the waters of Behring Sea or of the passes between the Aleutian Islands. Sec. 7. That the President shall have power to make regulations respecting the special license and the distinctive flag mentioned in this Act and regulations otherwise suitable to secure the due execution of the provisions of this act, and from time to time to add to, modify, amend, or revoke such regulations as in his judgment may seem expedient. Sec. 8. That, except in the case of a master making a false statement under oath in violation of the provisions of the fourth section of this Act, every person guilty of a violation of the provisions of this Act, or of the regulations made thereunder, shall for each offense be fined not less than two hundred dollars, or imprisoned not more than six months, or both; and all vessels, their tackle, apparel, furniture, and Cargo, at any time used or employed in violation of this Act, or of the regulations made thereunder, shall be forfeited to the United States. Sec. 9. That any violation of this Act, or of the regulations made thereunder, may be prosecuted either in the district court of Alaska or in any district court of the United States in California, Oregon, or Washington. Section 10. That if any unlicensed vessel of the United States shall be found within the waters to which this Act applies, and at a time when the killing of fur seals is by this Act there prohibited, having on board seal skins or bodies of seals, or apparatus or implements suitable for killing or taking seals; or if any licensed vessel shall be found in the waters to which this Act applies, having on board apparatus or implements suitable for taking seals, but forbidden then and there to be used, it shall be presumed that the vessel in the one case and the apparatus or implements in the other was or were used in violation of this Act until it is otherwise sufficiently proved. Sec. 11. That it shall be the duty of the President to cause a sufficient naval force to cruise in the waters to which this Act is applicable to enforce its provisions, and it shall be the duty of the commanding officer of any vessel belonging to the naval or revenue service of the United States, when so instructed by the President, to seize and arrest all vessels of the United States found by him to be engaged, used, or employed in the waters last aforesaid in violation of any of the prohibitions of this Act, or of any regulations made thereunder, and to take the same with all persons on board thereof, to the most convenient port in any district of the United States mentioned in this Act, there to be dealt with according to law. Sec. 12. That any vessel or citizen of the United States, or person described in the first section of this Act, offending against the prohibitions of this Act or the regulations thereunder, may be seized and detained by the naval or other duly commissioned officers of Her Majesty the Queen of Great Britain, but when so seized and detained they shall be delivered as soon as practicable, with any witnesses and proofs on board, to any naval or revenue officer or other authorities of the United States, whose courts alone shall have jurisdiction to try the offense and impose the penalties for the same: *Provided, however*, That British officers shall arrest and detain vessels and persons as in this section specified only after, by appropriate legislation, Great Britain shall have authorized officers of the United States duly commissioned and instincted by the President to that end to arrest, detain, and deliver to the authorities of Great Britain vessels and subjects of that Government offending against any statutes or regulations of Great Britain enacted or made to enforce the award of the treaty mentioned in the title of this Act.” Now, therefore, be it known that I, Grover Cleveland, President ofRegulations declared in effect. the United States of America, have caused the said Act specially to be proclaimed to the end that its provisions may be known and observed; and I hereby proclaim that every person guilty of a violation of the provisions of said Act will be arrested and punished as therein provided; and all vessels so employed, their tackle, apparel, furniture and cargo will be seized and forfeited. In testimoney whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 9th day of April in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and ninety four, [seal.] and of the Independence of the United States the one hundred and eighteenth. Grover Cleveland By the President: W. Q. Gresham *Secretary of State*. 10 May 2, 1894 Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America Proclamation 1248 [No. 10.] By the President of the United States of America.May 2, 1894. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas satisfactory proof has been given to me that no light housePreamble. and light dues, tonnage dues, beacon and buoy dues, or other equivalent taxes of any kind, are imposed upon vessels of the United States in the ports of the Island of Grenada, one of the British West India Islands; Now, therefore, I, Grover Cleveland, President of the United States of America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by Section eleven Vol. 24, p. 81.of the Act of Congress, entitled “An Act to abolish certain fees for official services to American vessels, and to amend the laws relating to shipping commissioners, seamen and owners of vessels, and for other purposes”, approved June nineteenth, one thousand eight hundred and Vol. 25, p. 80.eighty six, and in virtue of the further Act amendatory thereof, entitled “An Act to amend the laws relating to navigation and for other purposes”, approved April four, one thousand eight hundred and Grenada, West Indies.Suspension of tonnage duty upon vessels from.eighty-eight, do hereby declare and proclaim that from and after the date of this, my Proclamation, shall be suspended the collection of the whole of the tonnage duty which is imposed by said section eleven of the Act approved June nineteenth, one thousand eight hundred and eighty six upon vessels entered in the ports of the United States from any of the ports of the Island of Grenada. Provided, that there shall be excluded from the benefits of the suspensionVessels excluded. hereby declared and proclaimed, the vessels of any foreign country in whose ports the fees or dues of any kind or nature imposed on vessels of the United States, or the import or export duties on their cargoes, are in excess of the fees, dues, or duties imposed on the vessels of such country, or on the cargoes of such vessels; but this proviso shall not be held to be inconsistent with the special regulation by foreign countries of duties and other charges on their own vessels, and the cargoes thereof, engaged in their coasting trade, or with the existence between such countries and other states of reciprocal stipulations founded on special conditions and equivalents, and thus not within the treatment of American vessels under the most favored nation clause in treaties between the United States and such countries. And the suspension hereby declared and proclaimed shall continueContinuance of suspension. so long as the reciprocal exemption of vessels belonging to citizens of the United States and their cargoes, shall be continued in the said ports of the Island of Grenada and no longer. In witness whereof I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this second day of May in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and ninety [seal.] four, and of the Independence of the United States the one hundred and eighteenth. Grover Cleveland By the President: W. Q. Gresham *Secretary of State*. 11 July 8, 1894 Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America Proclamation [No. 11.] By the President of the United States of America.July 8, 1894. A PROCLAMATION. 1249 Whereas, By reason of unlawful obstructions, combinations andPreamble. assemblages of persons, it has become impracticable in the judgment of the President to enforce by the ordinary course of judicial proceedings, the laws of the United States within the State of Illinois and especially in the City of Chicago within said State: And, Whereas, for the purpose of enforcing the faithful execution of the laws of the United States and protecting its property and removing obstructions to the United States mails in the State and City aforesaid, the President has employed a part of the military forces of the United States: Now, therefore, I, Grover Cleveland, President of the United States,Unlawful assemblages in Illinois commanded to disperse. do hereby admonish all good citizens and all persons who may be or may come within the City and State aforesaid, against aiding, countenancing, encouraging, or taking any part in such unlawful obstructions, combinations and assemblages; and I hereby warn all persons engaged in or in any way connected with such unlawful obstructions, combinations and assemblages to disperse and retire peaceably to their respective abodes on or before twelve o’clock noon on the ninth day of July instant. Those who disregard this warning and persist in taking part with a riotous mob in forcibly resisting and obstructing the execution of the laws of the United States, or interfering with the functions of the Government or destroying or attempting to destroy the property belonging to the United States or under its protection, cannot be regarded otherwise than as public enemies. Troops employed against such a riotous mob, will act with all the moderation and forbearance consistent with the accomplishment of the desired end; but the stern necessities that confront them will not with certainty permit discrimination between guilty participants and those who are mingled with them from curiosity and without criminal intent. The only safe course therefore for those not actually unlawfully participating is to abide at their homes, or at least not to be found in the neighborhood of riotous assemblages. While there will be no hesitation or vacillation in the decisive treatment of the guilty, this warning is especially intended to protect and save the innocent. In Testimony Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be hereto affixed. Done at the City of Washington this eighth day of July in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and ninety four, and [seal.] of the Independence of the United States the one hundred and nineteenth. Grover Cleveland By the President: W. Q. Gresham *Secretary of State*. 12 July 9, 1894 Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America Proclamation 1250 [No. 12.] By the President of the United States of America.July 9, 1894. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas, By reason of unlawful obstructions, combinations andPreamble. assemblages of persons, it has become impracticable in the judgment of the President, to enforce by the ordinary course of judicial proceedings the laws of the United States at certain points and places within the States of North Dakota, Montana, Idaho, Washington, Wyoming, Colorado and California and the Territories of Utah and New Mexico, and especially along the lines of such railways traversing said States and Territories as are military roads and post routes and are engaged in interstate commerce and in carrying United States mails: And, Whereas, for the purpose of enforcing the faithful execution of the laws of the United States, and protecting property belonging to the United States or under its protection, and of preventing obstructions of the United States mails and of commerce between the States and Territories, and of securing to the United States the right guaranteed by law to the use of such roads for postal, military, naval and other government service, the President has employed a part of the military forces of the United States: Now, therefore, I, Grover Cleveland, President of the United States,Unlawful assemblages obstructing mails and interstate commerce commanded to disperse. do hereby command all persons engaged in, or in any way connected with such unlawful obstructions, combinations and assemblages, to disperse and retire peaceably to the respective abodes on or before 3 o’clock in the afternoon, on the tenth day of July instant. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be hereto affixed. Done at the City of Washington, this ninth day of July in the year of our Lord, one thousand eight hundred and ninety four, and [seal.] of the Independence of the United States the one hundred and nineteenth. Grover Cleveland By the President: W. Q. Gresham *Secretary of State*. 13 July 13, 1894 Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America Proclamation [No. 13.] By the President of the United States of America.July 13, 1894. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas an Act of Congress entitled “An Act To adopt regulationsPreamble. for preventing collisions at sea,” was approved August 19, 1890, the *Post*, p. 1259.said Act being in the following words: *Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America Collisions at sea.Regulations for preventing.Vol. 26, p. 320.in Congress assembled*, That the following regulations for preventing collisions at sea shall be followed by all public and private vessels of the United States upon the high seas and in all waters connected therewith, navigable by seagoing vessels. preliminary. In the following rules every steam-vessel which is under sail and not under steam is to be considered a sailing-vessel, and every vessel under steam, whether under sail or not, is to be considered a steam-vessel. The word “steam-vessel” shall include any vessel propelled by machinery. A vessel is “under way” within the meaning of these rules when she is not at anchor, or made fast to the shore, or aground. 1251 rules concerning lights, and so forth.Regulations to prevent collisions at sea—Continued.Lights. The word “visible” in these rules when applied to lights shall mean visible on a dark night with a clear atmosphere. Article 1. The rules concerning lights shall be complied with in all weathers from sunset to sunrise, and during such time no other lights which may be mistaken for the prescribed lights shall be exhibited. Art. 2. A steam-vessel when under way shall carry—(a) On or in front of the foremast, or if a vessel without a foremast, then in the fore part of the vessel, at a height above the hull of not less than twenty feet, and if the breadth of the vessel exceeds twenty feet, then at a height above the hull not less than such breadth, so, however, that the light, need not be carried at a greater height above the hull than forty feet, a bright white light, so constructed as to show an unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of twenty points of the compass, so fixed as to throw the light ten points on each side of the vessel, namely, from right ahead to two points abaft the beam on either side, and of such a character as to be visible at a distance of at least five miles.
(b)On the starboard side a green light so constructed as to show an unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of ten points of the compass, so fixed as to throw the light from right ahead to two points abaft the beam on the starboard side, and of such a character as to be visible at a distance of at least two miles.
(c)On the port side a red light so constructed as to show an unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of ten points of the compass, so fixed as to throw the light from right ahead to two points abaft the beam on the port side, and of such a character as to be visible at a distance of at least two miles.
(d)The said green and red sidelights shall be fitted with inboard screens projecting at least three feet forward from the light, so as to prevent these lights from being seen across the bow.
(e)A steam-vessel when under way may carry an additional white light similar in construction to the light mentioned in subdivision (a). These two lights shall be so placed in line with the keel that one shall be at least fifteen feet higher than the other, and in such a position with reference to each other that the lower light shall be forward of the upper one. The vertical distance between these lights shall be less than the horizontal distance. Art. 3. A steam-vessel when towing another vessel shall, in addition to her sidelights, carry two bright white lights in a vertical line one over the other, not less than six feet apart, and when towing more than one vessel shall carry an additional bright white light six feet above or below such light, if the length of the tow measuring from the stern of the towing vessel to the stern of the last vessel towed exceeds six hundred feet. Each of those lights shall be of the same construction and character, and shall be carried in the same position as the white light mentioned in article two (a), excepting the additional light, which may be carried at a height of not less than fourteen feet above the hull. Such steam-vessel may carry a small white light abaft the funnel or aftermast for the vessel towed to steer by, but such light shall not be visible forward of the beam. Art. 4.
(a)A vessel which from any accident is not under command shall carry at the same height as a white light mentioned in article two (a), where they can best be seen, and if a steam-vessel in lieu of that light, two red lights, in a vertical line one over the other, not less than six feet apart, and of such a character as to be visible all around the horizon at a distance of at least two miles; and shall by day carry in a vertical line one over the other, not less than six feet apart, where they can best be seen, two black balls or shapes, each two feet in diameter.
(b)A vessel employed in laying or in picking up a telegraph cable shall carry in the same position as the white light mentioned in article two (a), and if a steam-vessel in lieu of that light, throe lights in a vertical line one over the other not less than six feet apart. The highest and lowest of these lights shall be red, and the middle light shall be white, and they shall be of such a character as to be visible all around the horizon, at a distance of a least two miles. By day she shall carry in a vertical line, one over the other, not less than six feet’ apart, where they can best be seen, three shapes not less than two feet in diameter, of which the highest and lowest shall be globular in shape and red in color, and the middle one diamond in shape and white.
(c)The vessels referred to in this article, when not making way through the water, shall not carry the sidelights, but when making way shall carry them.
(d)The lights and shapes required to be shown by this article are to be taken by other vessels as signals that the vessel showing them is not under command and can not therefore get out of the way. These signals are not signals of vessels in distress and requiring assistance. Such signals are contained in article thirty-one. Art. 5. A sailing vessel under way and any vessel being towed shall carry the same lights as are proscribed by article two for a steam-vessel under way, with the exception of the white lights mentioned therein, which they shall never carry. Art. 6. Whenever, as in the case of small vessels under way during bad weather, the green and red sidelights can not be fixed, these lights shall be kept at band, lighted and ready for use; and shall, on the approach of or to other vessels, be exhibited on their respective sides in sufficient time to prevent collision, in such manner as to make them most visible, and so that the green light shall not be seen on the port side nor the red light on the starboard side, nor, if practicable, more than two points abaft the beam on their respective sides. 1252 To make the use of these portable lights more certain and easy the lanterns containingReputations to prevent collisions at sea—Continued. them shall each be painted outside with the color of the light they respectively contain, and shall be provided with proper screens. Art. 7. Steam-vessels of less than forty, and vessels under oars or sails of less than twenty tons, gross tonnage, respectively, when under way, shall not be obliged to carry the lights mentioned in article two
(b)and (c), but if they do not carry them they shall be provided with the following lights: First. Steam-vessels of less than forty tons shall carry—
(a)In the fore part of the vessel, or on or in front of the funnel, where it can best be seen, and at a height above the gunwale of not less than nine feet, a bright white light constructed and fixed as prescribed in article two (a), and of such a character as to be visible at a distance of at least, two miles.
(b)Green and rod sidelights constructed and fixed as prescribed in article two
(b)and (c), and of such a character us to be visible at a distance of at least one mile, or a combined lantern showing a green light and a red light from right ahead to two points abaft the beam on their respective sides. Such lantern shall be carried not less than three feet below the white light. Second. Small steamboats, such as are carried by seagoing vessels, may carry the white light at a less height than nine feet above the gunwale, but it shall be carried above the combined lantern mentioned in subdivision one (b), Third. Vessels under oars or sails, of less than twenty tons, shall have ready at hand a lantern with a green glass on one side and a red glass on the other, which, on the approach of or to other vessels, shall be exhibited in sufficient time to prevent collision, so that the green light shall not be seen on the port side nor the red light on the starboard side. The vessels referred to in this article shall not be obliged to carry the lights prescribed by article four
(a)and article eleven, last paragraph. Art. 8. Pilot vessels when engaged on their station on pilotage duty shall not show the lights required for other vessels, but shall carry a white light at the masthead, visible all around the horizon, and shall also exhibit a flare-up light or flare-up lights at short intervals, which shall never exceed fifteen minutes. On the near approach of or to other vessels they shall have their sidelights lighted, ready for use, and shall flash or show them at short intervals, to indicate the direction in which they are heading, but the green light shall not be shown on the port side, nor the red light on the starboard side. A pilot-vessel of such a class as to be obliged to go alongside of a vessel to put a pilot on board may show the white light instead of carrying it at the masthead, and may, instead of the colored lights above mentioned, have at baud, ready for use, a lantern with a green glass on the one side and a red glass on the other, to be used as prescribed above. Pilot-vessels when not engaged on their station on pilotage duty shall carry lights similar to those of other vessels of their tonnage. Art. 9. Fishing vessels and fishing boats when under way and when not required by this article to carry or show the lights therein named shall carry or show the lights prescribed for vessels of their tonnage under way.
(a)Vessels and boats, when fishing with drift nets, shall exhibit two white lights from any part of the vessel where they can best be seen. Such lights shall be placed so that the vertical distance between them shall be not less than six feet and not more than ten feet, and so that the horizontal distance between them, measured in a line with the keel, shall be not less than five feet and not more than ten feet. The lower of these two lights shall be the more forward, and both of them shall be of such a character as to show all around the horizon, and to ho visible at a distance of not less than three miles.
(b)Vessels, when engaged in trawling, by which is meant the dragging of an apparatus along the the bottom of the sea— First. If steam-vessels, shall carry in the same position as the white light mentioned in article two
(a)a tricolored lantern so constructed and fixed as to show a white light from right ahead to two points on each bow, and a green light and a red light over an arc of the horizon from two points on either bow to two points abaft the beam on the starboard and port sides, respectively; and, not less than six nor more than twelve feet below the tricolored lantern, a white light in a lantern, so constructed as to show a clear, uniform, and unbroken light all around the horizon Second. If sailing vessels, of seven tons gross tonnage and upwards, shall carry a white light in a lantern, so constructed as to show a clear, uniform, and unbroken light all around the horizon, and shall also be provided with a sufficient supply of red pyrotechnic lights, which shall each burn for at least thirty seconds, and shall he shown on the approach of or to other vessels in sufficient time to prevent collision. In the Mediterranean Sea the vessels referred to in subdivision
(b)two may use a flare-up light in lieu of a pyrotechnic light. All lights mentioned in subdivision
(b)one and two shall be visible at a distance of at least two miles. Third. If sailing vessels of less than seven tons gross tonnage, shall not be obliged to carry the white light mentioned in subdivision
(b)two of this article, but if they do not carry such light they shall have at hand, ready for use, a lantern showing a bright white light, which shall, on the approach of or to other vessels, he exhibited where it can best be seen, in sufficient time to prevent collision; and they shall also show a red pyrotechnic light, as prescribed in subdivision
(b)two, or in lieu thereof a flare-up light. 1253
(c)Vessels and boats when line-fishing with their lines out and attached to theirRegulations to prevent collisions at sea—Continued. lines, and when not at anchor or stationary, shall carry the same lights as vessels fishing with drift-nets.
(d)Fishing vessels and fishing boats may at any time use a flare-up light in addition to the lights which they are by this article required to carry and show. All flare-up lights exhibited by a vessel when trawling or fishing with any kind of dragnet shall be shown at the after part of the vessel, excepting that if the vessel is hanging by the stern to her fishing gear, they shall be exhibited from the bow.
(e)Every fishing vessel and every boat when at anchor shall exhibit a white light visible all around the horizon at a distance of at least one mile.
(f)If a vessel or boat when fishing becomes stationary in consequence of her gear getting fast to a rock or other obstruction she shall show the light and make the fog-signal prescribed for a vessel at anchor, respectively. (See article fifteen
(e)and last paragraph.)
(g)In fog, mist, falling snow, or heavy rainstorms drift-net vessels attached to their nets, and vessels when trawling, dredging, or fishing with any kind of dragnet, and vessels line-fishing with their lines out shall, if of twenty tons gross tonnage or upwards, respectively, at intervals of not more than one minute make a blast; if steam-vessels with the whistle or siren, and if sailing-vessels with the foghorn, each blast to be followed by ringing the bell.
(h)Sailing vessels or boats fishing with nets or lines or trawls, when under way, shall in daytime indicate their occupation to an approaching vessel by displaying a basket or other efficient signal, where it can best be seen. The vessels referred to in this article shall not be obliged to carry the lights prescribed by article four
(a)and article eleven, last paragraph. Art. 10. A vessel which is being overtaken by another shall show from her stem to such last-mentioned vessel a white light or a flare-up light. The white light required to be shown by this article may be fixed and carried in a lantern, but in such case the lantern shall be so constructed, fitted, and screened that it shall throw an unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of twelve points of the compass, namely, for six points front right aft on each side of the vessel, so as to be visible at a distance of at least one mile. Such light shall be carried as nearly as practicable on the same level as the sidelights. Art. 11. A vessel under one hundred and fifty feet in length, when at anchor, shall carry forward, where it can best be seen, but at a height not exceeding twenty feet above the hull, a white light in a lantern so constructed as to show a clear, uniform, and unbroken light visible all around the horizon at a distance of least one mile. A vessel of one hundred and fifty feet or upwards in length, when at anchor, shall carry in the forward part of the vessel, at a height of not less than twenty and not exceeding forty feet above the hull, one such light, and at or near the stem of the vessel, and at such a height that it shall be not less than fifteen feet lower than the forward light, another such light. The length of a vessel shall be deemed to be the length appearing in her certificate of registry. A vessel aground in or near a fairway shall carry the above light or lights and the two red lights proscribed by article four (a). Art. 12. Every vessel may, if necessary in order to attract attention, in addition to the lights which she is by these rules required to carry, show a flare-up light or use any detonating signal that can not be mistaken for a distress signal. Art. 13. Nothing in these rules shall interfere with the operation of any special rules made by the Government of any nation with respect to additional station and signal-lights for two or more ships of war or for vessels sailing under convoy, or with the exhibition of recognition signals adopted by shipowners, which have been authorized by their respective Governments and duly registered and published. Art. 14. A steam-vessel proceeding under sail only but having her funnel up, shall carry in daytime, forward, where it can best be seen, one black ball or shape two feet in diameter. sound signals for fog, and so forth.Fog, etc., signals. Art. 15. All signals prescribed by this article for vessels under way shall be given: 1. By “steam-vessels” on the whistle or siren. 2. By “sailing vessels and vessels towed” on the foghorn. The words “prolonged blast” used in this article shall mean a blast of from four to six seconds’ duration. A steam-vessel shall be provided with an efficient whistle or siren, sounded by steam or by some substitute for steam, so placed that the sound may not be intercepted by any obstruction, and with an efficient foghorn, to be sounded by mechanical means, and also with an efficient bell. [In all cases where the rules require a bell to be used a drum may be substituted on board Turkish vessels, or a gong where such articles are used on board small sea going vessels ] A sailing vessel of twenty tons gross tonnage or upward shall be provided with a similar foghorn and bell. In fog, mist, falling snow, or heavy rainstorms, whether by day or night, the signals described in this article shall be used as follows, viz:
(a)A steam-vessel having way upon her shall sound, at intervals of not more than two minutes, a prolonged blast. 1254
(b)A steam-vessel under way, but stopped, and having no way upon her, shallRegulations to prevent collisions at sea—Continued. sound, at intervals of not more than two minutes, two prolonged blasts, with an interval of about one second between them.
(c)A sailing vessel under way shall sound, at intervals of not more than one minute, when on the starboard tack one blast, when on the port tack two blasts in succession, and when with the wind abaft the beam three blasts in succession
(d)A vessel when at anchor shall, at intervals of not more than one minute, ring the bell rapidly for about five seconds.
(e)A vessel at anchor at sea, when not in ordinary anchorage ground, and when in such a position as to be an obstruction to vessels under way, shall sound, if a steam-vessel, at intervals of not more than two minutes, two prolonged blasts with her whistle or siren, followed by ringing her bell; or, if a sailing-vessel, at intervals of not more than one minute, two blasts with her foghorn, followed by ringing her bell.
(f)A vessel when towing shall, instead of the signals prescribed in subdivisions
(a)and
(c)of this article at intervals of not more than two minutes, sound three blasts in succession, namely, one prolonged blast followed by two short blasts. A vessel towed may give this signal and she shall not give any other.
(g)A steam-vessel wishing to indicate to another “The way is off my vessel, yon may feel your way past me,” may sound three blasts in succession, namely, short, long, short, with intervals of about one second between them.
(h)A vessel employed in laying or picking up a telegraph cable shall, on hearing the fog-signal of an approaching vessel, sound in answer three prolonged blasts in succession.
(i)A vessel under way, which is unable to get out of the way of an approaching vessel through being not under command, or unable to maneuver as required by these rules, shall, on hearing the fog-signal of an approaching vessel, sound in answer four short blasts in succession. Sailing vessels and boats of less than twenty tons gross tonnage shall not be obliged to give the above-mentioned signals, but, if they do not, they shall make some other efficient sound-signal at intervals of not more than one minute. speed of ships to be moderate in fog, and so forth.Speed. Art. 16. Every vessel shall, in a fog, mist, falling snow, or heavy rainstorms, go at a moderate speed, having careful regard to the existing circumstances and conditions. A steam vessel bearing, apparently forward of her beam, the fog-signal of a vessel the position of which is not ascertained shall, so far as the circumstances of the case admit, stop her engines, and then navigate with caution until danger of collision is over. Steering and Sailing Rules.Steering and sailing rules. preliminary—risk of collision. Risk of collision can, when circumstances permit, be ascertained by carefully watching the compass bearing of an approaching vessel. If the bearing does not appreciably change, such risk should be deemed to exist. Art. 17. When two sailing vessels are approaching one another, so as to involve risk of collision, one of them shall keep out-of the way of the other, as follows, namely:
(a)A vessel which is running free shall keep out of the way of a vessel which is close-hauled.
(b)A vessel which is close-hauled on the port tack shall keep out of the way of a vessel which is close-hauled on the starboard tuck.
(c)When both are running free, with the wind on different sides, the vessel which has the wind on the port side shall keep out of the way of the other.
(d)When both are running free, with the wind on the same side, the vessel which is to the windward shall keep out of the way of the vessel which is to leeward.
(e)A vessel which has the wind aft shall keep out of the way of the other vessel. Art. 18. When two steam-vessels are meeting end on, or nearly end on, so as to involve risk of collision, each shall alter her course to starboard, so that each may pass on the port side of the other. This article only applies to cases where vessels are meeting end on, or nearly end on, in such a manner as to involve risk of collision, and does not apply to two vessels which must, if both keep on their respective courses, pass clear of each other. The only cases to which it does apply are when each of the two vessels is end on, or nearly end on, to the other; in other words, to cases in which, by day, each vessel sees the masts of the other in a line, or nearly in a line, with her own; and by night, to cases in which each vessel is in such a position as to see both the sidelights of the other. It does not apply by day to cases in which a vessel sees another ahead crossing her own course; or by night, to cases where the red light of one vessel is opposed to the red light of the other, or where the green light of one vessel is opposed to the green light of the other, or where a red light without a green light, or a green light without a red light, is seen ahead, or where both green and red lights are seen anywhere but ahead. 1255 Art. 19. When two steam-vessels are crossing, so as to involve risk of collision,Regulations to prevent collisions at sea—Continued. the vessel which has the other on her own starboard side shall keep out of the way of the other. Art. 20. When a steam-vessel and a sailing vessel are proceeding in such directions as to involve risk of collision, the steam-vessel shall keep out of the way of the sailing-vessel. Art. 21. Where by any of these rules one of two vessels is to keep out of the way, the other shall keep her course and speed. Art. 22. Every vessel which is directed by these rules to keep out of the way of another vessel shall, if the circumstances of the case admit, avoid crossing ahead of the other. Art. 23. Every steam-vessel which is directed by these rules to keep out of the way of another vessel shall, on approaching her, if necessary, slacken her speed or stop or reverse. Art. 24. Notwithstanding anything contained in these rules every vessel, overtaking any other, shall keep nut of the way of the overtaken vessel. Every vessel coming up with another vessel from any direction more than two points abaft her beam, that is, in such a position, with reference to the vessel which she is overtaking that at night she would be unable to see either of that vessel’s sidelights, shall be deemed to be an overtaking vessel; and no subsequent alteration of the bearing between the two vessels shall make the overtaking vessel a crossing vessel within the meaning of these rules, or relieve her of the duty of keeping clear of the overtaken vessel until she is finally past and clear. As by day the overtaking vessel can not always know with certainty whether she is forward of or abaft this direction from the other vessel she should, if in doubt, assume that she is an overtaking vessel and keep out of the way. Art. 25. In narrow channels every steam-vessel shall, when it is safe and practicable, keep to that side of the fairway or mid-channel which lies on the starboard side of such vessel. Art. 26. Sailing vessels under way shall keep out of the way of sailing vessels or boats fishing with nets, or lines, or trawls. This rule shall not give to any vessel or boat engaged in fishing the right of obstructing a fairway used by vessels other than fishing vessels or boats. Art. 27. In obeying and construing these rules due regard shall be had to all dangers of navigation and collision, and to any special circumstances which may render a departure from the above rules necessary in order to avoid immediate danger. sound-signals for vessels in sight of one another.Sound signals. Art. 28. The words “short blast “used in this article shall mean a blast of about one. second’s duration. When vessels are in sight of one another, a steam-vessel under way, in taking any course authorized or required by these rules, shall indicate that course by the following signals on her whistle or siren, namely: One short blast to mean, “I am directing my course to starboard.” Two short blasts to mean, “I am directing my course to port.” Three short blasts to mean, “My engines are going at full speed astern.” no vessel, under any circumstances, to neglect proper precautions. Art. 29. Nothing in these rules shall exonerate any vessel or the owner or master or crew thereof, from the consequences of any neglect to carry lights or signals, or of any neglect to keep a proper lookout, or of the neglect of any precaution which may be required by the ordinary practice of seamen, or by the special circumstances of the case. reservation of rules for harbors and inland navigation. Art. 30. Nothing in these rules shall interfere with the operation of a special rule, duly made by local authority, relative to the navigation of any harbor, river, or inland waters. distress signals.Distress signals. Art. 31. When a vessel is in distress and requires assistance from other vessels or from the shore, the following shall be the signals to be used or displayed by her, either together or separately, namely: In the day time— First. A gun fired at intervals of about a minute; Second. The International Code signal of distress indicated by N C; Third. The distance signal, consisting of a square flag, having either above or below it a ball or anything resembling a hall; Fourth. Rockets or shells as prescribed below for use at night; Fifth. A continuous sounding with any fog-signal apparatus. At night— One. A gun fired at intervals of about a minute; Two. Flames on the vessel (as from a burning tar-barrel, oil-barrel, and so forth); 1256 Three. Rockets or shells, bursting in the air with a loud report and throwingRegulations to prevent collisions at sea-—Continued. stars of any color or description, fired one at a time at short intervals; Four. A continuous sounding with any fog-signal apparatus. Sec. 2. That all laws or parts of laws inconsistent with the foregoing regulations for preventing collisions at sea for the navigation of all public and private vessels of the United States upon the high seas, and in all waters connected therewith navigable by seagoing vessels, are hereby repealed. Sec. 3. That this act shall take effect at a time to be fixed by the President by proclamation issued for that purpose. And, whereas, an Act of Congress entitled “An Act To amend an*Ante*, p. 82. Act approved August nineteenth, eighteen hundred and ninety, entitled ‘An Act to adopt regulations for preventing collissions at sea,’” was approved May 28, 1894, the said Act being in the following words: *Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled*, That article seven of the Act approved August nineteenth, eighteen hundred and ninety, entitled “An Act to adopt regulations for preventing collisions at sea,” be amended to read as follows: " “Art. 7. Steam vessels of less than forty, and vessels under oars or sails of lessLights on small vessels. than twenty tons gross tonnage, respectively, and rowing boats, when under way, shall not be required to carry the lights mentioned in article two (a), (b), and (c), but if they do not carry them they shall be provided with the following lights: “First. Steam vessels of less than forty tons shall carry— “(a) In the fore part of the vessel, or on or in front of the funnel, where it can best be seen, and at a height above the gunwale of not less than nine feet, a bright white light constructed and fixed as prescribed in article two (a), and of such a character as to be visible at a distance of at least two miles. “(b) Green and red sidelights constructed and fixed as prescribed in article two
(b)and (c), and of such a character as to be visible at a distance of at least one mile, or a combined lantern showing a green light and a red light from right ahead to two points abaft the beam on their respective sides. Such lanterns shall be carried not less than three feet below the white light. “Second. Small steamboats, such as are carried by seagoing vessels, may carry the white light at a less height than nine feet above the gunwale, but it shall be carried above the combined lantern mentioned in subdivision one (b). “Third. Vessels under oars or sails of less than twenty tons shall have ready at hand a lantern with a green glass on one side and a red glass on the other, which, on the approach of or to other vessels, shall be exhibited in sufficient time to prevent collision, so that the green light shall not be seen on the port side nor the red light on the starboard side. “Fourth. Rowing boats, whether under oars or sail, shall have ready at hand a lantern showing a white light which shall be temporarily exhibited in sufficient time to prevent collision. “The vessels referred to in this article shall not be obliged to carry the lights prescribed by article four
(a)and article eleven, last paragraph.” " That article nine be hereby repealed. That article twenty-one be amended to read as follows:*Ante*, p. 281. " “Article twenty-one. Where, by any of these rules, one of two vessels is to keep out of the way the other shall keep her course and speed. “Note.—When, in consequence of thick weather or other causes, such vessel finds herself so close that collision can not be avoided by the action of the giving-way vessel alone, she also shall take such action as will best aid to avert collision.” (See articles twenty-seven and twenty-nine.) " That article thirty-one be amended to read as follows: " “distress signals.Distress signals. “Article thirty-one. When a vessel is in distress and requires assistance from other vessels or from the shore the following shall be the signals to be used or displayed by her, either together or separately, namely: " “In the daytime— “First. A gun or other explosive signal fired at intervals of about a minute. “Second. The international code signal of distress indicated by N C. “Third. The distance signal, consisting of a square flag, having either above or below it a ball or anything resembling a ball. “Fourth. A continuous sounding with any fog-signal apparatus. “At night— “First. A gun or other explosive signal fired at intervals of about a minute. “Second. Flames on the vessel (as from a burning tar barrel, oil barrel, and so forth). “Third. Rockets or shells throwing stars of any color or description, fired one at a time, at short intervals. “Fourth. A continuous sounding with any fog-signal apparatus.” " " And whereas it is provided by section 3 of the Act approved August 19, 1890, that it shall take effect at a time to be fixed by the President by proclamation issued for that purpose; 1257 Now, therefore, I, Grover Cleveland, President of the United StatesRegulations to take effect March 1, 1895. of America, do, hereby, in virtue of the authority vested in me by Section 3 of the Act aforesaid, proclaim the first day of March, 1895, as*Post*, p. 1259. the day on which the said Act approved August 19, 1890, as amended by the Act approved May 28, 1894, shall take effect. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington, this thirteenth day of July one thousand eight hundred and ninety four and of the Independence [seal.] of the United States the one hundred and nineteenth. Grover Cleveland By the President: W. Q. Gresham *Secretary of State*. 14 September 25, 1894 Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America Proclamation [No. 14.] By the President of the United States of AmericaSeptember 25, 1894. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas Congress by a statute approved March 22d 1882, and byPreamble.Vol. 22, p. 30. statutes in furtherance and amendment thereof, defined the crimes of bigamy, polygamy and unlawful cohabitation in the Territories and other places within the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States, and prescribed a penalty for such crimes; and Whereas, on or about the sixth day of October, 1890, the Church of the Latter Day Saints, commonly known as the Mormon Church, through its President, issued a manifesto proclaiming the purpose of said Church no longer to sanction the practice of polygamous marriages and calling upon all members and adherents of said Church to obey the laws of the United States in reference to said subject matter: and Whereas on the fourth day of January, A. D. 1893, Benjamin Harrison, then President of the United States, did declare and grant a fullVol. 27, p. 1058. pardon and amnesty to certain offenders under said acts upon condition of future obedience to their requirements as is fully set forth in said proclamation of amnesty and pardon; and Whereas upon the evidence now furnished me I am satisfied that the members and adherents of said Church generally abstain from plural marriages and polygamous cohabitation and are now living in obedience to the laws, and that the time has now arrived when the interests of public justice and morality will be promoted by the granting of amnesty and pardon to all such offenders as have complied with the conditions, of said proclamation, including such of said offenders as have been convicted under the provisions of said act, Now Therefore, I, Grover Cleveland, President of the United States,Pardon and amnesty to Mormons committing polygamy, etc. by virtue, of the powers in me vested, do hereby declare and grant a full amnesty and pardon to all persons who have in violation of said acts committed either of the offences of polygamy, bigamy, adultery or unlawful cohabitation under the color of polygamous or plural marriage, or who, having been convicted of violations of said acts, are now suffering deprivation of civil rights in consequence of the same, excepting all persons who have not complied with the conditions contained in saidExceptions. executive proclamation of January the fourth, 1893. In witness whereof I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this 25th day of September in the year of our Lord, one thousand eight hundred ninety four, [seal] and of the independence of the United States the one hundred and nineteenth. Grover Cleveland By the President: W. Q. Gresham *Secretary of State*. 15 November 1, 1894 Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America Proclamation [No. 15.] By the President of the United States of America.November 1, 1894. A PROCLAMATION. 1258 The American people should gratefully render thanksgiving andPreamble. praise to the Supreme Ruler of the Universe who has watched over them with kindness and fostering care during the year that has passed; they should also with humility and faith supplicate the Father of All Mercies for continued blessings according to their needs, and they should by deeds of charity seek the favor of the Giver of every good and perfect gift. Therefore, I, Grover Cleveland, President of the United States,November 29, 1894, set apart as a day of national thanksgiving. do hereby appoint and set apart Thursday, the twenty-ninth day of November instant as a day of Thanksgiving and prayer, to be kept and observed by all the people of the land. On that day let our ordinary work and business be suspended and let us meet in our accustomed places of worship and give thanks to Almighty God for our preservation as a nation, for our immunity from disease and pestilence, for the harvests that have rewarded our husbandry, for a renewal of national prosperity and for every advance in virtue and intelligence that has marked our growth as a People. And with our thanksgiving let us pray that these blessings may be multiplied unto us, that our national conscience may be quickened to a, better recognition of the power and goodness of God and that in our national life we may clearer see and closer follow the path of righteousness. And in our places of worship and praise, as well as in the happy re unions of kindred and friends on that day, let us invoke Divine approval by generously remembering the poor and needy. Surely He, who has given us comfort and plenty, will look upon our relief of the destitute and our ministrations of charity as the work of hearts truly grateful and as proofs of the sincerity of our thanksgiving. Witness my hand and the seal of the United States, which I have caused to be hereto affixed. Done at the City of Washington on the first day of November in the year of our Lord, eighteen hundred and ninety four, and of [seal.] the Independence of the United States the one hundred and nineteenth. Grover Cleveland By the President: W. Q. Gresham *Secretary of State*. 16 February 18, 1895 Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America Proclamation [No. 16.] By the President of the United States of America.February 18, 1895. A PROCLAMATION. The following provisions of the laws of the United States are hereby published for the information of all concerned. Section 1956, Revised Statutes, Chapter 3, Title XX III, enacts that:[R. S., sec. 1956, p. 343](/us/rs/s1956/p343).Fur-bearing animals, Alaska. “No person shall kill any otter, mink, marten, sable, or fur-seal, or other “fur-bearing animal within the limits of Alaska Territory, or in the “waters thereof; and every person guilty thereof shall, for each offense, “be fined not less than two hundred nor more than one thousand 1259 “dollars, or imprisoned not more than six months, or both; and all “vessels, their tackle, apparel, furniture, and cargo, found engaged in “violation of this section shall be forfeited; but the Secretary of the “Treasury shall have power to authorize the killing of any such mink, “marten, sable, or other fur-bearing animal, except fur-seals, under “such regulations as he may prescribe; and it shall be the duty of the “Secretary to prevent the killing of any fur-seal, and to provide for the “execution of the provisions of this section until it is otherwise pro- “vided by law; nor shall he grant any special privileges under this “section.” Section 3 of the act entitled “An Act to provide for the protection ofVol. 25, p. 1009. “the salmon fisheries of Alaska,” approved March 2, 1889, provides: " “Sec. 3. That section nineteen hundred and fifty-six of the RevisedLaws prohibiting killing of fur-bearing animals in Alaska declared to include waters of Bering Sea in dominion of United States. “Statutes of the United States is hereby declared to include and apply, “to all the dominion of the United States in the waters of Behring Sea; “and it shall be the duty of the President, at a timely season in each “year, to issue his proclamation and cause the same to be published for “one month in at least one newspaper if any such there be published “at each United States port of entry on the Pacific coast, warning all “persons against entering said waters for the purpose of violating the “provisions of said section; and he shall also cause one or more vessels “of the United States to diligently cruise said waters and arrest all “persons, and seize all vessels found to be, or to have been, engaged in “any violation of the laws of the United States therein.” " Now, therefore, I, Grover Cleveland, President of the United,Persons warned against entering Bering Sea intruding to violate laws. States, hereby warn all persons against entering the waters of Behring Sea within the dominion of the United States for the purpose of violating the provisions of said section 1956 of the Revised Statutes; and I hereby proclaim that all persons found to be, or to have been engaged in any violation of the laws of the United States in said waters, will be arrested, proceeded against, and punished as above provided. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this eighteenth day of February in the year of Our Lord one thousand eight hundred and ninety-five, [seal.]and of the independence of the United States the one hundred and nineteenth. Grover Cleveland By the President: W. Q. Gresham *Secretary of State*. 17 February 25, 1895 Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America Proclamation [No. 17.] By the President of the United States of America.February 25, 1895. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas, an Act of Congress entitled “An Act to postpone thePreamble.*Ante*, p. 680.Vol. 26, p. 320. enforcement of the Act of August nineteenth, eighteen hundred and ninety, entitled ‘An Act to adopt regulations for preventing collisions at sea,’” was approved February 23, 1895, Now, therefore, I, Grover Cleveland, President of the United StatesEffort of Act to prevent collisions at sea postponed.*Ante*, p. 1250. of America, do hereby give notice that said Act of August nineteenth, eighteen hundred and ninety, as amended by the Act of May twenty-eighth, eighteen hundred and ninety-four, will not go into force on March first, eighteen hundred and ninety-five, the date fixed in my 1260proclamation of July thirteenth, eighteen hundred and ninety-four, but on such future date as may be designated in a proclamation of the President to be issued for that purpose. In testimony whereof I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington this 25th day of February, one eight hundred and ninety-five and of the Independence [seal.] of the United States the one hundred and nineteenth. Grover Cleveland By the President: W. Q. Gresham *Secretary of State*.
Connections3 cite this · traces to 1
Cited by 3 sections · top 1
Traces to 1 document
13 references not yet in our index
  • 28 Stat. 1049
  • 28 Stat. 1053
  • 28 Stat. 1064
  • 28 Stat. 1067
  • 28 Stat. 1071
  • 28 Stat. 1183
  • 28 Stat. 1187
  • 28 Stat. 1194
  • 28 Stat. 1200
  • 28 Stat. 1202
  • 28 Stat. 1205
  • 28 Stat. 1210
  • 28 Stat. 1213
Citation graph
cites case law
Chapter 237
For the relief of James Curran
Stat.×3
Stat.Chapter 237
Stat.28 Stat. 1049
Stat.28 Stat. 1053
Stat.28 Stat. 1064
Stat.28 Stat. 1067
Stat.28 Stat. 1071
Cites 14 · showing 6Cited by 3 across 1 source
★   the supreme law of the land   ★
Don't Tread on Me
E Pluribus Unum — out of many, one

"If you don't know your rights, you don't have any."

Marginalia · a citizen's law index
A research desk, not legal advice. Always read the cited source before relying on a summary.
Questions or an issue? support@self-law.org
disclaimerMarginalia is a research index, not a law firm. Nothing on this site is legal, tax, or financial advice and no attorney–client relationship is formed by using it. Statutes, regulations, and case law change; summaries, search results, AI output, and member posts may be incomplete, out of date, or wrong. Any interpretation drawn from material on this site should be validated by a licensed attorney in your jurisdiction before you act on it.